Auto-commit of loaddefs files.
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (20874 62962
69 ;;;;;; 290468 0))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
78
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83
84 \(fn)" t nil)
85
86 ;;;***
87 \f
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (20709 26818
89 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (20709 26818
100 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
106
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (20709 26818 907104
112 ;;;;;; 0))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
122
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
142
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
144
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
198
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209
210 \(fn)" t nil)
211
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
227
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
233
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (20725 15032
242 ;;;;;; 264919 0))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
255
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
291
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301
302 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
303
304 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
305
306 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
307 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
308 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
309 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
310 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
311 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
312 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
313 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
314 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
315 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
316 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
317 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
318 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
319 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
320 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
321 definition will always be cached for later usage.
322
323 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
324
325 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
326 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
327 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
328
329 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
330 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
331 BODY...)
332
333 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
334 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
335 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
336 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
337 see also `ad-add-advice'.
338 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
339 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
340 before/around/after-advices will be used.
341 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
342 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
343 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
344 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
345 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
346 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
347
348 Semantics of the various flags:
349 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
350 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
351 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
352
353 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
354 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
355
356 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
357 advised function should be compiled.
358
359 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
360 during activation until somebody enables it.
361
362 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
363 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
364 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
365 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
366
367 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
368 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
369 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
370 BODY...)
371
372 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
373
374 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
375
376 ;;;***
377 \f
378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
379 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380
381 (autoload 'align "align" "\
382 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
383 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
384 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
385 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
386 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
387 rule's `separate' attribute).
388
389 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
390 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
391 `separate' attribute set.
392
393 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
394 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
395 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
396 on the format of these lists.
397
398 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399
400 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
401 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
402 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
403 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
404 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
405 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
406 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
407 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
408 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
409 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
410 options.
411
412 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
413 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
414
415 Fred (123) 456-7890
416 Alice (123) 456-7890
417 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
418 Joe (123) 456-7890
419
420 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
421 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
422 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
423
424 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
425
426 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
427 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
428 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
429 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
430 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
431 align that section.
432
433 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
434
435 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
436 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
437 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
438 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
439 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
440 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
441 been used to align that section.
442
443 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
444
445 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
446 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
447 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
448 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
449 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
450 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
451 to be colored.
452
453 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
454
455 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
456 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
457
458 \(fn)" t nil)
459
460 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
461 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
462
463 \(fn)" t nil)
464
465 ;;;***
466 \f
467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (20932 10282 564846 0))
468 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
469 (push (purecopy (quote (allout 2 3))) package--builtin-versions)
470 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
471 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
472
473 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
474
475 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
476
477 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
478 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
479
480 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
481 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
482
483 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
484 `allout-auto-activation'.
485
486 \(fn)" nil nil)
487
488 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
489 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
490
491 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
492 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
493 file variable `allout-layout'.
494
495 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
496 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
497 specified layout is applied.
498
499 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
500 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
501
502 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
503 Auto-layout is not.
504
505 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
506
507 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
508
509 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
510
511 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
512
513 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
514
515 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
516
517 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
518
519 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
520
521 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
522
523 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
524
525 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
526
527 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528
529 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
530
531 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
532
533 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
534
535 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
536
537 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
538
539 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
540
541 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
542 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
543
544 \(fn)" nil t)
545
546 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
547 Toggle Allout outline mode.
548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
550 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
551
552 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
553 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
554 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
555 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
556 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
557 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
558 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
559 outline.)
560
561 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
562
563 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
564 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
565 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
566 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
567 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
568 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
569 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
570 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
571
572 and many other features.
573
574 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
575 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
576 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
577 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
578 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
579
580 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
581 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
582 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
583 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
584 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
585 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
586 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
587 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
588 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
589 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
590
591 Exposure Control:
592 ----------------
593 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
594 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
595 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
596 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
597 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
598
599 Navigation:
600 ----------
601 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
602 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
603 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
604 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
605 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
606 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
607 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
608 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
609 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
610 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
611
612
613 Topic Header Production:
614 -----------------------
615 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
616 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
617 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
618
619 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
620 ---------------------------------
621 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
622 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
623 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
624 current topic
625 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
626 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
627 are alternated according to nesting depth.
628 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
629 the offspring are not affected.
630 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
631
632 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
633 ----------------------------------
634 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
635 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
636 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
637 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
638 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
639 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
640 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
641 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
642
643 Topic-oriented Encryption:
644 -------------------------
645 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
646 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
647
648 Misc commands:
649 -------------
650 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
651 and establish a default file-var setting
652 for `allout-layout'.
653 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
654 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
655 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
656 buffer with name derived from derived from that
657 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
658 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
659 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
660 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
661 format.
662 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
663 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
664 auto-activation.
665
666 Topic Encryption
667
668 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
669 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
670 pending encryption on save.
671
672 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
673 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
674 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
675 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
676 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
677
678 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
679 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
680 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
681 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
682 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
683 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
684 signal.
685
686 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
687 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
688 for details.
689
690 HOT-SPOT Operation
691
692 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
693 navigation and exposure control.
694
695 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
696 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
697 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
698 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
699 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
700
701 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
702 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
703 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
704 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
705 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
706
707 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
708 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
709 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
710 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
711 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
712 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
713 at the beginning of the current entry.
714
715 Extending Allout
716
717 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
718 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
719 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
720
721 `allout-mode-hook'
722 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
723 `allout-mode-off-hook'
724 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
725 `allout-structure-added-functions'
726 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
727 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
728 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
729 `allout-post-undo-hook'
730
731 Terminology
732
733 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
734
735 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
736 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
737 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
738 CURRENT ITEM:
739 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
740 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
741 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
742 called the:
743 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
744
745 ANCESTORS:
746 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
747 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
748 of the ITEM.
749 OFFSPRING:
750 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
751 SUBTOPIC:
752 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
753 CHILD:
754 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
755 SIBLINGS:
756 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
757
758 Topic text constituents:
759
760 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
761 text.
762 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
763 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
764 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
765 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
766 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
767 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
768 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
769 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
770 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
771 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
772 the PREFIX.
773
774 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
775 of the ITEM.
776 PREFIX-LEAD:
777 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
778 It can be customized by changing the setting of
779 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
780
781 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
782 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
783 program code without interfering with processing of the text
784 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
785 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
786 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
787 docstring for more detail.
788 PREFIX-PADDING:
789 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
790 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
791 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
792 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
793 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
794 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
795 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
796 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
797 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
798 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
799 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
800 more details.
801 EXPOSURE:
802 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
803 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
804 CONCEALED:
805 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
806 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
807
808 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
809 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
810 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
811
812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
813
814 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
815
816 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
817 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
818
819 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
820 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
821
822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
823
824 ;;;***
825 \f
826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (20932
827 ;;;;;; 61699 522706 0))
828 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
829 (push (purecopy (quote (allout-widgets 1 0))) package--builtin-versions)
830 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
831
832 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
833 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
834
835 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
836
837 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
838
839 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
840 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
841
842 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
843 visiting an outline.
844
845 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
846 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
847
848 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
849 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
850 you want allout widgets operation.
851
852 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
853
854 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
855
856 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
857
858 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
859 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
860 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
861 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
862 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
863
864 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
865 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
866 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
867
868 The graphics include:
869
870 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
871
872 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
873 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
874
875 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
876 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
877
878 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
879 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
880 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
881
882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
883
884 ;;;***
885 \f
886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (20843 54187 671468
887 ;;;;;; 0))
888 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
889
890 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
891
892 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
893 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
894 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
895 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
896 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
897 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
898
899 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
900
901 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
902
903
904 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
905
906 ;;;***
907 \f
908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (20709 26818 907104
909 ;;;;;; 0))
910 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
911
912 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
913 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
914 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
915 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
916 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
917 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
918 in the current window.
919
920 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
921
922 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
923 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
924 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
925 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
926 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
927 buffer if one does not exist.
928
929 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
930
931 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
932 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
933 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
934 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
935 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
936
937 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
938
939 ;;;***
940 \f
941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20930 54950 26050
942 ;;;;;; 0))
943 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
944 (push (purecopy (quote (ansi-color 3 4 2))) package--builtin-versions)
945 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
946 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
947
948 \(fn)" t nil)
949
950 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
951 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
952
953 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
954 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
955 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
956 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
957
958 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
959 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
960
961 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
962
963 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
964
965 ;;;***
966 \f
967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (20709
968 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
969 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
970 (push (purecopy (quote (antlr-mode 2 2 3))) package--builtin-versions)
971 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
972 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
973 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
974 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
975 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
976 \\[yank].
977
978 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
979 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
980 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
981 the rules.
982
983 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
984 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
985 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
986 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
987
988 \(fn)" t nil)
989
990 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
991 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
992
993 \(fn)" t nil)
994
995 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
996 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
997 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
998
999 \(fn)" nil nil)
1000
1001 ;;;***
1002 \f
1003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (20709 26818 907104
1004 ;;;;;; 0))
1005 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1006
1007 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1008 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1009 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1010 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1011 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1012 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1013
1014 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1015
1016 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1017 Toggle checking of appointments.
1018 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1019 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1020
1021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1022
1023 ;;;***
1024 \f
1025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (20716 56 356960 0))
1026 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1027
1028 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1029 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1030 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1031 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1032
1033 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1034 kind of objects to search.
1035
1036 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1037
1038 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1039 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1040 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1041 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1042 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1043 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1044
1045 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1046 variables, not just user options.
1047
1048 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1049
1050 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1051 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1052 When DO-NOT-ALL is not-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1053 like `apropos-user-option'.
1054
1055 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1056
1057 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1058
1059 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1060 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1061 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1062 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1063 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1064 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1065
1066 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1067 noninteractive functions.
1068
1069 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1070 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1071
1072 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1073 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1074
1075 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1076
1077 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1078 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1079
1080 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1081
1082 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1083 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1084 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1085 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1086
1087 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1088 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1089 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1090 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1091
1092 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1093 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1094
1095 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1096
1097 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1098
1099 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1100 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1101 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1102 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1103 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1104
1105 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1106
1107 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1108 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1109 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1110 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1111 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1112 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1113
1114 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1115 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1116 names and values of properties.
1117
1118 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1119
1120 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1121
1122 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1123 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1124 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1125 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1126 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1127 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1128
1129 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1130 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1131 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1132 documentation strings.
1133
1134 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1135
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1137
1138 ;;;***
1139 \f
1140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20932 10282 564846
1141 ;;;;;; 0))
1142 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1143
1144 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1145 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1146 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1147 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1148 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1149 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1150
1151 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1152 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1153 archive.
1154
1155 \\{archive-mode-map}
1156
1157 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1158
1159 ;;;***
1160 \f
1161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
1162 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1163
1164 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1165 Major mode for editing arrays.
1166
1167 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1168 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1169 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1170
1171 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1172
1173 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1174 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1175 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1176
1177 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1178 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1179 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1180 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1181 The variables are:
1182
1183 Variables you assign:
1184 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1185 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1186 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1187 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1188 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1189 row numbers in the buffer.
1190
1191 Variables which are calculated:
1192 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1193 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1194
1195 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1196 take a numeric prefix argument):
1197
1198 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1199 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1200 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1201 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1202
1203 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1204 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1205 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1206 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1207
1208 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1209 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1210 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1211 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1212
1213 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1214 between that of point and mark.
1215
1216 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1217 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1218
1219 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1220 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1221 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1222 newlines inside rows)
1223
1224 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1225
1226 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1227
1228 \(fn)" t nil)
1229
1230 ;;;***
1231 \f
1232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20891 18859
1233 ;;;;;; 893295 0))
1234 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1235 (push (purecopy (quote (artist 1 2 6))) package--builtin-versions)
1236 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1237 Toggle Artist mode.
1238 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1239 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1240 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1241
1242 How to quit Artist mode
1243
1244 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1245
1246
1247 How to submit a bug report
1248
1249 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1250
1251
1252 Drawing with the mouse:
1253
1254 mouse-2
1255 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1256 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1257 below).
1258
1259 mouse-1
1260 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1261 or pastes:
1262
1263 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1264 --------------------------------------------------------------
1265 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1266 to new point
1267 --------------------------------------------------------------
1268 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1269 --------------------------------------------------------------
1270 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1271 --------------------------------------------------------------
1272 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1273 --------------------------------------------------------------
1274 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1275 --------------------------------------------------------------
1276 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1277 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1279 --------------------------------------------------------------
1280 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1283 lines
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Paste Paste Paste
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293
1294 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1295 or diagonally.
1296
1297 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1298 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1299 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1300 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1301 poly-lines.
1302
1303 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1304 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1305 overwrite means the opposite.
1306
1307 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1308 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1309 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1310
1311 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1312
1313 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1314 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1315
1316 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1317 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1318 are currently drawing something.
1319
1320 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1321 some time to fill.
1322
1323
1324 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1325 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1326
1327
1328 Settings
1329
1330 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1331
1332 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1333
1334 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1335
1336 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1337
1338 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1339 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1340
1341 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1342
1343
1344 Drawing with keys
1345
1346 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1347 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1348 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1349 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1350 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1351 When pasting: Pastes
1352
1353 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1354
1355 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1356
1357 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1358 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1359 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1360 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1361 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1362 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1363
1364
1365 Arrows
1366
1367 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1368 of the line/poly-line
1369
1370 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1371 of the line/poly-line
1372
1373
1374 Selecting operation
1375
1376 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1377
1378 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1379 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1380 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1381 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1382 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1383 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1384 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1385 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1386 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1387 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1388 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1389 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1390 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1391 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1392 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1393 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1394 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1395 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1396 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1397 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1398
1399
1400 Variables
1401
1402 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1403 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1404
1405 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1406 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1407 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1408 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1409 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1410 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1411 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1412 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1413 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1414 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1415 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1416 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1417 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1418 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1419 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1420 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1421 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1422 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1423 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1424
1425 Hooks
1426
1427 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1428
1429
1430 Keymap summary
1431
1432 \\{artist-mode-map}
1433
1434 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1435
1436 ;;;***
1437 \f
1438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20709 26818
1439 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
1440 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1441
1442 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1443 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1444 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1445
1446 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1447 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1448 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1449 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1450
1451 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1452 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1453
1454 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1455 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1456
1457 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1458
1459 Special commands:
1460 \\{asm-mode-map}
1461
1462 \(fn)" t nil)
1463
1464 ;;;***
1465 \f
1466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (20929
1467 ;;;;;; 34089 117790 0))
1468 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1469
1470 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1471 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1472 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1473 let-binding.")
1474
1475 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1476
1477 ;;;***
1478 \f
1479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (20709 26818 907104
1480 ;;;;;; 0))
1481 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1482
1483 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1484 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1485 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1486
1487 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1488
1489 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1490 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1491 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1492 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1493 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1494
1495 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1496 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1497 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1498 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1499 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1500 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1501 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1502 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1503
1504 For example:
1505 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1506 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1507 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1508 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1509 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1510
1511 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1512
1513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1514
1515 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1516 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1517 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1518 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1519 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1520 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1521
1522 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1523
1524 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1525 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1526 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1527 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1528 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1529
1530 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1531 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1532 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1533
1534 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1535
1536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1537
1538 ;;;***
1539 \f
1540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (20874 62962
1541 ;;;;;; 290468 0))
1542 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1543
1544 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1545 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1546
1547 \(fn)" t nil)
1548
1549 ;;;***
1550 \f
1551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20709 26818 907104
1552 ;;;;;; 0))
1553 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1554
1555 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1556 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1557 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1558
1559 \(fn)" t nil)
1560
1561 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1562 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1563 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1564 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1565
1566 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1567
1568 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1569 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1570 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1571 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1572 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1573 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1574
1575 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1576
1577 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1578 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1579 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1580 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1581 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1582
1583 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1584 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1585
1586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1587
1588 ;;;***
1589 \f
1590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (20925
1591 ;;;;;; 37032 237257 0))
1592 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1593
1594 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1595
1596 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1597
1598 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1599 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1600 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1601
1602 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1603 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1604 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1605 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1606 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1607
1608 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1609
1610 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1611
1612 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1613 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1614 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1615 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1616 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1617
1618 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1619 directory or directories specified.
1620
1621 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1622 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1623 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1624 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1625 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1626 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1627
1628 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1629
1630 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1631 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1632 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1633 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1634 should be non-nil).
1635
1636 \(fn)" nil nil)
1637
1638 ;;;***
1639 \f
1640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (20912 25000 802412
1641 ;;;;;; 0))
1642 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1643
1644 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1645 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1646 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1647 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1648 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1649
1650 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1651 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1652 disk changes.
1653
1654 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1655 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1656 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1657
1658 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1659
1660 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1661 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1662
1663 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1664 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1665
1666 \(fn)" nil nil)
1667
1668 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1669 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1670 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1671 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1672 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1673
1674 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1675 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1676 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1677 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1678 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1679
1680 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1681 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1682 writing before you save the file!
1683
1684 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1685
1686 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1687
1688 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1689 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1690
1691 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1692 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1693
1694 \(fn)" nil nil)
1695
1696 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1697 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1698 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1699 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1700 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1701 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1702
1703 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1704
1705 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1706 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1707 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1708 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1709 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1710
1711 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1712 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1713 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1714
1715 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1716 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1717 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1718 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1719 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1720
1721 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1722 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1723 specifies in the mode line.
1724
1725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1726
1727 ;;;***
1728 \f
1729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
1730 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1731
1732 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1733 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1734 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1735 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1736 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1737
1738 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1739
1740 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1741 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1742 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1743 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1744
1745 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1746 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1747 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1748
1749 Effects of the different modes:
1750 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1751 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1752 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1753 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1754 a random distance & direction.
1755 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1756 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1757 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1758
1759 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1760
1761 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1762 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1763 definition of \"random distance\".)
1764
1765 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1766
1767 ;;;***
1768 \f
1769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
1770 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1771 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1772
1773 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1774 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1775 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1776 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1777
1778 \(fn)" t nil)
1779
1780 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1781 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1782 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1784 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1785 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1786
1787 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1788
1789 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1790 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1791 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1792 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1793 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1794
1795 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1796 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1797 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1798 seconds.
1799
1800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1801
1802 ;;;***
1803 \f
1804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20709
1805 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
1806 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1807
1808 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1809 Time execution of FORMS.
1810 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1811 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1812 FORMS once.
1813 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1814 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1815 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1816
1817 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1818
1819 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1820
1821 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1822 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1823 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1824 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1825 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1826
1827 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1828
1829 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1830
1831 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1832 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1833 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1834 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1835 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1836
1837 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1838
1839 ;;;***
1840 \f
1841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20937 28198
1842 ;;;;;; 475168 0))
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1844
1845 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1846 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1847 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1848 of corresponding buffers.
1849 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1850 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1851 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1852 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1853 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1854
1855 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1856 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1857 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1858
1859 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1860
1861 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1862 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1863
1864 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1865
1866 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1867 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1868 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1869 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1870
1871 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1872 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1873 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1874 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1875 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1876
1877 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1878 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1879
1880
1881 Special information:
1882
1883 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1884
1885 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1886 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1887 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1888 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1889 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1890 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1891 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1892 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1893 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1894 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1895 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1896
1897 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1898 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1899 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1900 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1901 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1902 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1903 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1904 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1905
1906 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1907
1908 ----------------------------------------------------------
1909 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1910 if that value is non-nil.
1911
1912 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1913
1914 \(fn)" t nil)
1915
1916 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1917 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1918 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1919 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1920 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1921 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1922 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1923 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1924 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1925 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1926 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1927 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1928
1929 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1930
1931 ;;;***
1932 \f
1933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1934 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
1935 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1936
1937 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1938 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1939
1940 \(fn)" t nil)
1941
1942 ;;;***
1943 \f
1944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (20709 26818 907104
1945 ;;;;;; 0))
1946 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1947
1948 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1949 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1950
1951 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1952 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1953 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1954
1955 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1956
1957 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1958 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1959
1960 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1961
1962 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1963 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1964
1965 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1966
1967 ;;;***
1968 \f
1969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (20709 26818
1970 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
1971 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1972
1973 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1974 Play blackbox.
1975 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1976
1977 What is blackbox?
1978
1979 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1980 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1981 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1982 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1983 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1984 your score.
1985
1986 Overview of play:
1987
1988 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1989 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1990 four.
1991
1992 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1993 movement keys.
1994
1995 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1996 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1997
1998 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1999 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2000
2001 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2002 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2003 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2004 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2005 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2006 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2007
2008 Details:
2009
2010 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2011
2012 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2013 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2014 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2015 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2016
2017 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2018 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2019 denoted by the letter `R'.
2020
2021 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2022 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2023 denoted by the letter `H'.
2024
2025 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2026 example.
2027
2028 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2029 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2030 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2031 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2032 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2033 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2034 ray.
2035
2036 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2037 degree deflection it causes.
2038
2039 1
2040 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2041 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2042 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2043 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2044 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2045 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2046 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2047 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2048 2 3
2049
2050 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2051 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2052
2053
2054 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2055 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2056 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2057 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2058 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2059 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2060 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2061 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2062
2063 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2064 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2065 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2066 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2067 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2068 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2069 emerging from the box.
2070
2071 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2072
2073 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2074 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2075 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2076 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2077 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2078 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2081
2082 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2083 a reflection.
2084
2085 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2086
2087 ;;;***
2088 \f
2089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (20874 65006 176325
2090 ;;;;;; 548000))
2091 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2092 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2093 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2094 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2095
2096 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2097 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2098 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2099 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2100 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2101 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2102 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2103
2104 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2105 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2106 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2107
2108 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2109 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2110 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2111 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2112 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2113 recent one.
2114
2115 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2116 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2117 yank successive words.
2118
2119 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2120 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2121 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2122 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2123 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2124
2125 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2126 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2127 the list of bookmarks.)
2128
2129 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2130
2131 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2132 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2133 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2134 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2135 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2136 this.
2137
2138 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2139 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2140 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2141 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2142
2143 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2144 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2145
2146 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2147 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2148 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2149
2150 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2151
2152 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2153 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2154
2155 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2156
2157 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2158 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2159
2160 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2161 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2162 after a bookmark was set in it.
2163
2164 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2165
2166 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2167 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2168
2169 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2170 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2171
2172 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2173
2174 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2175
2176 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2177 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2178 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2179 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2180
2181 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2182 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2183 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2184
2185 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2186 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2187 name.
2188
2189 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2190
2191 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2192 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2193 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2194
2195 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2196 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2197 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2198 this.
2199
2200 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2201
2202 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2203 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2204
2205 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2206 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2207 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2208 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2209 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2210 probably because we were called from there.
2211
2212 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2213
2214 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2215 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2216 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2217
2218 \(fn)" t nil)
2219
2220 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2221 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2222 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2223 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2224 \(second argument).
2225
2226 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2227 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2228 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2229 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2230 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2231
2232 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2233 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2234 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2235 `bookmark-default-file'.
2236
2237 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2238
2239 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2240 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2241 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2242 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2243 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2244 while loading.
2245
2246 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2247 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2248 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2249 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2250 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2251 explicitly.
2252
2253 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2254 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2255 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2256 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2257
2258 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2259
2260 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2261 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2262 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2263 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2264 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2265
2266 \(fn)" t nil)
2267
2268 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2269
2270 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2271
2272 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2273 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2274
2275 \(fn)" t nil)
2276
2277 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2278
2279 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2280
2281 ;;;***
2282 \f
2283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (20929 34089
2284 ;;;;;; 117790 0))
2285 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2286
2287 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2288 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2289 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2290 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2291
2292 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2293 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2294 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2295 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2296 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2297
2298 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2299
2300 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2301 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2302 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2303 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2304 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2305 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2306
2307 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2308
2309 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2310 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2311 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2312 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2313 narrowed.
2314
2315 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2316
2317 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2318 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2319
2320 \(fn)" t nil)
2321
2322 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2323 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2324
2325 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2326
2327 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2328 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2329 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2330 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2331 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2332 first, if that exists.
2333
2334 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2335
2336 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2337 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2338 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2339 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2340
2341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2342
2343 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2344 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2345 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2346 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2347 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2348 to use.
2349
2350 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2351
2352 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2353 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2354 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2355 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2356
2357 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2358
2359 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2360 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2361 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2362 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2363
2364 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2365 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2366 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2367 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2368
2369 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2370 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2371 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2372
2373 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2374 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2375
2376 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2377
2378 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2379 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2380 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2381 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2382
2383 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2384 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2385 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2386 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2387
2388 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2389 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2390 new tab in an existing window instead.
2391
2392 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2393 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2394
2395 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2396
2397 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2398 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2399 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2400 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2401 Firefox.
2402
2403 When called interactively, if variable
2404 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2405 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2406 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2407 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2408
2409 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2410 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2411 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2412
2413 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2414 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2415
2416 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2417 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2418 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2419 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2420 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2421 URL in a new window.
2422
2423 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2424
2425 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2426 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2427 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2428 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2429 Chromium.
2430
2431 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2432
2433 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2434 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2435 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2436 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2437
2438 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2439 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2440 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2441 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2442
2443 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2444 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2445 new tab in an existing window instead.
2446
2447 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2448 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2449
2450 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2451
2452 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2453 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2454
2455 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2456
2457 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2458 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2459 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2460 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2461
2462 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2463 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2464 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2465 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2466
2467 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2468 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2469
2470 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2471
2472 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2473 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2474
2475 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2476 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2477 program is invoked according to the variable
2478 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2479
2480 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2481 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2482 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2483 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2484
2485 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2486 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2487
2488 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2489
2490 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2491 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2492 Default to the URL around or before point.
2493
2494 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2495 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2496 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2497
2498 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2499 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2500 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2501 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2502
2503 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2504 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2505
2506 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2507
2508 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2509 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2510 Default to the URL around or before point.
2511
2512 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2513 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2514 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2515
2516 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2517 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2518
2519 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2520
2521 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2522 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2523 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2524 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2525
2526 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2527
2528 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2529 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2530 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2531 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2532 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2533 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2534
2535 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2536
2537 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2538 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2539 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2540 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2541 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2542
2543 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2544 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2545 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2546 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2547
2548 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2549 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2550
2551 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2552
2553 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2554 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2555 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2556 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2557 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2558 current one.
2559
2560 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2561 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2562 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2563 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2564
2565 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2566 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2567
2568 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2569
2570 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2571 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2572 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2573 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2574 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2575 don't offer a form of remote control.
2576
2577 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2578
2579 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2580 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2581 Default to the URL around or before point.
2582
2583 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2584
2585 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2586 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2587 Default to the URL around the point.
2588
2589 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2590 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2591
2592 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2593 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2594
2595 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2596
2597 ;;;***
2598 \f
2599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (20933 31141 450159 0))
2600 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2601 (push (purecopy (quote (bs 1 17))) package--builtin-versions)
2602 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2603 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2604 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2605 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2606
2607 \(fn)" t nil)
2608
2609 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2610 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2611 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2612 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2613
2614 \(fn)" t nil)
2615
2616 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2617 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2618
2619 \(fn)" t nil)
2620
2621 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2622 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2623 \\<bs-mode-map>
2624 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2625 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2626 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2627 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2628
2629 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2630 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2631 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2632 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2633 name of buffer configuration.
2634
2635 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2636
2637 ;;;***
2638 \f
2639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (20791 9657 561026
2640 ;;;;;; 0))
2641 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2642
2643 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2644 Play Bubbles game.
2645 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2646 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2647 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2648 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2649 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2650 columns on its right towards the left.
2651
2652 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2653 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2654 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2655 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2656
2657 \(fn)" t nil)
2658
2659 ;;;***
2660 \f
2661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2662 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
2663 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2664
2665 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2666
2667 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2668 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2669 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2670 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2671 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2672
2673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2674
2675 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2676 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2677
2678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2679
2680 ;;;***
2681 \f
2682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (20929
2683 ;;;;;; 34089 117790 0))
2684 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2685 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2686 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2687 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2688
2689 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2690
2691 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2692 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2693 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2694 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2695 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2696 else the global value will be modified.
2697
2698 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2699
2700 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2701 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2702 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2703 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2704 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2705 else the global value will be modified.
2706
2707 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2708
2709 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2710 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2711 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2712
2713 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2714
2715 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2716 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2717 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2718 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2719
2720 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2721 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2722 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2723 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2724 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2725 before scanning it.
2726
2727 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2728 that already has a `.elc' file.
2729
2730 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2731 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2732
2733 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2734 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2735 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2736 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2737 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2738 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2739
2740 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2741
2742 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2743 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2744 Print the result in the echo area.
2745 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2746
2747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2748
2749 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2750 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2751 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2752
2753 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2754
2755 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2756 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2757 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2758 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2759 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2760 all functions called by those functions.
2761
2762 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2763 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2764 cons, etc.).
2765
2766 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2767 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2768 invoked interactively.
2769
2770 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2771
2772 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2773 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2774 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2775 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2776
2777 \(fn)" nil nil)
2778
2779 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2780 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2781 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2782 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2783 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2784 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2785 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2786 already up-to-date.
2787
2788 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2789
2790 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2791 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2792 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2793 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2794
2795 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2796 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2797 and corresponding effects.
2798
2799 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2800
2801 ;;;***
2802 \f
2803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (20709
2804 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
2805 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2806
2807 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2808
2809 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2810
2811 ;;;***
2812 \f
2813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20709 26818
2814 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
2815 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2816
2817 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2818
2819 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2820
2821 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2822
2823 ;;;***
2824 \f
2825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (20709
2826 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
2827 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2828
2829 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2830 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2831 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2832 from the cursor position.
2833
2834 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2835
2836 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2837
2838 ;;;***
2839 \f
2840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (20932 10282 564846 0))
2841 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2842 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2843
2844 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2845 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2846
2847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2848
2849 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2850 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2851
2852 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2853
2854 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2855 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2856
2857 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2858
2859 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2860 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2861
2862 \(fn)" t nil)
2863
2864 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2865 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2866 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2867 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2868
2869 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2870
2871 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2872 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2873 This is most useful in the X window system.
2874 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2875 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2876
2877 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2878
2879 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2880 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2881 See calc-keypad for details.
2882
2883 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2884
2885 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2886 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2887
2888 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2889
2890 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2891 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2892
2893 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2894
2895 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2896 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2897
2898 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2899
2900 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2901 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2902 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2903
2904 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2905
2906 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2907 Define Calc function.
2908
2909 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2910 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2911 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2912
2913 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2914 actual Lisp function name.
2915
2916 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2917
2918 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2919
2920 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2921
2922 ;;;***
2923 \f
2924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20709 26818
2925 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
2926 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2927
2928 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2929
2930
2931 \(fn N)" t nil)
2932
2933 ;;;***
2934 \f
2935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (20891 18859 893295
2936 ;;;;;; 0))
2937 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2938
2939 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2940 Run the Emacs calculator.
2941 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2942
2943 \(fn)" t nil)
2944
2945 ;;;***
2946 \f
2947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20762 9398
2948 ;;;;;; 526093 0))
2949 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2950
2951 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2952 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2953 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2954 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2955 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2956 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2957
2958 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2959 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2960 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2961 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2962 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2963 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2964 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2965 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2966 window.
2967
2968 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2969 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2970
2971 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2972 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2973 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2974 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2975 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2976 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2977
2978 Runs the following hooks:
2979
2980 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2981 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2982 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2983 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2984
2985 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
2986
2987 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2988
2989 ;;;***
2990 \f
2991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (20709 26818 907104
2992 ;;;;;; 0))
2993 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2994
2995 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2996 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2997
2998 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2999
3000 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3001 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3002 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3003 it fails.
3004
3005 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3006
3007 ;;;***
3008 \f
3009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" (20709
3010 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
3011 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3012
3013 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3014 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3015 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3016 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3017 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3018
3019 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3020 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3021 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3022 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3023 restriction to ASCII.
3024
3025 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3026
3027 capitalizedWorDD
3028 ^ ^ ^^
3029
3030 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3031 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3032 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3033
3034 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3035 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3036 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3037 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3038 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3039 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3040 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3041
3042 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3043 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3044
3045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3046
3047 ;;;***
3048 \f
3049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20709
3050 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
3051 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3052 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3053
3054 ;;;***
3055 \f
3056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (20911
3057 ;;;;;; 4138 279475 0))
3058 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3059
3060 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3061 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3062
3063 \(fn)" nil nil)
3064
3065 ;;;***
3066 \f
3067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20709 26818
3068 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
3069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3070
3071 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3072 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3073
3074 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3075 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3076
3077 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3078 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3079
3080 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3081
3082 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3083 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3084 made from scratch.
3085
3086 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3087
3088 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3089 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3090
3091 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3092 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3093 made from scratch.
3094
3095 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3096
3097 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3098 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3099
3100 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3101
3102 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3103 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3104 made from scratch.
3105
3106 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3107
3108 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3109 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3110
3111 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3112 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3113 made from scratch.
3114
3115 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3116
3117 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3118 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3119
3120 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3121
3122 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3123 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3124 made from scratch.
3125
3126 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3127
3128 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3129 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3130
3131 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3132 variables are guessed:
3133
3134 * `c-basic-offset', and
3135 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3136 `c-offsets-alist'.
3137
3138 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3139 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3140
3141 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3142 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3143
3144 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3145 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3146 guess is made from scratch.
3147
3148 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3149 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3150
3151 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3152
3153 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3154 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3155 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3156 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3157
3158 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3159 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3160 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3161
3162 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3163
3164 ;;;***
3165 \f
3166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (20907 7082
3167 ;;;;;; 901087 0))
3168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3169
3170 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3171 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3172 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3173 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3174 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3175 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3176 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3177
3178 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3179
3180 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3181 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3182 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3183 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3184 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3185 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3186 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3187 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3188 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3189 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3190
3191 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3192 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3193 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3194 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3195 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3196 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3197
3198 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3199
3200 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3201 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3202
3203 Key bindings:
3204 \\{c-mode-map}
3205
3206 \(fn)" t nil)
3207
3208 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3209 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3210
3211 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3212 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3213 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3214 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3215 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3216 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3217 message.
3218
3219 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3220
3221 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3222 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3223
3224 Key bindings:
3225 \\{c++-mode-map}
3226
3227 \(fn)" t nil)
3228
3229 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3230 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3231 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3232
3233 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3234 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3235 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3236 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3237 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3238 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3239 message.
3240
3241 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3242
3243 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3244 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3245
3246 Key bindings:
3247 \\{objc-mode-map}
3248
3249 \(fn)" t nil)
3250
3251 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3252 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3253 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3254
3255 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3256 Major mode for editing Java code.
3257 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3258 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3259 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3260 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3261 message.
3262
3263 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3264
3265 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3266 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3267
3268 Key bindings:
3269 \\{java-mode-map}
3270
3271 \(fn)" t nil)
3272
3273 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3274 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3275 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3276
3277 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3278 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3279 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3280 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3281 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3282 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3283 message.
3284
3285 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3286
3287 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3288 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3289
3290 Key bindings:
3291 \\{idl-mode-map}
3292
3293 \(fn)" t nil)
3294
3295 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3296 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3297 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3298 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3299
3300 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3301 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3302 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3303 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3304 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3305 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3306 message.
3307
3308 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3309
3310 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3311 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3312
3313 Key bindings:
3314 \\{pike-mode-map}
3315
3316 \(fn)" t nil)
3317 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3318 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3319 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3320 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3321 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3322 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3323
3324 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3325 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3326 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3327 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3328 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3329 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3330
3331 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3332
3333 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3334 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3335
3336 Key bindings:
3337 \\{awk-mode-map}
3338
3339 \(fn)" t nil)
3340
3341 ;;;***
3342 \f
3343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20709
3344 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
3345 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3346
3347 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3348 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3349 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3350 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3351
3352 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3353
3354 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3355 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3356 might get set too.
3357
3358 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3359 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3360 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3361 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3362 in this way.
3363
3364 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3365 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3366 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3367 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3368 a null operation.
3369
3370 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3371
3372 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3373 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3374 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3375 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3376
3377 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3378
3379 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3380 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3381 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3382
3383 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3384
3385 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3386 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3387 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3388 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3389 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3390
3391 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3392
3393 ;;;***
3394 \f
3395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20907 7082
3396 ;;;;;; 901087 0))
3397 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3398 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3399 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3400 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3401
3402 ;;;***
3403 \f
3404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (20884 7264 412929
3405 ;;;;;; 442000))
3406 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3407
3408 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3409 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3410
3411 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3412
3413 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3414 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3415
3416 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3417
3418 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3419 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3420
3421 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3422 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3423 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3424 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3425 execution.
3426
3427 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3428
3429 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3430
3431 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3432 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3433
3434 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3435 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3436 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3437 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3438
3439 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3440 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3441 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3442 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3443 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3444 `write' commands.
3445
3446 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3447 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3448 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3449 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3450
3451 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3452 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3453 semantics.
3454
3455 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3456
3457 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3458
3459 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3460
3461 STATEMENT :=
3462 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3463 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3464
3465 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3466 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3467 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3468 | integer
3469
3470 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3471
3472 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3473 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3474 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3475
3476 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3477 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3478 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3479
3480 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3481 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3482
3483 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3484 BREAK := (break)
3485
3486 REPEAT :=
3487 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3488 (repeat)
3489 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3490 ;; (repeat))
3491 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3492 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3493 ;; (read REG)
3494 ;; (repeat))
3495 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3496 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3497 ;; (read REG)
3498 ;; (repeat))
3499 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3500
3501 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3502 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3503 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3504 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3505 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3506 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3507 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3508 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3509 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3510 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3511 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3512 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3513 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3514 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3515 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3516 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3517
3518 WRITE :=
3519 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3520 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3521 ;; representation.
3522 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3523 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3524 ;; (write r7))
3525 | (write EXPRESSION)
3526 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3527 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3528 ;; representation.
3529 | (write integer)
3530 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3531 ;; buffer.
3532 | (write string)
3533 ;; Same as: (write string)
3534 | string
3535 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3536 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3537 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3538 ;; representation.
3539 | (write REG ARRAY)
3540 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3541 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3542 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3543 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3544 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3545 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3546
3547 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3548 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3549
3550 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3551 END := (end)
3552
3553 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3554 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3555 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3556
3557 ARG := REG | integer
3558
3559 OPERATOR :=
3560 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3561 + | - | * | / | %
3562
3563 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3564 | & | `|' | ^
3565
3566 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3567 | << | >>
3568
3569 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3570 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3571 | <8
3572
3573 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3574 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3575 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3576 | >8
3577
3578 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3579 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3580 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3581 | //
3582
3583 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3584 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3585
3586 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3587 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3588 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3589 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3590 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3591 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3592 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3593 | de-sjis
3594
3595 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3596 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3597 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3598 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3599 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3600 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3601 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3602 ;; byte of SJIS.
3603 | en-sjis
3604
3605 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3606 ;; Same meaning as C code
3607 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3608
3609 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3610 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3611 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3612 | <8=
3613
3614 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3615 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3616 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3617
3618 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3619 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3620 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3621 | //=
3622
3623 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3624
3625
3626 TRANSLATE :=
3627 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3628 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3629 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3630 LOOKUP :=
3631 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3632 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3633 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3634 MAP :=
3635 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3636 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3637 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3638 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3639 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3640 MAP-ID := integer
3641
3642 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3643
3644 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3645
3646 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3647 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3648 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3649 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3650 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3651 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3652
3653 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3654
3655 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3656 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3657 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3658
3659 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3660
3661 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3662
3663 ;;;***
3664 \f
3665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (20922 60838
3666 ;;;;;; 997229 0))
3667 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3668
3669 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3670 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3671 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3672 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3673
3674 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3675
3676 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3677
3678 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3679 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3680
3681 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3682
3683 ;;;***
3684 \f
3685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (20748 62911 684442
3686 ;;;;;; 0))
3687 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3688 (push (purecopy (quote (cedet 2 0))) package--builtin-versions)
3689 ;;;***
3690 \f
3691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20929 34089
3692 ;;;;;; 117790 0))
3693 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3694 (push (purecopy (quote (cfengine 1 2))) package--builtin-versions)
3695 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3696 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3697 There are no special keybindings by default.
3698
3699 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3700 to the action header.
3701
3702 \(fn)" t nil)
3703
3704 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3705 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3706 There are no special keybindings by default.
3707
3708 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3709 to the action header.
3710
3711 \(fn)" t nil)
3712
3713 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3714 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3715 on the buffer contents
3716
3717 \(fn)" nil nil)
3718
3719 ;;;***
3720 \f
3721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (20895 15912
3722 ;;;;;; 444844 0))
3723 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3724 (push (purecopy (quote (chart 0 2))) package--builtin-versions)
3725 ;;;***
3726 \f
3727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3728 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
3729 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3730
3731 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3732 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3733 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3734
3735 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3736
3737 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3738 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3739 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3740
3741 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3742
3743 ;;;***
3744 \f
3745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20893
3746 ;;;;;; 60586 188550 0))
3747 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3748 (push (purecopy (quote (checkdoc 0 6 2))) package--builtin-versions)(put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3749 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3750 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3751 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3752 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3753
3754 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3755
3756
3757 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3758
3759 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3760 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3761 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3762 the users will view as each check is completed.
3763
3764 \(fn)" t nil)
3765
3766 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3767 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3768 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3769 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3770 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3771 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3772 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3773 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3774
3775 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3776
3777 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3778 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3779 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3780 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3781 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3782 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3783 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3784 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3785
3786 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3787
3788 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3789 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3790 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3791 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3792 spacing are all verified.
3793
3794 \(fn)" t nil)
3795
3796 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3797 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3798 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3799 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3800 otherwise stop after the first error.
3801
3802 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3803
3804 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3805 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3806 Only documentation strings are checked.
3807 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3808 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3809 a separate buffer.
3810
3811 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3812
3813 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3814 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3815 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3816 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3817 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3818
3819 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3820
3821 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3822 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3823 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3824 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3825 if there is one.
3826
3827 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3828
3829 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3830 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3831 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3832 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3833 if there is one.
3834 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3835
3836 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3837
3838 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3839 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3840 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3841
3842 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3843
3844 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3845 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3846 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3847 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3848 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3849
3850 \(fn)" t nil)
3851
3852 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3853 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3854 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3855 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3856 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3857 space at the end of each line.
3858
3859 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3860
3861 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3862 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3863 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3864 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3865
3866 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3867
3868 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3869 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3870 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3871 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3872
3873 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3874
3875 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3876 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3877 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3878 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3879
3880 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3881
3882 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3883 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3884 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3885 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3886
3887 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3888
3889 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3890 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3891 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3892 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3893
3894 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3895
3896 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3897 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3898 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3899 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3900
3901 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3902
3903 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3904 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3905 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3906 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3907
3908 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3909
3910 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3911 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3912 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3913 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3914
3915 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3916
3917 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3918 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3919 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3920 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3921
3922 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3923
3924 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3925 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3926 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3927 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3928 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3929
3930 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3931 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3932 checking of documentation strings.
3933
3934 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3935
3936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3937
3938 ;;;***
3939 \f
3940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (20799
3941 ;;;;;; 169 640767 0))
3942 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3943
3944 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3945 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3946 Return the length of resulting text.
3947
3948 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3949
3950 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3951 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3952
3953 \(fn)" t nil)
3954
3955 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3956 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3957 Return the length of resulting text.
3958
3959 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3960
3961 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3962 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3963
3964 \(fn)" t nil)
3965
3966 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3967
3968
3969 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3970
3971 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3972
3973
3974 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3975
3976 ;;;***
3977 \f
3978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (20709 26818 907104
3979 ;;;;;; 0))
3980 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3981
3982 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3983 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3984 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3985 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3986 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3987 editing and the result is evaluated.
3988
3989 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3990
3991 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3992 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3993 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3994 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3995 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3996
3997 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3998
3999 \(fn)" t nil)
4000
4001 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4002 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4003 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4004 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4005 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4006
4007 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4008 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4009 \\{command-history-map}
4010
4011 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4012 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4013
4014 \(fn)" t nil)
4015
4016 ;;;***
4017 \f
4018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (20879
4019 ;;;;;; 27694 495748 0))
4020 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4021
4022 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4023 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4024 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4025 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4026 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4027 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4028 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4029 of this function.
4030
4031 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4032 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4033 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4034 property are:
4035
4036 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4037 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4038
4039 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4040 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4041 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4042 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4043 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4044 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4045 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4046 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4047 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4048 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4049 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4050 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4051
4052 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4053 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4054 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4055
4056 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4057 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4058 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4059 list elements are:
4060
4061 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4062
4063 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4064
4065 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4066
4067 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4068 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4069
4070 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4071 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4072
4073 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4074 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4075 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4076 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4077 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4078 value specified by their associated list element.
4079
4080 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4081
4082 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4083 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4084 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4085
4086 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4087 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4088 * indent the first argument by 4.
4089 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4090 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4091 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4092
4093 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4094
4095 ;;;***
4096 \f
4097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (20932 10282
4098 ;;;;;; 564846 0))
4099 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4100 (push (purecopy (quote (cl-lib 1 0))) package--builtin-versions)
4101 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4102
4103 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4104 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4105 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4106 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4107 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4108 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4109
4110 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4111 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4112
4113 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4114
4115 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4116
4117 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4118
4119 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4120
4121 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4122
4123 ;;;***
4124 \f
4125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (20709 26818
4126 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
4127 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4128
4129 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4130 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4131 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4132 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4133
4134 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4135 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4136 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4137 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4138
4139 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4140 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4141
4142 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4143
4144 ;;;***
4145 \f
4146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20932 61699 522706
4147 ;;;;;; 0))
4148 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4149
4150 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4151 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4152 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4153 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4154 of `scheme-program-name').
4155 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4156 it is given as initial input.
4157 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4158 discards input when it starts up.
4159 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4160 is run).
4161 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4162
4163 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4164
4165 ;;;***
4166 \f
4167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (20721 17977 14204 0))
4168 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4169
4170 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4171 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4172 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4173 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4174
4175 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4176 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4177
4178 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4179 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4180 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4181
4182 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4183
4184 ;;;***
4185 \f
4186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (20932 10282 564846 0))
4187 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4188
4189 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4190 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4191 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4192 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4193 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4194 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4195 functions have already modified the buffer.
4196
4197 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4198
4199 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4200 either globally or locally.")
4201
4202 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4203 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4204 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4205 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4206
4207 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4208 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4209 `start-file-process'
4210 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4211 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4212 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4213
4214 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4215 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4216
4217 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4218
4219 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4220
4221 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4222
4223 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4224 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4225 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4226 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4227 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4228 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4229 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4230 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4231 process as its initial input.
4232
4233 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4234
4235 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4236
4237 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4238
4239 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4240 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4241 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4242 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4243 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4244 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4245
4246 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4247
4248 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4249 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4250 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4251 directory tracking functions.")
4252
4253 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4254 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4255 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4256
4257 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4258
4259 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4260
4261 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4262 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4263 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4264
4265 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4266
4267 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4268
4269 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4270 Send COMMAND to current process.
4271 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4272 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4273
4274 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4275
4276 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4277 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4278 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4279 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4280
4281 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4282
4283 ;;;***
4284 \f
4285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (20871 33574
4286 ;;;;;; 214287 0))
4287 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4288
4289 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4290 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4291 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4292 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4293
4294 This command pushes the mark in each window
4295 at the prior location of point in that window.
4296 If both windows display the same buffer,
4297 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4298 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4299
4300 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4301 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4302 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4303 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4304 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4305 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4306 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4307 ignored.
4308
4309 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4310 this command work in interlaced mode:
4311 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4312 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4313 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4314
4315 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4316
4317 ;;;***
4318 \f
4319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (20911 4138
4320 ;;;;;; 279475 0))
4321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4322
4323 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4324 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4325
4326 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4327
4328 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4329 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4330 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4331
4332 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4333
4334 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4335 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4336 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4337
4338 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4339
4340 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4341 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4342 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4343 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4344 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4345
4346 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4347 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4348 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4349 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4350 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4351
4352 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4353 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4354 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4355 describing how the process finished.")
4356
4357 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4358 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4359 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4360 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4361 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4362
4363 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4364 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4365 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4366
4367 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4368
4369 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4370 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4371 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4372 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4373
4374 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4375
4376 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4377 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4378
4379 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4380 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4381
4382 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4383 (lambda ()
4384 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4385 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4386 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4387 (concat \"make -k \"
4388 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4389
4390 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4391 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4392
4393 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4394 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4395 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4396 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4397
4398 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4399
4400 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4401 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4402 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4403 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4404
4405 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4406 and move to the source code that caused it.
4407
4408 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4409 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4410
4411 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4412 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses`compile-command'.
4413 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4414 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4415 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4416
4417 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4418 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4419 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4420 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4421
4422 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4423 kills its subprocesses.
4424
4425 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4426 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4427 to a function that generates a unique name.
4428
4429 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4430
4431 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4432 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4433 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4434 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4435
4436 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4437 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4438
4439 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4440 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4441 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4442 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4443
4444 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4445 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4446 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4447
4448 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4449
4450 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4451
4452 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4453 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4454 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4455 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4456 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4457
4458 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4459
4460 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4461
4462 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4463
4464 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4465
4466 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4467 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4468 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4469 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4470 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4471
4472 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4473 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4474 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4475 See `compilation-mode'.
4476
4477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4478
4479 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4480 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4481 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4482 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4483 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4484
4485 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4486 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4487 `compilation-mode'.
4488
4489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4490
4491 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4492 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4493 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4494
4495 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4496
4497 ;;;***
4498 \f
4499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (20884 7264 412929
4500 ;;;;;; 442000))
4501 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4502
4503 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4504 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4505 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4506 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4507 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4508 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4509
4510 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4511
4512 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4513 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4514 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4515 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4516 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4517
4518 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4519
4520 ;;;***
4521 \f
4522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (20791
4523 ;;;;;; 9657 561026 0))
4524 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4525
4526 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4527 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4528 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4529 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4530 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4531 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4532 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4533
4534 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4535 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4536 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4537
4538 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4539 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4540 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4541
4542 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4543 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4544 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4545 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4546
4547 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4548 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4549 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4550 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4551 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4552 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4553 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4554
4555 \\{conf-mode-map}
4556
4557 \(fn)" t nil)
4558
4559 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4560 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4561 Comments start with `#'.
4562 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4563
4564 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4565
4566 \[Desktop Entry]
4567 Encoding=UTF-8
4568 Name=The GIMP
4569 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4570 Name[cs]=GIMP
4571
4572 \(fn)" t nil)
4573
4574 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4575 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4576 Comments start with `;'.
4577 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4578
4579 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4580
4581 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4582 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4583 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4584
4585 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4586 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4587
4588 \(fn)" t nil)
4589
4590 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4591 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4592 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4593 between `/*' and `*/'.
4594 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4595
4596 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4597 // another kind of comment
4598 /* yet another */
4599
4600 name:value
4601 name=value
4602 name value
4603 x.1 =
4604 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4605 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4606
4607 \(fn)" t nil)
4608
4609 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4610 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4611 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4612 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4613 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4614 `conf-space-keywords'.
4615 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4616 in an interactive fashion instead.
4617
4618 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4619
4620 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4621
4622 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4623 image/png png
4624 image/tiff tiff tif
4625
4626 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4627 class desktop
4628 # Standard multimedia devices
4629 add /dev/audio desktop
4630 add /dev/mixer desktop
4631
4632 \(fn)" t nil)
4633
4634 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4635 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4636 See `conf-space-mode'.
4637
4638 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4639
4640 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4641 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4642 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4643 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4644
4645 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4646
4647 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4648 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4649
4650 \(fn)" t nil)
4651
4652 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4653 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4654 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4655 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4656
4657 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4658
4659 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4660 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4661
4662 \(fn)" t nil)
4663
4664 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4665 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4666 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4667 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4668
4669 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4670
4671 *background: gray99
4672 *foreground: black
4673
4674 \(fn)" t nil)
4675
4676 ;;;***
4677 \f
4678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20932 61824 204300
4679 ;;;;;; 748000))
4680 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4681
4682 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4683 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4684 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4685 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4686 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4687 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4688
4689 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4690
4691 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4692 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4693 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4694 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4695
4696 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4697
4698 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4699 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4700 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4701 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4702
4703 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4704
4705 ;;;***
4706 \f
4707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (20709
4708 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
4709 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4710 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4711 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4712 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4713
4714 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4715 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4716 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4717 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4718 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4719 following the copyright are updated as well.
4720 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4721 interactively.
4722
4723 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4724
4725 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4726 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4727 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4728 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4729 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4730
4731 \(fn)" t nil)
4732
4733 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4734 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4735
4736 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4737
4738 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4739 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4740 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4741
4742 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4743
4744 ;;;***
4745 \f
4746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (20929
4747 ;;;;;; 34089 117790 0))
4748 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4749 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4750 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4751 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4752 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4753 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4754 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4755 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4756
4757 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4758 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4759 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4760 Tab indents for Perl code.
4761 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4762 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4763
4764 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4765 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4766 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4767 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4768 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4769 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4770 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4771 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4772 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4773 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4774 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4775 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4776
4777 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4778
4779 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4780 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4781
4782 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4783
4784 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4785 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4786 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4787 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4788 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4789 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4790 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4791 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4792 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4793
4794 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4795
4796 bite if angry;
4797
4798 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4799 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4800 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4801 to nil.)
4802
4803 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4804 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4805 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4806
4807 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4808
4809 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4810 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4811 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4812 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4813 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4814
4815 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4816
4817 if (A) { B }
4818
4819 into
4820
4821 B if A;
4822
4823 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4824
4825 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4826 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4827 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4828 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4829 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4830 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4831 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4832 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4833 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4834 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4835 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4836 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4837 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4838
4839 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4840 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4841 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4842 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4843 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4844 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4845
4846 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4847 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4848 man via menu.
4849
4850 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4851 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4852 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4853 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4854 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4855
4856 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4857 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4858 span the needed amount of lines.
4859
4860 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4861 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4862 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4863 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4864
4865 Variables controlling indentation style:
4866 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4867 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4868 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4869 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4870 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4871 `cperl-auto-newline'
4872 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4873 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4874 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4875 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4876 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4877 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4878 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4879 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4880 `cperl-indent-level'
4881 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4882 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4883 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4884 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4885 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4886 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4887 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4888 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4889 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4890 `cperl-brace-offset'
4891 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4892 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4893 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4894 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4895 `cperl-label-offset'
4896 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4897 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4898 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4899
4900 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4901 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4902 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4903 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4904 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4905 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4906
4907 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4908 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4909 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4910 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4911
4912 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4913 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4914 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4915 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4916 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4917 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4918 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4919
4920 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4921 column 0 is indented on
4922 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4923
4924 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4925 with no args.
4926
4927 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4928 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4929 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4930
4931 \(fn)" t nil)
4932
4933 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4934 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4935
4936 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4937
4938 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4939 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4940
4941 \(fn)" t nil)
4942
4943 ;;;***
4944 \f
4945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (20874 65006 672942
4946 ;;;;;; 217000))
4947 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4948
4949 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4950 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4951 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4952 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4953 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4954
4955 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4956
4957 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4958 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4959
4960 \(fn)" t nil)
4961
4962 ;;;***
4963 \f
4964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" (20709 26818 907104
4965 ;;;;;; 0))
4966 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4967
4968 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4969 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4970 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4971 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4972
4973 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4974 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4975
4976 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4977
4978 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4979 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
4980 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
4981 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4982 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4983
4984 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4985
4986 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4987
4988 ;;;***
4989 \f
4990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (20825 24233 991089
4991 ;;;;;; 0))
4992 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4993
4994 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4995 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4996 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4997 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4998
4999 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5000 a prespecified separator regexp. For example, if the separator
5001 regexp is \",\", the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5002 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5003
5004 The default value for the separator regexp is the value of
5005 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator regexp may be
5006 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5007
5008 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5009 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5010 'bob', and 'eve'.
5011
5012 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5013 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5014 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5015
5016 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings
5017 with empty strings removed.
5018
5019 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5020 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5021 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5022
5023 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5024
5025 ;;;***
5026 \f
5027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (20709 26818
5028 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
5029 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5030
5031 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5032 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5033
5034 \(fn)" t nil)
5035
5036 ;;;***
5037 \f
5038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (20709 26818
5039 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
5040 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5041
5042 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5043 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5044 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5045 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5046 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5047 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5048
5049 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5050
5051 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5052 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5053 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5054 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5055 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5056
5057 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5058 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5059 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5060 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5061 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5062 normal function of these prefix keys.
5063
5064 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5065 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5066 options:
5067 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5068 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5069 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5070
5071 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5072 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5073 the prefix fallback behavior.
5074
5075 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5076 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5077 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5078 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5079
5080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5081
5082 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5083 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5084
5085 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5086
5087 ;;;***
5088 \f
5089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (20932 10282 564846
5090 ;;;;;; 0))
5091 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5092
5093 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5094 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5095
5096 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5097
5098 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5099 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5100
5101 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5102
5103 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5104 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5105
5106 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5107
5108 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5109 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5110
5111 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5112 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5113
5114 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5115 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5116
5117 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5118
5119 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5120
5121 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5122 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5123 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5124
5125 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5126 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5127
5128 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5129 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5130
5131 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5132 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5133
5134 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5135
5136 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5137
5138 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5139 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5140 Return VALUE.
5141
5142 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5143 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5144
5145 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5146 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5147
5148 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5149 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5150
5151 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5152
5153 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5154
5155 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5156 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5157 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5158 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5159
5160 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5161 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5162 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5163
5164 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5165
5166 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5167 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5168 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5169 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5170 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5171
5172 \(fn)" t nil)
5173
5174 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5175 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5176 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5177 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5178
5179 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5180
5181 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5182 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5183 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5184
5185 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5186
5187 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5188 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5189
5190 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5191
5192 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5193
5194 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5195 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5196
5197 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5198
5199 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5200
5201 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5202 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5203 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5204
5205 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5206
5207 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5208 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5209 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5210 as part of Emacs itself.
5211
5212 Each elements looks like this:
5213
5214 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5215
5216 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5217 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5218 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5219 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5220 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5221 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5222 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5223 and `defface'.
5224
5225 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5226
5227 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5228 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5229 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5230 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5231 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5232
5233 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5234 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5235 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5236 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5237
5238 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5239
5240 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5241 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5242 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5243 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5244 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5245 release.
5246
5247 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5248 that were added or redefined since that version.
5249
5250 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5251
5252 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5253 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5254 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5255 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5256
5257 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5258
5259 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5260 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5261
5262 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5263
5264 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5265 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5266 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5267
5268 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5269 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5270
5271 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5272
5273 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5274 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5275
5276 \(fn)" t nil)
5277
5278 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5279 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5280
5281 \(fn)" t nil)
5282
5283 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5284 Customize all saved options and faces.
5285
5286 \(fn)" t nil)
5287
5288 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5289 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5290 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5291 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5292 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5293 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5294
5295 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5296 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5297 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5298
5299 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5300
5301 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5302 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5303
5304 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5305
5306 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5307 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5308
5309 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5310
5311 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5312 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5313
5314 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5315
5316 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5317 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5318 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5319 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5320 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5321 that option.
5322
5323 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5324
5325 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5326 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5327 The result includes selecting that window.
5328 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5329 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5330 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5331 that option.
5332
5333 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5334
5335 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5336 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5337
5338 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5339
5340 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5341 File used for storing customization information.
5342 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5343 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5344 it should be an absolute file name.
5345
5346 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5347 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5348 something like the following in your init file:
5349
5350 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5351 \(load custom-file)
5352
5353 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5354 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5355
5356 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5357 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5358 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5359 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5360 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5361
5362 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5363 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5364 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5365 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5366 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5367 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5368 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5369 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5370 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5371 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5372
5373 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5374
5375 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5376 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5377
5378 \(fn)" nil nil)
5379
5380 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5381 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5382
5383 \(fn)" t nil)
5384
5385 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5386 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5387 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5388
5389 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5390
5391 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5392 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5393 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5394 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5395 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5396
5397 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5398
5399 ;;;***
5400 \f
5401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20841 12463 538770
5402 ;;;;;; 0))
5403 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5404
5405 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5406 Create or edit a custom theme.
5407 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5408 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5409 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5410 from the Custom save file.
5411 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5412 named *Custom Theme*.
5413
5414 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5415
5416 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5417 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5418
5419 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5420
5421 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5422 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5423
5424 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5425
5426 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5427 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5428 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5429 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5430
5431 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5432
5433 ;;;***
5434 \f
5435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (20709 26818
5436 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
5437 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5438
5439 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5440 Mode used for cvs status output.
5441
5442 \(fn)" t nil)
5443
5444 ;;;***
5445 \f
5446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (20709 26818 907104
5447 ;;;;;; 0))
5448 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5449 (push (purecopy (quote (cwarn 1 3 1))) package--builtin-versions)
5450 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5451 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5452
5453 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5454
5455 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5456 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5457 C++ modes are included.
5458
5459 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5460 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5461 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5462
5463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5464
5465 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5466
5467 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5468 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5469 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5470 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5471 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5472 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5473
5474 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5475
5476 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5477 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5478 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5479 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5480 ARG is omitted or nil.
5481
5482 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5483 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5484 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5485
5486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5487
5488 ;;;***
5489 \f
5490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (20826
5491 ;;;;;; 45095 436233 0))
5492 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5493
5494 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5495 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5496
5497 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5498
5499 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5500 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5501
5502 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5503
5504 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5505 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5506 For readability, the table is slightly
5507 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5508
5509 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5510 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5511 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5512 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5513 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5514
5515 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5516
5517 ;;;***
5518 \f
5519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (20709 26818 907104
5520 ;;;;;; 0))
5521 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5522 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5523 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5524 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5525 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5526
5527 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5528 Completion on current word.
5529 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5530 and presents suggestions for completion.
5531
5532 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5533 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5534 completions.
5535
5536 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5537 then it searches *all* buffers.
5538
5539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5540
5541 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5542 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5543
5544 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5545 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5546 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5547 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5548 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5549
5550 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5551 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5552
5553 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5554 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5555 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5556
5557 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5558 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5559
5560 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5561
5562 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5563
5564 ;;;***
5565 \f
5566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (20938 49065
5567 ;;;;;; 383398 0))
5568 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5569
5570 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5571 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5572
5573 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5574
5575 ;;;***
5576 \f
5577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20900 33838 319219 0))
5578 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5579
5580 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5581 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5582 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5583 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5584 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5585
5586 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5587
5588 ;;;***
5589 \f
5590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20763 30266
5591 ;;;;;; 231060 0))
5592 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5593
5594 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5595 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5596
5597 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5598 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5599 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5600
5601 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5602 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5603 Data lines are not indented.
5604
5605 Key bindings:
5606
5607 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5608 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5609
5610 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5611 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5612 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5613 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5614
5615 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5616
5617 dcl-basic-offset
5618 Extra indentation within blocks.
5619
5620 dcl-continuation-offset
5621 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5622
5623 dcl-margin-offset
5624 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5625
5626 dcl-margin-label-offset
5627 Indentation for a label.
5628
5629 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5630 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5631
5632 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5633 dcl-block-end-regexp
5634 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5635 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5636 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5637 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5638 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5639
5640 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5641 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5642 Two such functions are included in the package:
5643 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5644 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5645
5646 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5647 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5648 One such function is included in the package:
5649 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5650
5651 dcl-tab-always-indent
5652 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5653 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5654 margin.
5655
5656 dcl-electric-characters
5657 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5658 typed.
5659
5660 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5661 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5662 which words trigger electric indentation.
5663
5664 dcl-tempo-comma
5665 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5666 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5667 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5668
5669 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5670 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5671 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5672 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5673
5674 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5675 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5676 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5677 dcl-imenu-label-call
5678 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5679
5680 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5681 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5682 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5683 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5684
5685
5686 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5687
5688 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5689 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5690 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5691 $ i = 1
5692 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5693 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5694 $ label:
5695 $ if i.eq.1
5696 $ then
5697 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5698 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5699 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5700 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5701 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5702 \"lined up with the command line\"
5703 $ type sys$input
5704 Data lines are not indented at all.
5705 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5706 $ endif
5707 $
5708
5709
5710 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5711 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5712
5713 \(fn)" t nil)
5714
5715 ;;;***
5716 \f
5717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (20709 26818
5718 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
5719 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5720
5721 (setq debugger 'debug)
5722
5723 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5724 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5725 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5726 of the evaluator.
5727
5728 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5729 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5730 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5731
5732 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5733
5734 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5735 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5736
5737 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5738
5739 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5740 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5741 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5742 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5743 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5744 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5745
5746 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5747 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5748
5749 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5750
5751 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5752 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5753 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5754 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5755 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5756
5757 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5758
5759 ;;;***
5760 \f
5761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (20709 26818
5762 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
5763 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5764
5765 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5766 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5767
5768 \(fn)" t nil)
5769
5770 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5771 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5772 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5773 Upper-case letters are commands.
5774
5775 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5776 modify it.
5777
5778 The most useful commands are:
5779 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5780 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5781 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5782 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5783 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5784 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5785
5786 \(fn)" t nil)
5787
5788 ;;;***
5789 \f
5790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20709 26818 907104
5791 ;;;;;; 0))
5792 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5793 (push (purecopy (quote (delim-col 2 1))) package--builtin-versions)
5794 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5795 Customization of `columns' group.
5796
5797 \(fn)" t nil)
5798
5799 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5800 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5801
5802 START and END delimits the text region.
5803
5804 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5805
5806 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5807 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5808
5809 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5810
5811 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5812
5813 ;;;***
5814 \f
5815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
5816 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5817
5818 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5819
5820 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5821 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5822 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5823 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5824 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5825 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5826
5827 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5828
5829 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5830 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5831 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5832 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5833 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5834
5835 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5836 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5837 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5838 any selection.
5839
5840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5841
5842 ;;;***
5843 \f
5844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20900 33838
5845 ;;;;;; 319219 0))
5846 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5847
5848 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5849 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5850
5851 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5852
5853 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5854 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5855 or nil if there is no parent.
5856 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5857 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5858 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5859 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5860 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5861
5862 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5863 arguments are currently understood:
5864 :group GROUP
5865 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5866 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5867 :syntax-table TABLE
5868 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5869 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5870 :abbrev-table TABLE
5871 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5872 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5873
5874 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5875
5876 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5877
5878 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5879 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5880 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5881
5882 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5883 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5884
5885 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5886 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5887 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5888
5889 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5890 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5891
5892 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5893 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5894
5895 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5896
5897 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5898
5899 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5900
5901 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5902 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5903 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5904 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5905 the first time the mode is used.
5906
5907 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5908
5909 ;;;***
5910 \f
5911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (20875 30633 412173
5912 ;;;;;; 0))
5913 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5914
5915 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5916 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5917 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5918 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5919 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5920 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5921 otherwise.
5922
5923 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5924
5925 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5926 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5927 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5928 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5929
5930 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5931 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5932 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5933
5934 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5935 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5936 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5937 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5938 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5939 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5940 relevant to POS.
5941
5942 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5943
5944 ;;;***
5945 \f
5946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (20945 22315 8369 0))
5947 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5948
5949 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5950 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5951 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5952
5953 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5954
5955 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5956 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5957 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
5958 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
5959 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5960
5961 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5962 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
5963 `desktop-read' for details.
5964
5965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5966
5967 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5968 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5969 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5970 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5971
5972 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5973
5974 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5975 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5976 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5977
5978 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5979 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5980 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5981
5982 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5983 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5984
5985 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5986 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5987 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5988
5989 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5990 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5991 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5992 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5993
5994 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5995
5996 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5997 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5998
5999 Handlers are called with argument list
6000
6001 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6002
6003 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6004
6005 desktop-file-version
6006 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6007 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6008 desktop-buffer-point
6009 desktop-buffer-mark
6010 desktop-buffer-read-only
6011 desktop-buffer-locals
6012
6013 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6014 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6015
6016 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6017 code like
6018
6019 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6020 ...
6021 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6022 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6023
6024 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6025
6026 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6027
6028 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6029 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6030 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6031 List elements must have the form
6032
6033 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6034
6035 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6036 function.
6037
6038 Handlers are called with argument list
6039
6040 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6041
6042 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6043
6044 desktop-file-version
6045 desktop-buffer-file-name
6046 desktop-buffer-name
6047 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6048 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6049 desktop-buffer-point
6050 desktop-buffer-mark
6051 desktop-buffer-read-only
6052 desktop-buffer-misc
6053
6054 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6055 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6056 created and set.
6057
6058 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6059 code like
6060
6061 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6062 ...
6063 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6064 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6065
6066 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6067
6068 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6069
6070 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6071
6072 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6073 Empty the Desktop.
6074 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6075 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6076 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6077
6078 \(fn)" t nil)
6079
6080 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6081 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6082 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6083 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6084 If AUTO-SAVE is non-nil, compare the saved contents to the one last saved,
6085 and don't save the buffer if they are the same.
6086
6087 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE AUTO-SAVE)" t nil)
6088
6089 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6090 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6091 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6092
6093 \(fn)" t nil)
6094
6095 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6096 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6097 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6098 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6099 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6100 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6101 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6102 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6103
6104 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6105
6106 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6107 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6108 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6109
6110 \(fn)" nil nil)
6111
6112 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6113
6114 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6115 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6116 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6117 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6118 directory DIRNAME.
6119
6120 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6121
6122 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6123 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6124
6125 \(fn)" t nil)
6126
6127 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6128 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6129
6130 \(fn)" t nil)
6131
6132 ;;;***
6133 \f
6134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20791 9657 561026
6135 ;;;;;; 0))
6136 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6137
6138 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6139 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6140 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6141 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6142 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6143 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6144
6145 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6146
6147 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6148 Repair a broken attribution line.
6149 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6150
6151 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6152
6153 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6154 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6155 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6156 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6157
6158 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6159
6160 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6161 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6162
6163 \(fn)" t nil)
6164
6165 ;;;***
6166 \f
6167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20932
6168 ;;;;;; 61699 522706 0))
6169 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6170
6171 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6172 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6173 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6174 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6175 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6176
6177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6178
6179 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6180 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6181 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6182 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6183
6184 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6185 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6186 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6187 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6188
6189 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6190 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6191
6192 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6193 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6194 calendar-date-style 'european
6195 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6196
6197 \(diary-mail-entries)
6198
6199 # diary-rem.el ends here
6200
6201 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6202
6203 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6204 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6205
6206 \(fn)" t nil)
6207
6208 ;;;***
6209 \f
6210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (20760 54070 584283 0))
6211 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6212
6213 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6214 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6215
6216 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6217
6218 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6219 The command to use to run diff.")
6220
6221 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6222
6223 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6224 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6225 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6226 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6227 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6228 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6229
6230 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6231 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6232 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6233
6234 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6235
6236 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6237 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6238 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6239 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6240 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6241 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6242
6243 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6244
6245 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6246 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6247
6248 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6249
6250 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6251 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6252 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6253
6254 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6255
6256 ;;;***
6257 \f
6258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (20814 53928
6259 ;;;;;; 50501 0))
6260 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6261
6262 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6263 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6264 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6265 normal diffs.
6266
6267 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6268 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6269 headers for you on-the-fly.
6270
6271 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6272 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6273 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6274
6275 \\{diff-mode-map}
6276
6277 \(fn)" t nil)
6278
6279 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6280 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6281 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6282 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6283 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6284
6285 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6286
6287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6288
6289 ;;;***
6290 \f
6291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6292 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6293
6294 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6295 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6296 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6297
6298 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6299
6300 ;;;***
6301 \f
6302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (20932 61699 522706 0))
6303 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6304
6305 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6306 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6307 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6308 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6309 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6310 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6311 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6312 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6313
6314 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6315
6316 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6317 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6318 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6319 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6320 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6321 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6322
6323 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6324 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6325 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6326 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6327 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6328 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6329 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6330 list of files to make directory entries for.
6331 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6332 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6333 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6334
6335 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6336
6337 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6338 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6339
6340 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6341 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6342
6343 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6344 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6345
6346 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6347 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6348
6349 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6350
6351 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6352 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6353
6354 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6355
6356 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6357 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6358 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6359 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6360 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6361 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6362 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6363 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6364 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6365 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6366 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6367 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6368 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6369 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6370 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6371 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6372 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6373 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6374 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6375 to see why something went wrong.
6376 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6377 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6378 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6379 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6380 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6381 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6382 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6383 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6384 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6385 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6386 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6387 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6388 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6389
6390 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6391 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6392 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6393 again for the directory tree.
6394
6395 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6396 for more info):
6397
6398 `dired-listing-switches'
6399 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6400 `dired-marker-char'
6401 `dired-del-marker'
6402 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6403 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6404 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6405 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6406
6407 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6408
6409 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6410 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6411 `dired-mode-hook'
6412 `dired-load-hook'
6413
6414 Keybindings:
6415 \\{dired-mode-map}
6416
6417 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6418 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6419
6420 (autoload 'dired-hide-details-mode "dired" "\
6421 Hide details in Dired mode.
6422
6423 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6424
6425 ;;;***
6426 \f
6427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (20709 26818 907104
6428 ;;;;;; 0))
6429 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6430
6431 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6432 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6433 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6434 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6435 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6436
6437 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6438 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6439 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6440
6441 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6442 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6443 directory.
6444
6445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6446
6447 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6448 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6449 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6450 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6451 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6452 from `default-directory'.
6453
6454 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6455
6456 ;;;***
6457 \f
6458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20709 26818
6459 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6460 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6461
6462 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6463 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6464 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6465 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6466 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6467 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6468
6469 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6470
6471 ;;;***
6472 \f
6473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20709 26818 907104
6474 ;;;;;; 0))
6475 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6476
6477 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6478 Return a new, empty display table.
6479
6480 \(fn)" nil nil)
6481
6482 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6483 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6484 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6485 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6486 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6487
6488 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6489
6490 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6491 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6492 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6493 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6494 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6495
6496 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6497
6498 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6499 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6500
6501 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6502
6503 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6504 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6505
6506 \(fn)" t nil)
6507
6508 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6509 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6510
6511 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6512 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6513
6514 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6515 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6516 byte.
6517
6518 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6519 in the default way after this call.
6520
6521 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6522
6523 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6524 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6525
6526 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6527
6528 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6529 Display character C using printable string S.
6530
6531 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6532
6533 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6534 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6535 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6536 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6537
6538 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6539
6540 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6541 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6542 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6543 X frame.
6544
6545 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6546
6547 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6548 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6549
6550 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6551
6552 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6553 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6554
6555 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6556
6557 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6558 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6559
6560 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6561
6562 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6563 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6564
6565 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6566
6567 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6568 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6569
6570 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6571
6572 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6573 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6574
6575 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6576 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6577
6578 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6579 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6580
6581 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6582 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6583 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6584 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6585
6586 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6587 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6588 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6589 in `.emacs'.
6590
6591 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6592
6593 ;;;***
6594 \f
6595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (20709 26818
6596 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6597 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6598
6599 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6600 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6601 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6602 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6603 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6604 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6605 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6606 Default is 2.
6607
6608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6609
6610 ;;;***
6611 \f
6612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6613 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6614
6615 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6616 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6617 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6618 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6619 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6620 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6621 private or ask).
6622 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6623 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6624 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6625 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6626 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6627
6628 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6629
6630 ;;;***
6631 \f
6632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20709 26818
6633 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6634 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6635
6636 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6637 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6638 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6639 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6640 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6641 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6642 table and its own syntax table.
6643
6644 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6645
6646 \(fn)" t nil)
6647 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6648
6649 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6650 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6651
6652 \(fn)" t nil)
6653
6654 ;;;***
6655 \f
6656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20899 12965 791908
6657 ;;;;;; 0))
6658 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6659
6660 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6661 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6662 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6663 OpenDocument format).
6664
6665 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6666
6667 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6668 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6669
6670 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6671 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6672
6673 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6674 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6675 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6676
6677 \(fn)" t nil)
6678
6679 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6680 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6681 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6682 to the next best mode.
6683
6684 \(fn)" nil nil)
6685
6686 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6687 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6688 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6689 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6690 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6691
6692 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6693
6694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6695
6696 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6697
6698
6699 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6700
6701 ;;;***
6702 \f
6703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20709 26818 907104
6704 ;;;;;; 0))
6705 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6706
6707 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6708 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6709
6710 \(fn)" t nil)
6711
6712 ;;;***
6713 \f
6714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6715 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6716
6717 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6718 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6719 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6720 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6721 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6722
6723 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6724 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6725
6726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6727
6728 ;;;***
6729 \f
6730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20900 33838 319219
6731 ;;;;;; 0))
6732 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6733 (push (purecopy (quote (dunnet 2 1))) package--builtin-versions)
6734 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6735 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6736
6737 \(fn)" t nil)
6738
6739 ;;;***
6740 \f
6741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20900
6742 ;;;;;; 33838 319219 0))
6743 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6744
6745 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6746
6747 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6748 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6749 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6750 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6751 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6752
6753 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6754 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6755 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6756 and disables it otherwise.
6757
6758 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6759 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6760 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6761 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6762
6763 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6764 documenting what its argument does.
6765
6766 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6767 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6768 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6769 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6770 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6771 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6772 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6773 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6774
6775 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6776 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6777 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6778 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6779 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6780 mode is global):
6781
6782 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6783 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6784 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6785 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6786 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6787 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6788 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6789 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6790 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6791 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6792 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6793 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6794 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6795 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6796 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6797 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6798 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6799 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6800 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6801 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6802 in :variable).
6803
6804 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6805 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6806
6807 For example, you could write
6808 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6809 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6810 ...BODY CODE...)
6811
6812 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6813
6814 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6815
6816 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6817
6818 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6819
6820 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6821 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6822 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6823 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6824 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6825 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6826 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6827 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6828 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6829 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6830 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6831 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6832
6833 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6834 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6835 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6836 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6837 call another major mode in their body.
6838
6839 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6840 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6841 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6842
6843 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6844
6845 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6846
6847 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6848 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6849 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6850 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6851 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6852 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6853 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6854
6855 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6856
6857 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6858 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6859 :inherit Parent keymap.
6860 :group Ignored.
6861 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6862 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6863
6864 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6865
6866 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6867 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6868 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6869 the constant's documentation.
6870
6871 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6872
6873 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6874 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6875 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6876
6877 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6878
6879 ;;;***
6880 \f
6881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (20709
6882 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
6883 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6884
6885 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6886 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6887 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6888 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6889
6890 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6891 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6892 as a top-level menu bar item.
6893
6894 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6895 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6896 pairs:
6897
6898 :filter FUNCTION
6899 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6900 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6901 items to actually display.
6902
6903 :visible INCLUDE
6904 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6905 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6906 alias for `:visible'.
6907
6908 :active ENABLE
6909 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6910 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6911 an alias for `:active'.
6912
6913 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6914 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6915
6916 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6917
6918 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6919
6920 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6921 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6922
6923 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6924 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6925
6926 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6927
6928 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6929
6930 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6931 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6932
6933 :keys KEYS
6934 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6935 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6936 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6937 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6938
6939 :key-sequence KEYS
6940 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6941 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6942 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6943 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6944
6945 :active ENABLE
6946 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6947 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6948 alias for `:active'.
6949
6950 :visible INCLUDE
6951 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6952 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6953 `:visible'.
6954
6955 :label FORM
6956 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6957 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6958
6959 :suffix FORM
6960 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6961 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
6962
6963 :style STYLE
6964 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
6965 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
6966 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
6967
6968 :selected SELECTED
6969 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
6970 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
6971
6972 :help HELP
6973 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6974
6975 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
6976 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
6977 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
6978
6979 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
6980 MENU. This is a submenu.
6981
6982 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
6983
6984 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6985
6986 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6987
6988
6989 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6990
6991 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6992 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6993 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6994 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6995
6996 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6997
6998 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6999 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7000 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7001 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7002 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7003 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7004
7005 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7006 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7007 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7008
7009 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7010 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7011 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7012
7013 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7014 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7015
7016 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7017
7018 ;;;***
7019 \f
7020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20709 26818
7021 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
7022 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7023 (push (purecopy (quote (ebnf2ps 4 4))) package--builtin-versions)
7024 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7025 Customization for ebnf group.
7026
7027 \(fn)" t nil)
7028
7029 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7030 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7031
7032 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7033
7034 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7035 processed.
7036
7037 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7038
7039 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7040
7041 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7042 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7043
7044 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7045 killed after process termination.
7046
7047 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7048
7049 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7050
7051 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7052 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7053
7054 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7055 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7056 it to the printer.
7057
7058 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7059 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7060 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7061 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7062
7063 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7064
7065 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7066 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7067 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7068
7069 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7070
7071 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7072 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7073
7074 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7075
7076 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7077 processed.
7078
7079 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7080
7081 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7082
7083 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7084 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7085
7086 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7087 killed after process termination.
7088
7089 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7090
7091 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7092
7093 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7094 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7095 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7096 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7097
7098 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7099
7100 \(fn)" t nil)
7101
7102 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7103 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7104 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7105
7106 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7107
7108 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7109
7110 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7111 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7112
7113 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7114
7115 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7116 processed.
7117
7118 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7119
7120 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7121
7122 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7123 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7124
7125 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7126 killed after EPS generation.
7127
7128 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7129
7130 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7131
7132 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7133 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7134
7135 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7136 The EPS file name has the following form:
7137
7138 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7139
7140 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7141 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7142
7143 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7144 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7145 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7146 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7147 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7148
7149 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7150 files.
7151
7152 \(fn)" t nil)
7153
7154 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7155 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7156
7157 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7158 The EPS file name has the following form:
7159
7160 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7161
7162 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7163 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7164
7165 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7166 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7167 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7168 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7169 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7170
7171 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7172 files.
7173
7174 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7175
7176 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7177
7178 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7179 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7180
7181 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7182
7183 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7184 are processed.
7185
7186 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7187
7188 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7189
7190 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7191 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7192
7193 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7194 killed after syntax checking.
7195
7196 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7197
7198 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7199
7200 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7201 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7202
7203 \(fn)" t nil)
7204
7205 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7206 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7207
7208 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7209
7210 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7211 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7212
7213 \(fn)" nil nil)
7214
7215 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7216 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7217
7218 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7219
7220 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7221
7222 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7223 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7224
7225 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7226
7227 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7228
7229 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7230 Delete style NAME.
7231
7232 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7233
7234 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7235
7236 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7237 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7238
7239 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7240
7241 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7242
7243 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7244 Set STYLE as the current style.
7245
7246 Returns the old style symbol.
7247
7248 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7249
7250 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7251
7252 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7253 Reset current style.
7254
7255 Returns the old style symbol.
7256
7257 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7258
7259 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7260
7261 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7262 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7263
7264 Returns the old style symbol.
7265
7266 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7267
7268 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7269
7270 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7271
7272 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7273 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7274
7275 Returns the old style symbol.
7276
7277 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7278
7279 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7280
7281 \(fn)" t nil)
7282
7283 ;;;***
7284 \f
7285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20709 26818
7286 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
7287 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7288
7289 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7290 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7291 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7292 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7293 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7294 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7295
7296 Tree mode key bindings:
7297 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7298
7299 \(fn)" t nil)
7300
7301 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7302 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7303
7304 \(fn)" t nil)
7305
7306 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7307 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7308
7309 \(fn)" t nil)
7310
7311 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7312 View declaration of member at point.
7313
7314 \(fn)" t nil)
7315
7316 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7317 Find declaration of member at point.
7318
7319 \(fn)" t nil)
7320
7321 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7322 View definition of member at point.
7323
7324 \(fn)" t nil)
7325
7326 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7327 Find definition of member at point.
7328
7329 \(fn)" t nil)
7330
7331 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7332 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7333
7334 \(fn)" t nil)
7335
7336 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7337 View definition of member at point in other window.
7338
7339 \(fn)" t nil)
7340
7341 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7342 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7343
7344 \(fn)" t nil)
7345
7346 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7347 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7348
7349 \(fn)" t nil)
7350
7351 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7352 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7353
7354 \(fn)" t nil)
7355
7356 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7357 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7358
7359 \(fn)" t nil)
7360
7361 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7362 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7363 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7364 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7365 completion.
7366
7367 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7368
7369 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7370 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7371 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7372 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7373
7374 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7375
7376 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7377 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7378 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7379 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7380
7381 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7382
7383 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7384 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7385 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7386
7387 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7388
7389 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7390 Search for call sites of a member.
7391 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7392 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7393 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7394 looks like a function call to the member.
7395
7396 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7397
7398 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7399 Move backward in the position stack.
7400 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7401
7402 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7403
7404 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7405 Move forward in the position stack.
7406 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7407
7408 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7409
7410 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7411 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7412
7413 \(fn)" t nil)
7414
7415 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7416 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7417
7418 \(fn)" t nil)
7419
7420 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7421 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7422 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7423 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7424
7425 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7426
7427 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7428 Display statistics for a class tree.
7429
7430 \(fn)" t nil)
7431
7432 ;;;***
7433 \f
7434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (20709 26818 907104
7435 ;;;;;; 0))
7436 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7437
7438 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7439 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7440 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7441 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7442 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7443 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7444 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7445
7446 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7447
7448 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7449 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7450 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7451 also has this effect.
7452 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7453 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7454 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7455 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7456 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7457 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7458 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7459 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7460 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7461 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7462
7463 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7464
7465 ;;;***
7466 \f
7467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (20709 26818 907104
7468 ;;;;;; 0))
7469 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7470
7471 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7472 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7473 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7474
7475 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7476
7477 ;;;***
7478 \f
7479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (20709 26818
7480 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
7481 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7482
7483 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7484
7485
7486 \(fn)" nil nil)
7487
7488 ;;;***
7489 \f
7490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20908 27948 216644 0))
7491 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7492 (push (purecopy (quote (ede 1 2))) package--builtin-versions)
7493 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7494 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7495 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7496 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7497 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7498 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7499
7500 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7501
7502 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7503 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7504 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7505 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7506 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7507
7508 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7509 an EDE controlled project.
7510
7511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7512
7513 ;;;***
7514 \f
7515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/dired" "cedet/ede/dired.el" (20709 26818
7516 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
7517 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/dired.el
7518 (push (purecopy (quote (dired 0 4))) package--builtin-versions)
7519 ;;;***
7520 \f
7521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/project-am" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
7522 ;;;;;; (20881 10343 547564 552000))
7523 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/project-am.el
7524 (push (purecopy (quote (project-am 0 0 3))) package--builtin-versions)
7525 ;;;***
7526 \f
7527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20912 25000
7528 ;;;;;; 802412 0))
7529 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7530
7531 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7532 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7533 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7534 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7535 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7536
7537 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7538 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7539 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7540 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7541
7542 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7543
7544 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7545 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7546 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7547 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7548
7549 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7550
7551 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7552 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7553 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7554 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7555
7556 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7557
7558 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7559
7560 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7561 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7562 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7563 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7564 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7565
7566 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7567 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7568 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7569 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7570 instrumented for Edebug.
7571
7572 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7573 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7574 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7575 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7576 already is one.)
7577
7578 \(fn)" t nil)
7579
7580 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7581 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7582
7583 \(fn)" t nil)
7584
7585 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7586 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7587
7588 \(fn)" t nil)
7589
7590 ;;;***
7591 \f
7592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (20893 60586 188550 0))
7593 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7594 (push (purecopy (quote (ediff 2 81 4))) package--builtin-versions)
7595 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7596 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7597
7598 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7599
7600 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7601 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7602
7603 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7604
7605 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7606
7607 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7608
7609 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7610 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7611 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7612 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7613
7614 \(fn)" t nil)
7615
7616 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7617 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7618 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7619 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7620
7621 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7622
7623 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7624 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7625
7626 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7627
7628 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7629
7630 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7631 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7632
7633 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7634
7635 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7636
7637 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7638 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7639 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7640 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7641
7642 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7643
7644 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7645
7646 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7647 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7648 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7649 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7650
7651 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7652
7653 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7654
7655 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7656 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7657 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7658 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7659
7660 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7661
7662 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7663
7664 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7665 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7666 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7667 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7668
7669 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7670
7671 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7672
7673 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7674 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7675 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7676 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7677 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7678 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7679
7680 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7681
7682 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7683 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7684 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7685 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7686
7687 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7688
7689 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7690
7691 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7692 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7693 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7694 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7695
7696 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7697
7698 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7699
7700 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7701
7702 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7703 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7704 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7705 follows:
7706 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7707 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7708
7709 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7710
7711 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7712 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7713 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7714 follows:
7715 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7716 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7717
7718 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7719
7720 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7721 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7722 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7723 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7724 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7725
7726 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7727
7728 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7729 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7730 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7731 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7732 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7733 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7734
7735 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7736
7737 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7738
7739 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7740 Merge two files without ancestor.
7741
7742 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7743
7744 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7745 Merge two files with ancestor.
7746
7747 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7748
7749 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7750
7751 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7752 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7753
7754 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7755
7756 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7757 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7758
7759 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7760
7761 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7762 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7763 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7764 buffer.
7765
7766 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7767
7768 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7769 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7770 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7771 buffer.
7772
7773 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7774
7775 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7776 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7777 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7778 and don't ask the user.
7779 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7780 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7781
7782 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7783
7784 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7785 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7786 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7787 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7788 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7789 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7790 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7791 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7792
7793 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7794
7795 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7796
7797 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7798
7799 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7800 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7801 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7802 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7803 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7804
7805 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7806
7807 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7808
7809 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7810 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7811 When called interactively, displays the version.
7812
7813 \(fn)" t nil)
7814
7815 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7816 Display Ediff's manual.
7817 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7818
7819 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7820
7821 ;;;***
7822 \f
7823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (20709 26818
7824 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
7825 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7826
7827 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7828
7829
7830 \(fn)" t nil)
7831
7832 ;;;***
7833 \f
7834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (20893 60586
7835 ;;;;;; 188550 0))
7836 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7837
7838 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7839 Display Ediff's registry.
7840
7841 \(fn)" t nil)
7842
7843 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7844
7845 ;;;***
7846 \f
7847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (20893 60586
7848 ;;;;;; 188550 0))
7849 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7850
7851 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7852 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7853 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7854 which see.
7855
7856 \(fn)" t nil)
7857
7858 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7859 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7860 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7861 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7862
7863 \(fn)" t nil)
7864
7865 ;;;***
7866 \f
7867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (20709 26818 907104
7868 ;;;;;; 0))
7869 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7870 (push (purecopy (quote (edmacro 2 1))) package--builtin-versions)
7871 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7872 Edit a keyboard macro.
7873 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7874 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7875 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7876 its command name.
7877 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7878
7879 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7880
7881 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7882 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7883
7884 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7885
7886 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7887 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7888
7889 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7890
7891 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7892 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7893 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7894 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7895 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7896 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7897
7898 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7899 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7900 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7901 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7902
7903 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7904
7905 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7906 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7907 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7908 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7909 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7910 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7911
7912 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7913
7914 ;;;***
7915 \f
7916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (20709 26818 907104
7917 ;;;;;; 0))
7918 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7919
7920 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7921 Set scroll margins.
7922 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7923 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7924
7925 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7926
7927 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7928 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7929
7930 \(fn)" t nil)
7931
7932 ;;;***
7933 \f
7934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (20762 9398 526093 0))
7935 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7936
7937 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7938 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7939 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7940 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7941 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7942 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7943 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7944
7945 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7946 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7947
7948 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7949 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7950 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7951 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7952
7953 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7954 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7955 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7956
7957 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7958 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7959 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7960
7961 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7962
7963 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7964
7965
7966 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7967
7968 ;;;***
7969 \f
7970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (20930 5097 423575
7971 ;;;;;; 701000))
7972 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
7973 (push (purecopy (quote (eieio 1 4))) package--builtin-versions)
7974 ;;;***
7975 \f
7976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (20908
7977 ;;;;;; 27948 216644 0))
7978 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
7979 (push (purecopy (quote (eieio-core 1 4))) package--builtin-versions)
7980 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
7981 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
7982 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
7983 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
7984 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
7985 SUPERCLASSES as children.
7986 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
7987
7988 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
7989
7990 ;;;***
7991 \f
7992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-custom" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
7993 ;;;;;; (20929 34089 117790 0))
7994 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
7995
7996 (autoload 'customize-object "eieio-custom" "\
7997 Customize OBJ in a custom buffer.
7998 Optional argument GROUP is the sub-group of slots to display.
7999
8000 \(fn OBJ &optional GROUP)" nil nil)
8001
8002 ;;;***
8003 \f
8004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" (20892
8005 ;;;;;; 39729 858825 0))
8006 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
8007
8008 (autoload 'eieio-browse "eieio-opt" "\
8009 Create an object browser window to show all objects.
8010 If optional ROOT-CLASS, then start with that, otherwise start with
8011 variable `eieio-default-superclass'.
8012
8013 \(fn &optional ROOT-CLASS)" t nil)
8014 (defalias 'describe-class 'eieio-describe-class)
8015
8016 (autoload 'eieio-describe-class "eieio-opt" "\
8017 Describe a CLASS defined by a string or symbol.
8018 If CLASS is actually an object, then also display current values of that object.
8019 Optional HEADERFCN should be called to insert a few bits of info first.
8020
8021 \(fn CLASS &optional HEADERFCN)" t nil)
8022
8023 (autoload 'eieio-describe-constructor "eieio-opt" "\
8024 Describe the constructor function FCN.
8025 Uses `eieio-describe-class' to describe the class being constructed.
8026
8027 \(fn FCN)" t nil)
8028 (defalias 'describe-generic 'eieio-describe-generic)
8029
8030 (autoload 'eieio-describe-generic "eieio-opt" "\
8031 Describe the generic function GENERIC.
8032 Also extracts information about all methods specific to this generic.
8033
8034 \(fn GENERIC)" t nil)
8035
8036 ;;;***
8037 \f
8038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (20806 59818
8039 ;;;;;; 347907 0))
8040 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8041
8042 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8043 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8044
8045 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8046
8047 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8048 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8049 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8050 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8051 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8052
8053 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8054 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8055 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8056 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8057 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8058 expression point is on.
8059
8060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8061
8062 (autoload 'eldoc-post-insert-mode "eldoc" "\
8063 Toggle Eldoc-Post-Insert mode on or off.
8064 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Eldoc-Post-Insert mode if ARG is
8065 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8066 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
8067 \\{eldoc-post-insert-mode-map}
8068
8069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8070
8071 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8072 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8073
8074 \(fn)" t nil)
8075
8076 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8077 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8078 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8079 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8080 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8081 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8082 arg list.
8083
8084 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8085 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8086 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8087 effect.
8088
8089 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8090 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8091
8092 ;;;***
8093 \f
8094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "electric" "electric.el" (20929 34089 117790
8095 ;;;;;; 0))
8096 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8097
8098 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8099 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8100
8101 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8102 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8103 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8104 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8105 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8106 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8107
8108 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8109
8110 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8111 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8112 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8113 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8114 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8115
8116 This is a global minor mode. When enabled, it reindents whenever
8117 the hook `electric-indent-functions' returns non-nil, or you
8118 insert a character from `electric-indent-chars'.
8119
8120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8121
8122 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8123 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8124 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8125 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8126 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8127 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8128
8129 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8130
8131 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8132 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8133 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8134 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8135 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8136
8137 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8138 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8139 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8140
8141 See options `electric-pair-pairs' and `electric-pair-skip-self'.
8142
8143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8144
8145 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8146 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8147 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8148 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8149 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8150 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8151
8152 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8153
8154 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8155 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8156 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Layout mode if ARG is
8157 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8158 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8159 The variable `electric-layout-rules' says when and how to insert newlines.
8160
8161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8162
8163 ;;;***
8164 \f
8165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20709 26818 907104
8166 ;;;;;; 0))
8167 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8168
8169 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8170 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8171
8172 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8173 an elided material again.
8174
8175 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8176
8177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8178
8179 ;;;***
8180 \f
8181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (20709 26818
8182 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8183 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8184
8185 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8186 Lint the file FILE.
8187
8188 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8189
8190 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8191 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8192 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8193
8194 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8195
8196 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8197 Lint the current buffer.
8198 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8199
8200 \(fn)" t nil)
8201
8202 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8203 Lint the function at point.
8204 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8205
8206 \(fn)" t nil)
8207
8208 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8209 Initialize elint.
8210 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8211 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8212
8213 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8214
8215 ;;;***
8216 \f
8217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20709 26818 907104
8218 ;;;;;; 0))
8219 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8220
8221 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8222 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8223 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8224
8225 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8226
8227 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8228 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8229 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8230 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8231
8232 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8233
8234 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8235 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8236 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8237
8238 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8239
8240 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8241
8242 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8243 Display current profiling results.
8244 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8245 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8246 displayed.
8247
8248 \(fn)" t nil)
8249
8250 ;;;***
8251 \f
8252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (20933 31141 450159
8253 ;;;;;; 0))
8254 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8255
8256 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8257 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8258 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8259 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8260 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8261 ARG is omitted or nil.
8262
8263 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8264 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8265 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8266 used instead.
8267
8268 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8269
8270 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8271 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8272 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8273
8274 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8275
8276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8277
8278 ;;;***
8279 \f
8280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (20759 33211
8281 ;;;;;; 414988 0))
8282 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8283
8284 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8285 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8286 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8287
8288 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8289
8290 ;;;***
8291 \f
8292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (20576 42138 697312
8293 ;;;;;; 0))
8294 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8295
8296 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8297 Run Emerge on two files.
8298
8299 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8300
8301 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8302 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8303
8304 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8305
8306 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8307 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8308
8309 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8310
8311 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8312 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8313
8314 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8315
8316 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8317
8318
8319 \(fn)" nil nil)
8320
8321 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8322
8323
8324 \(fn)" nil nil)
8325
8326 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8327
8328
8329 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8330
8331 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8332
8333
8334 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8335
8336 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8337 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8338
8339 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8340
8341 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8342 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8343
8344 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8345
8346 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8347
8348
8349 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8350
8351 ;;;***
8352 \f
8353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20709 26818
8354 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8355 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8356
8357 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8358 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8359 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8360 text/enriched format.
8361
8362 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8363 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8364 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8365
8366 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8367
8368 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8369 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8370
8371 Commands:
8372
8373 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8374
8375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8376
8377 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8378
8379
8380 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8381
8382 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8383
8384
8385 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8386
8387 ;;;***
8388 \f
8389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (20917 42917 611340 0))
8390 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8391
8392 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8393 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8394
8395 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8396
8397 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8398 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8399
8400 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8401
8402 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8403 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8404 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8405 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8406 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8407 the keys are listed.
8408 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8409
8410 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8411
8412 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8413 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8414 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8415
8416 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8417
8418 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8419 Verify FILE.
8420
8421 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8422
8423 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8424 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8425
8426 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8427
8428 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8429 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8430
8431 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8432
8433 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8434 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8435
8436 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8437 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8438 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8439 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8440
8441 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8442 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8443 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8444 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8445 should consider using the string based counterpart
8446 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8447 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8448
8449 For example:
8450
8451 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8452 (decode-coding-string
8453 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8454 'utf-8))
8455
8456 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8457
8458 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8459 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8460
8461 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8462 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8463
8464 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8465
8466 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8467 Verify the current region between START and END.
8468
8469 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8470 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8471 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8472 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8473 should consider using the string based counterpart
8474 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8475 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8476
8477 For example:
8478
8479 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8480 (decode-coding-string
8481 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8482 'utf-8))
8483
8484 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8485
8486 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8487 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8488 between START and END.
8489
8490 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8491 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8492
8493 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8494
8495 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8496 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8497
8498 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8499 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8500 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8501 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8502 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8503 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8504
8505 For example:
8506
8507 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8508 (epg-sign-string
8509 context
8510 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8511
8512 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8513
8514 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8515 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8516
8517 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8518 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8519 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8520 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8521 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8522 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8523
8524 For example:
8525
8526 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8527 (epg-encrypt-string
8528 context
8529 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8530 nil))
8531
8532 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8533
8534 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8535 Delete selected KEYS.
8536
8537 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8538
8539 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8540 Import keys from FILE.
8541
8542 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8543
8544 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8545 Import keys from the region.
8546
8547 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8548
8549 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8550 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8551 between START and END.
8552
8553 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8554
8555 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8556 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8557
8558 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8559
8560 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8561 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8562
8563 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8564
8565 ;;;***
8566 \f
8567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20709 26818 907104
8568 ;;;;;; 0))
8569 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8570
8571 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8572 Decrypt marked files.
8573
8574 \(fn)" t nil)
8575
8576 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8577 Verify marked files.
8578
8579 \(fn)" t nil)
8580
8581 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8582 Sign marked files.
8583
8584 \(fn)" t nil)
8585
8586 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8587 Encrypt marked files.
8588
8589 \(fn)" t nil)
8590
8591 ;;;***
8592 \f
8593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20709 26818 907104
8594 ;;;;;; 0))
8595 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8596
8597 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8598
8599
8600 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8601
8602 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8603
8604
8605 \(fn)" t nil)
8606
8607 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8608
8609
8610 \(fn)" t nil)
8611
8612 ;;;***
8613 \f
8614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20709 26818 907104
8615 ;;;;;; 0))
8616 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8617
8618 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8619 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8620 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8621 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8622 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8623
8624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8625
8626 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8627 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8628 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8629
8630 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8631
8632 \(fn)" t nil)
8633
8634 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8635 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8636 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8637
8638 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8639
8640 \(fn)" t nil)
8641
8642 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8643 Sign the current buffer.
8644 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8645
8646 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8647
8648 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8649
8650 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8651 Encrypt the current buffer.
8652 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8653
8654 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8655
8656 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8657
8658 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8659 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8660 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8661
8662 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8663
8664 \(fn)" t nil)
8665
8666 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8667 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8668 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8669 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8670 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8671 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8672
8673 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8674
8675 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8676 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8677 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8678 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8679 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8680
8681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8682
8683 ;;;***
8684 \f
8685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (20936 7342 261759 0))
8686 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8687 (push (purecopy (quote (epg 1 0 0))) package--builtin-versions)
8688 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8689 Return a context object.
8690
8691 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8692
8693 ;;;***
8694 \f
8695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20709 26818 907104
8696 ;;;;;; 0))
8697 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8698
8699 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8700 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8701
8702 \(fn)" nil nil)
8703
8704 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8705 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8706
8707 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8708
8709 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8710 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8711
8712 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8713
8714 ;;;***
8715 \f
8716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (20891 18859 893295 0))
8717 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8718 (push (purecopy (quote (erc 5 3))) package--builtin-versions)
8719 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8720 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8721
8722 \(fn)" nil nil)
8723
8724 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8725 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8726 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8727
8728 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8729
8730 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8731 (server (erc-compute-server))
8732 (port (erc-compute-port))
8733 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8734 password
8735 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8736
8737 That is, if called with
8738
8739 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8740
8741 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8742 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8743 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8744
8745 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8746
8747 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8748
8749 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8750 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8751 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8752
8753 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8754
8755 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8756 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8757 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8758 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8759
8760 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8761
8762 ;;;***
8763 \f
8764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20709
8765 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
8766 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8767 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8768
8769 ;;;***
8770 \f
8771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (20709 26818
8772 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8773 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8774 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8775
8776 ;;;***
8777 \f
8778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20709 26818
8779 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8780 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8781 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8782
8783 ;;;***
8784 \f
8785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20709 26818
8786 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8787 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8788 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8789
8790 ;;;***
8791 \f
8792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20759 33211 414988
8793 ;;;;;; 0))
8794 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8795 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8796
8797 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8798 Parser for /dcc command.
8799 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8800 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8801 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8802
8803 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8804
8805 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8806 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8807
8808 \(fn)" nil nil)
8809
8810 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8811 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8812
8813 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8814 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8815 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8816 that subcommand.
8817
8818 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8819
8820 ;;;***
8821 \f
8822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8823 ;;;;;; (20874 65006 176325 548000))
8824 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8825 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8826
8827 ;;;***
8828 \f
8829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (20709
8830 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
8831 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8832
8833 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8834 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8835
8836 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8837
8838 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8839 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8840 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8841 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8842
8843 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8844
8845 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8846
8847
8848 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8849
8850 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8851 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8852
8853 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8854
8855 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8856 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8857
8858 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8859
8860 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8861 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8862
8863 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8864
8865 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8866 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8867
8868 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8869
8870 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8871 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8872
8873 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8874
8875 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8876 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8877
8878 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8879
8880 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8881 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8882
8883 \(fn)" nil nil)
8884
8885 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8886 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8887
8888 \(fn)" nil nil)
8889
8890 ;;;***
8891 \f
8892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20709 26818 907104
8893 ;;;;;; 0))
8894 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8895 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8896
8897 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8898 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8899 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8900
8901 \(fn)" nil nil)
8902
8903 ;;;***
8904 \f
8905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (20709 26818
8906 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8907 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8908 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8909
8910 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8911 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8912 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8913 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8914 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8915 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8916 system.
8917
8918 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8919
8920 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8921
8922
8923 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8924
8925 ;;;***
8926 \f
8927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (20709 26818
8928 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8929 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8930
8931 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8932
8933
8934 \(fn)" nil nil)
8935
8936 ;;;***
8937 \f
8938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20709 26818 907104
8939 ;;;;;; 0))
8940 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8941 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8942
8943 ;;;***
8944 \f
8945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-lang" "erc/erc-lang.el" (20709 26818 907104
8946 ;;;;;; 0))
8947 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-lang.el
8948 (push (purecopy (quote (erc-lang 1 0 0))) package--builtin-versions)
8949 ;;;***
8950 \f
8951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (20884 7264 412929
8952 ;;;;;; 442000))
8953 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8954 (push (purecopy (quote (erc-list 0 1))) package--builtin-versions) (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8955
8956 ;;;***
8957 \f
8958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (20891 18859 893295
8959 ;;;;;; 0))
8960 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8961 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8962
8963 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8964 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8965 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8966 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8967 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8968 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8969
8970 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8971
8972 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8973 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8974 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8975 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8976
8977 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8978 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8979 automatically.
8980
8981 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8982 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8983
8984 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8985
8986 ;;;***
8987 \f
8988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (20763 30266
8989 ;;;;;; 231060 0))
8990 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8991 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8992
8993 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8994 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8995
8996 \(fn)" t nil)
8997
8998 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8999 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9000
9001 \(fn)" t nil)
9002
9003 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9004 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9005
9006 \(fn)" t nil)
9007
9008 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9009 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9010
9011 \(fn)" t nil)
9012
9013 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9014 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9015
9016 \(fn)" t nil)
9017
9018 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9019 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9020
9021 \(fn)" t nil)
9022
9023 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9024 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9025
9026 \(fn)" t nil)
9027
9028 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9029 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9030
9031 \(fn)" t nil)
9032
9033 ;;;***
9034 \f
9035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20884 7264 412929
9036 ;;;;;; 442000))
9037 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9038 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9039
9040 ;;;***
9041 \f
9042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (20709
9043 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9044 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9045 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9046
9047 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9048 Show who's gone.
9049
9050 \(fn)" nil nil)
9051
9052 ;;;***
9053 \f
9054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (20709
9055 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9056 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9057
9058 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9059 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9060 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9061 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9062
9063 \(fn)" nil nil)
9064
9065 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9066 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9067
9068 \(fn)" t nil)
9069
9070 ;;;***
9071 \f
9072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (20891 18859
9073 ;;;;;; 893295 0))
9074 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9075 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9076
9077 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9078 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9079 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9080 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9081
9082 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9083
9084 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9085
9086
9087 \(fn)" nil nil)
9088
9089 ;;;***
9090 \f
9091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20709 26818 907104
9092 ;;;;;; 0))
9093 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9094 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9095
9096 ;;;***
9097 \f
9098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20709
9099 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9100 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9101 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9102
9103 ;;;***
9104 \f
9105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20709 26818
9106 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9107 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9108 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9109
9110 ;;;***
9111 \f
9112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20884 7264 412929
9113 ;;;;;; 442000))
9114 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9115 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9116
9117 ;;;***
9118 \f
9119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20709
9120 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9121 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9122 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9123
9124 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9125 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9126
9127 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9128
9129 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9130 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9131 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9132
9133 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9134
9135 ;;;***
9136 \f
9137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20709 26818
9138 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9139 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9140 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9141
9142 ;;;***
9143 \f
9144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (20709
9145 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9146 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9147
9148 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9149 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9150 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9151
9152 \(fn)" t nil)
9153
9154 ;;;***
9155 \f
9156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20709
9157 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9158 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9159 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9160
9161 ;;;***
9162 \f
9163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20709 26818
9164 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9165 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9166 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9167
9168 ;;;***
9169 \f
9170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (20709 26818
9171 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9172 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9173
9174 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9175 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9176 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9177
9178 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9179
9180 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9181 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9182 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9183 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9184 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9185
9186 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9187 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9188 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9189 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9190
9191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9192 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9193
9194 ;;;***
9195 \f
9196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20709
9197 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9198 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9199 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9200
9201 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9202 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9203 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9204 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9205
9206 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9207
9208 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9209 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9210 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9211
9212 \(fn)" t nil)
9213
9214 ;;;***
9215 \f
9216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (20709 26818 907104
9217 ;;;;;; 0))
9218 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9219 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9220
9221 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9222 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9223
9224 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9225
9226 ;;;***
9227 \f
9228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (20834 39208 838628
9229 ;;;;;; 0))
9230 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9231
9232 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9233 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9234
9235 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9236 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9237
9238 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9239 assertions in BODY.
9240
9241 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9242
9243 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9244 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9245 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9246
9247 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9248
9249 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9250
9251 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9252
9253 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9254 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9255
9256 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9257 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9258 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9259 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9260
9261 Returns the stats object.
9262
9263 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9264
9265 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9266 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9267
9268 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9269 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9270 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9271 the tests).
9272
9273 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9274
9275 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9276 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9277
9278 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9279 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9280 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9281 and how to display message.
9282
9283 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9284
9285 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9286
9287 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9288 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9289
9290 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9291
9292 ;;;***
9293 \f
9294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (20709 26818
9295 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9296 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9297
9298 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9299
9300 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9301 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9302
9303 \(fn)" t nil)
9304
9305 ;;;***
9306 \f
9307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (20911 4138
9308 ;;;;;; 279475 0))
9309 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9310
9311 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9312 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9313
9314 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9315
9316 \(fn)" nil nil)
9317
9318 ;;;***
9319 \f
9320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (20893 60586 188550
9321 ;;;;;; 0))
9322 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9323 (push (purecopy (quote (eshell 2 4 2))) package--builtin-versions)
9324 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9325 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9326 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9327 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9328 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9329 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9330 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9331 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9332 buffer selected (or created).
9333
9334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9335
9336 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9337 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9338 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9339
9340 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9341
9342 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9343 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9344 The result might be any Lisp object.
9345 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9346 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9347 corresponding to a successful execution.
9348
9349 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9350
9351 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9352
9353 ;;;***
9354 \f
9355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (20731 53823 676680
9356 ;;;;;; 0))
9357 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9358
9359 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9360 File name of tags table.
9361 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9362 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9363 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9364 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9365 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9366
9367 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9368 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9369 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9370 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9371
9372 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9373
9374 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9375 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9376 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9377 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9378 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9379 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9380
9381 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9382
9383 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9384 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9385 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9386
9387 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9388
9389 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9390 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9391 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9392 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9393 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9394
9395 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9396
9397 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9398 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9399 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9400 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9401
9402 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9403
9404 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9405 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9406 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9407 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9408 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9409
9410 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9411
9412 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9413 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9414
9415 \(fn)" t nil)
9416
9417 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9418 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9419 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9420 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9421
9422 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9423 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9424 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9425 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9426 file the tag was in.
9427
9428 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9429
9430 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9431 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9432 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9433 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9434 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9435 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9436 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9437 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9438 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9439
9440 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9441
9442 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9443 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9444 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9445 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9446 without directory names.
9447
9448 \(fn)" nil nil)
9449 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9450 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9451 (progn
9452 (load "etags")
9453 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9454
9455 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9456 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9457 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9458 but does not select the buffer.
9459 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9460
9461 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9462 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9463 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9464 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9465 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9466
9467 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9468
9469 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9470 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9471 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9472
9473 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9474
9475 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9476
9477 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9478 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9479 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9480 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9481
9482 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9483 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9484 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9485 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9486 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9487
9488 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9489
9490 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9491 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9492 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9493
9494 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9495
9496 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9497 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9498
9499 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9500 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9501 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9502 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9503 around or before point.
9504
9505 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9506 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9507 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9508 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9509 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9510
9511 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9512
9513 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9514 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9515 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9516
9517 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9518
9519 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9520 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9521
9522 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9523 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9524 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9525 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9526 around or before point.
9527
9528 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9529 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9530 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9531 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9532 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9533
9534 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9535
9536 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9537 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9538 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9539
9540 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9541
9542 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9543 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9544
9545 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9546 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9547 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9548
9549 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9550 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9551 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9552 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9553 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9554
9555 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9556
9557 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9558 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9559 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9560
9561 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9562
9563 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9564 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9565 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9566
9567 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9568 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9569
9570 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9571 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9572 where they were found.
9573
9574 \(fn)" t nil)
9575
9576 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9577 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9578
9579 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9580 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9581 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9582
9583 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9584 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9585
9586 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9587 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9588
9589 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9590
9591 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9592 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9593 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9594 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9595
9596 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9597 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9598 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9599 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9600 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9601
9602 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9603 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9604
9605 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9606 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9607 Stops when a match is found.
9608 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9609
9610 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9611 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9612 restricted to these files.
9613
9614 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9615
9616 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9617
9618 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9619 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9620 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9621 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9622 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9623 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9624 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9625 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9626
9627 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9628 produce the list of files to search.
9629
9630 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9631
9632 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9633
9634 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9635 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9636 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9637 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9638 directory specification.
9639
9640 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9641
9642 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9643 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9644
9645 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9646
9647 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9648 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9649 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9650 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9651
9652 \(fn)" t nil)
9653
9654 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9655 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9656 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9657 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9658 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9659
9660 \(fn)" t nil)
9661
9662 ;;;***
9663 \f
9664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (20709
9665 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9666 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9667
9668 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9669
9670
9671 \(fn)" nil nil)
9672
9673 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9674 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9675
9676 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9677 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9678
9679 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9680 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9681 primary language.
9682
9683 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9684 even if the buffer is read-only.
9685
9686 See also the descriptions of the variables
9687 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9688
9689 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9690
9691 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9692 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9693
9694 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9695 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9696
9697 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9698 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9699 primary language.
9700
9701 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9702 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9703
9704 See also the descriptions of the variables
9705 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9706
9707 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9708
9709 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9710 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9711 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9712 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9713
9714 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9715
9716 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9717 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9718 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9719 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9720
9721 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9722 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9723 primary language.
9724
9725 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9726 buffer is read-only.
9727
9728 See also the descriptions of the variables
9729 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9730 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9731
9732 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9733
9734 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9735 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9736
9737 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9738 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9739
9740 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9741 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9742 the primary language.
9743
9744 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9745 buffer is read-only.
9746
9747 See also the descriptions of the variables
9748 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9749 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9750
9751 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9752
9753 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9754 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9755 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9756
9757 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9758
9759 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9760 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9761
9762 \(fn)" t nil)
9763
9764 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9765 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9766
9767 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9768 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9769 be 1, 2, or 3.
9770
9771 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9772 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9773 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9774
9775 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9776
9777 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9778
9779 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9780 This function is deprecated.
9781
9782 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9783
9784 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9785 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9786
9787 \(fn)" t nil)
9788
9789 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9790 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9791
9792 \(fn)" t nil)
9793
9794 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9795 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9796
9797 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9798 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9799
9800 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9801 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9802
9803 \(fn)" nil nil)
9804
9805 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9806 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9807
9808 \(fn)" nil nil)
9809
9810 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9811 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9812
9813 \(fn)" nil nil)
9814
9815 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9816 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9817
9818 \(fn)" nil nil)
9819
9820 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9821 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9822 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9823
9824 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9825
9826 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9827
9828
9829 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9830
9831 ;;;***
9832 \f
9833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
9834 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9835
9836 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9837 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9838 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9839 server for future sessions.
9840
9841 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9842
9843 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9844 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9845 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9846
9847 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9848
9849 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9850 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9851 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9852
9853 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9854
9855 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9856 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9857 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9858 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9859 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9860 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9861 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9862 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9863 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9864 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9865 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9866 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9867
9868 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9869
9870 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9871 Display a form to query the directory server.
9872 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9873 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9874
9875 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9876
9877 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9878 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9879 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9880
9881 \(fn)" t nil)
9882
9883 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9884
9885 ;;;***
9886 \f
9887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20791 9657 561026
9888 ;;;;;; 0))
9889 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9890
9891 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9892 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9893
9894 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9895
9896 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9897 Display URL and make it clickable.
9898
9899 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9900
9901 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9902 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9903
9904 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9905
9906 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9907 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9908
9909 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9910
9911 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9912 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9913
9914 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9915
9916 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9917 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9918
9919 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9920
9921 ;;;***
9922 \f
9923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20871 33574
9924 ;;;;;; 214287 0))
9925 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9926
9927 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9928 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9929 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9930
9931 \(fn)" t nil)
9932
9933 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9934 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9935
9936 \(fn)" t nil)
9937
9938 ;;;***
9939 \f
9940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (20791
9941 ;;;;;; 9657 561026 0))
9942 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9943
9944 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9945 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9946
9947 \(fn)" t nil)
9948
9949 ;;;***
9950 \f
9951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20709 26818 907104
9952 ;;;;;; 0))
9953 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9954
9955 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9956 Create an empty ewoc.
9957
9958 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9959
9960 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9961 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9962 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9963 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9964 `insert-before-markers'.
9965
9966 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9967 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9968 respectively, of the ewoc.
9969
9970 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9971 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9972 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9973
9974 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9975
9976 ;;;***
9977 \f
9978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (20941 25255 50698 0))
9979 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9980
9981 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9982 Fetch URL and render the page.
9983 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9984 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9985
9986 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9987
9988 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9989 Render a file using EWW.
9990
9991 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9992
9993 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9994
9995
9996 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9997
9998 ;;;***
9999 \f
10000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (20709
10001 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
10002 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10003
10004 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10005 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10006 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10007
10008 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10009
10010 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10011 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10012 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10013 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10014 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10015
10016 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10017
10018 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10019 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10020 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10021 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10022 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10023 executable.
10024
10025 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10026
10027 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10028 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10029 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10030
10031 \(fn)" t nil)
10032
10033 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10034 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10035 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10036 file modes.
10037
10038 \(fn)" nil nil)
10039
10040 ;;;***
10041 \f
10042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
10043 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10044
10045 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10046 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10047 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10048 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10049
10050 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10051
10052 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10053 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10054 to generate such functions.
10055
10056 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10057 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10058 beginning of the expanded text.
10059
10060 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10061 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10062 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10063 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10064
10065 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10066
10067 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10068
10069 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10070 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10071 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10072
10073 \(fn)" nil nil)
10074
10075 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10076 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10077 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10078
10079 \(fn)" t nil)
10080
10081 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10082 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10083 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10084
10085 \(fn)" t nil)
10086 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10087 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10088
10089 ;;;***
10090 \f
10091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20886 939 575794
10092 ;;;;;; 0))
10093 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10094
10095 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10096 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10097 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10098
10099 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10100 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10101 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10102
10103 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10104
10105 Key definitions:
10106 \\{f90-mode-map}
10107
10108 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10109
10110 `f90-do-indent'
10111 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10112 `f90-if-indent'
10113 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10114 `f90-type-indent'
10115 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10116 `f90-program-indent'
10117 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10118 (default 2).
10119 `f90-associate-indent'
10120 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10121 `f90-critical-indent'
10122 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10123 `f90-continuation-indent'
10124 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10125 `f90-comment-region'
10126 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10127 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10128 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10129 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10130 (default \"!\").
10131 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10132 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10133 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10134 `f90-break-delimiters'
10135 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10136 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10137 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10138 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10139 (default t).
10140 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10141 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10142 `f90-smart-end'
10143 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10144 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10145 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10146 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10147 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10148 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10149 `f90-leave-line-no'
10150 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10151
10152 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10153 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10154
10155 \(fn)" t nil)
10156
10157 ;;;***
10158 \f
10159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20928 40842 890989
10160 ;;;;;; 0))
10161 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10162
10163 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10164 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10165 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10166 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10167
10168 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10169 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10170 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10171 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10172 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10173
10174 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10175 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10176 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10177 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10178 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10179 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10180 attributes.
10181
10182 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10183 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10184
10185 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10186
10187 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10188 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10189 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10190 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10191
10192 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10193
10194 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10195 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10196 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10197 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10198
10199 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10200 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10201 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10202
10203 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10204 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10205 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10206 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10207
10208 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10209
10210 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10211 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10212 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10213
10214 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10215 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10216 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10217 the same amount).
10218
10219 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10220
10221 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10222 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10223 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10224
10225 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10226 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10227 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10228 will remove any scaling currently active.
10229
10230 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10231
10232 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10233 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10234 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10235
10236 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10237 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10238 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10239 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10240 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10241
10242 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10243 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10244
10245 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10246
10247 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10248 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10249
10250 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10251 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10252 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10253
10254 When adjusting with `+' or `-', continue to read input events and
10255 further adjust the face height as long as the input event read
10256 \(with all modifiers removed) is `+' or `-'.
10257
10258 When adjusting with `0', immediately finish.
10259
10260 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10261 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10262 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10263 will remove any scaling currently active.
10264
10265 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10266 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10267 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10268 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10269 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10270
10271 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10272
10273 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10274 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10275 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10276 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10277 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10278 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10279
10280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10281
10282 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10283 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10284 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10285 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10286 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10287 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10288 `buffer-face-mode'.
10289
10290 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10291 local, and sets it to FACE.
10292
10293 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10294
10295 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10296 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10297 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10298 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10299 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10300 `face' text property.
10301
10302 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10303 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10304 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10305 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10306
10307 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10308 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10309
10310 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10311
10312 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10313 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10314 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10315 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10316
10317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10318
10319 ;;;***
10320 \f
10321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (20891 18859
10322 ;;;;;; 893295 0))
10323 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10324 (push (purecopy (quote (feedmail 11))) package--builtin-versions)
10325 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10326 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10327 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10328 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10329
10330 \(fn)" nil nil)
10331
10332 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10333 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10334
10335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10336
10337 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10338 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10339 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10340 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10341
10342 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10343
10344 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10345 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10346 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10347 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10348 backup file names and the like).
10349
10350 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10351
10352 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10353 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10354 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10355 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10356 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10357 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10358 internally by feedmail):
10359
10360 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10361 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10362 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10363 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10364
10365 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10366 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10367 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10368 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10369 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10370
10371 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10372
10373 ;;;***
10374 \f
10375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (20752 26669 524456 0))
10376 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10377
10378 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10379 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10380 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10381 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10382 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10383 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10384 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10385
10386 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10387
10388 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10389 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10390 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10391 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10392 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10393 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10394 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10395
10396 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10397
10398 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10399
10400 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10401 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10402 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10403 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10404 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10405 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10406
10407 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10408
10409 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10410 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10411 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10412 Return value:
10413 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10414 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10415 * otherwise, nil
10416
10417 \(fn E)" t nil)
10418
10419 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10420 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10421 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10422
10423 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10424
10425 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10426 Try to get a file name at point.
10427 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10428
10429 \(fn)" nil nil)
10430
10431 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10432 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10433
10434 \(fn)" t nil)
10435
10436 ;;;***
10437 \f
10438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (20709 26818 907104
10439 ;;;;;; 0))
10440 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10441
10442 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10443 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10444 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10445 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10446
10447 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10448
10449 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10450 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10451 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10452 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10453 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10454 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10455
10456 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10457
10458 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10459 Add FILE to the file cache.
10460
10461 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10462
10463 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10464 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10465 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10466
10467 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10468
10469 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10470 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10471 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10472
10473 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10474
10475 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10476 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10477 This function does not use any external programs.
10478 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10479 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10480 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10481
10482 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10483
10484 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10485 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10486 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10487 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10488 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10489 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10490 \(directories) is done.
10491
10492 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10493
10494 ;;;***
10495 \f
10496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (20938 49065 383398
10497 ;;;;;; 0))
10498 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10499
10500 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10501 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10502
10503 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10504 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10505 Local Variables list.
10506
10507 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10508 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10509 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10510
10511 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10512
10513 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10514 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10515
10516 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10517
10518 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10519 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10520
10521 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10522 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10523 the -*- line.
10524
10525 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10526 then this function adds it.
10527
10528 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10529
10530 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10531 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10532
10533 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10534
10535 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10536 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10537
10538 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10539
10540 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10541 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10542
10543 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10544
10545 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10546 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10547
10548 \(fn)" t nil)
10549
10550 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10551 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10552
10553 \(fn)" t nil)
10554
10555 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10556 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10557
10558 \(fn)" t nil)
10559
10560 ;;;***
10561 \f
10562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (20791 9657 561026
10563 ;;;;;; 0))
10564 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10565
10566 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10567 Filesets initialization.
10568 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10569
10570 \(fn)" nil nil)
10571
10572 ;;;***
10573 \f
10574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20709 26818 907104
10575 ;;;;;; 0))
10576 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10577 (push (purecopy (quote (find-cmd 0 6))) package--builtin-versions)
10578 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10579 Initiate the building of a find command.
10580 For example:
10581
10582 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10583 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10584 (mtime \"+1\"))
10585 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10586
10587 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10588 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10589
10590 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10591
10592 ;;;***
10593 \f
10594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (20763 30266 231060
10595 ;;;;;; 0))
10596 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10597
10598 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10599 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10600 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10601
10602 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10603
10604 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10605 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10606
10607 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10608
10609 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10610 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10611 and run dired on those files.
10612 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10613 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10614
10615 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10616
10617 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10618
10619 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10620 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10621 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10622
10623 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10624 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10625
10626 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10627 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10628
10629 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10630
10631 ;;;***
10632 \f
10633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (20872 54440 171355
10634 ;;;;;; 0))
10635 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10636
10637 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10638 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10639 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10640 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10641 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10642 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10643 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10644
10645 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10646
10647 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10648 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10649 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10650
10651 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10652
10653 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10654
10655 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10656
10657 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10658 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10659 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10660
10661 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10662 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10663
10664 Variables of interest include:
10665
10666 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10667 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10668 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10669
10670 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10671 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10672 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10673
10674 - `ff-ignore-include'
10675 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10676
10677 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10678 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10679
10680 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10681 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10682
10683 - `ff-special-constructs'
10684 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10685 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10686 extracting the filename from that construct.
10687
10688 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10689 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10690
10691 - `ff-search-directories'
10692 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10693 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10694
10695 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10696 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10697
10698 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10699 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10700
10701 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10702 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10703
10704 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10705 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10706
10707 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10708 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10709
10710 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10711
10712 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10713 Visit the file you click on.
10714
10715 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10716
10717 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10718 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10719
10720 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10721
10722 ;;;***
10723 \f
10724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20709
10725 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
10726 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10727
10728 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10729 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10730 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10731
10732 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10733
10734 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10735 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10736 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10737 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10738
10739 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10740 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10741 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10742 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10743
10744 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10745
10746 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10747 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10748
10749 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10750 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10751 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10752 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10753
10754 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10755 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10756 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10757
10758 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10759 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10760 in `load-path'.
10761
10762 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10763
10764 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10765 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10766
10767 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10768 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10769 places point before the definition.
10770 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10771
10772 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10773 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10774 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10775
10776 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10777
10778 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10779 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10780
10781 See `find-function' for more details.
10782
10783 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10784
10785 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10786 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10787
10788 See `find-function' for more details.
10789
10790 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10791
10792 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10793 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10794
10795 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10796 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10797 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10798
10799 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10800 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10801
10802 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10803
10804 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10805 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10806
10807 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10808 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10809 places point before the definition.
10810
10811 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10812
10813 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10814 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10815 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10816
10817 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10818
10819 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10820 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10821
10822 See `find-variable' for more details.
10823
10824 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10825
10826 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10827 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10828
10829 See `find-variable' for more details.
10830
10831 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10832
10833 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10834 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10835 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10836 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10837 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10838 buffer nor display it.
10839
10840 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10841 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10842
10843 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10844
10845 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10846 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10847
10848 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10849 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10850 places point before the definition.
10851
10852 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10853
10854 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10855 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10856 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10857
10858 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10859
10860 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10861 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10862 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10863
10864 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10865
10866 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10867 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10868
10869 \(fn)" t nil)
10870
10871 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10872 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10873
10874 \(fn)" t nil)
10875
10876 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10877 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10878
10879 \(fn)" nil nil)
10880
10881 ;;;***
10882 \f
10883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20709 26818 907104
10884 ;;;;;; 0))
10885 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10886
10887 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10888 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10889
10890 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10891
10892 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10893 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10894
10895 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10896
10897 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10898 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10899
10900 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10901
10902 ;;;***
10903 \f
10904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (20925 37032 237257 0))
10905 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10906 (push (purecopy (quote (finder 1 0))) package--builtin-versions)
10907 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10908 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10909
10910 \(fn)" t nil)
10911
10912 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10913 Display FILE's commentary section.
10914 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10915
10916 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10917
10918 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10919 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10920
10921 \(fn)" t nil)
10922
10923 ;;;***
10924 \f
10925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (20709 26818 907104
10926 ;;;;;; 0))
10927 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10928
10929 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10930 Toggle flow control handling.
10931 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10932 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10933
10934 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10935
10936 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10937 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10938 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10939 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10940 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10941 to get the effect of a C-q.
10942
10943 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10944
10945 ;;;***
10946 \f
10947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (20709 26818
10948 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
10949 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10950
10951 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10952
10953
10954 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10955
10956 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10957
10958
10959 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10960
10961 ;;;***
10962 \f
10963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (20932 61699
10964 ;;;;;; 522706 0))
10965 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10966 (push (purecopy (quote (flymake 0 3))) package--builtin-versions)
10967 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10968 Toggle on-the-fly syntax checking.
10969 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10970 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10971 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10972
10973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10974
10975 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10976 Turn flymake mode on.
10977
10978 \(fn)" nil nil)
10979
10980 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10981 Turn flymake mode off.
10982
10983 \(fn)" nil nil)
10984
10985 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10986
10987
10988 \(fn)" nil nil)
10989
10990 ;;;***
10991 \f
10992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20847 51240
10993 ;;;;;; 240216 0))
10994 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10995
10996 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10997 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10998
10999 \(fn)" t nil)
11000 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11001
11002 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11003 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11004 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11005 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11006 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11007
11008 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11009 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11010 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11011
11012 Bindings:
11013 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11014 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11015 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11016 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11017
11018 Hooks:
11019 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11020
11021 Remark:
11022 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11023 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11024 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11025
11026 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11027 consider adding:
11028 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11029 in your init file.
11030
11031 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11032 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11033
11034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11035
11036 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11037 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11038
11039 \(fn)" nil nil)
11040
11041 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11042 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11043
11044 \(fn)" nil nil)
11045
11046 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11047 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11048
11049 \(fn)" nil nil)
11050
11051 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11052 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11053
11054 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11055
11056 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11057 Flyspell whole buffer.
11058
11059 \(fn)" t nil)
11060
11061 ;;;***
11062 \f
11063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (20709 26818 907104
11064 ;;;;;; 0))
11065 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11066 (push (purecopy (quote (foldout 1 10))) package--builtin-versions)
11067 ;;;***
11068 \f
11069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11070 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11071
11072 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11073 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11074
11075 \(fn)" nil nil)
11076
11077 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11078 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11079
11080 \(fn)" nil nil)
11081
11082 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11083 Toggle Follow mode.
11084 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11085 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11086 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11087
11088 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11089 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11090
11091 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11092 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11093 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11094
11095 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11096 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11097 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11098 movement commands.
11099
11100 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11101 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11102 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11103 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11104 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11105 mileage may vary).
11106
11107 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11108 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11109
11110 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11111
11112 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11113
11114 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11115 \\{follow-mode-map}
11116
11117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11118
11119 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11120 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11121
11122 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11123 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11124 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11125 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11126 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11127 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11128
11129 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11130 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11131 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11132
11133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11134
11135 ;;;***
11136 \f
11137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20709 26818
11138 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11139 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11140 (push (purecopy (quote (footnote 0 19))) package--builtin-versions)
11141 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11142 Toggle Footnote mode.
11143 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11144 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11145 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11146
11147 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11148 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11149 play around with the following keys:
11150 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11151
11152 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11153
11154 ;;;***
11155 \f
11156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11157 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11158
11159 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11160 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11161
11162 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11163 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11164 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11165 C-c < forms-first-record <
11166 C-c > forms-last-record >
11167 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11168 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11169 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11170 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11171 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11172 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11173 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11174 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11175 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11176 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11177
11178 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11179
11180 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11181 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11182
11183 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11184
11185 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11186 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11187
11188 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11189
11190 ;;;***
11191 \f
11192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (20709 26818
11193 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11194 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11195
11196 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11197 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11198 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11199
11200 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11201 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11202
11203 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11204
11205 Key definitions:
11206 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11207
11208 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11209
11210 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11211 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11212 `fortran-do-indent'
11213 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11214 `fortran-if-indent'
11215 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11216 `fortran-structure-indent'
11217 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11218 (default 3)
11219 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11220 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11221 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11222 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11223 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11224 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11225 nil don't change the indentation
11226 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11227 value of either
11228 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11229 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11230 depending on the continuation format in use.
11231 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11232 indentation for a line of code.
11233 (default 'fixed)
11234 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11235 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11236 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11237 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11238 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11239 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11240 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11241 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11242 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11243 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11244 column 5.
11245 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11246 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11247 statements (default nil).
11248 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11249 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11250 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11251 `fortran-continuation-string'
11252 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11253 line (default \"$\").
11254 `fortran-comment-region'
11255 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11256 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11257 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11258 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11259 as typed (default t).
11260 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11261 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11262
11263 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11264 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11265
11266 \(fn)" t nil)
11267
11268 ;;;***
11269 \f
11270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20765 36517 595445
11271 ;;;;;; 191000))
11272 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11273
11274 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11275 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11276
11277 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11278 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11279
11280 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11281
11282 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11283 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11284
11285 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11286 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11287
11288 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11289
11290 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11291 Compile fortune file.
11292
11293 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11294 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11295
11296 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11297
11298 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11299 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11300
11301 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11302 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11303 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11304 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11305
11306 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11307
11308 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11309 Display a fortune cookie.
11310 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11311 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11312 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11313 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11314
11315 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11316
11317 ;;;***
11318 \f
11319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (20752 26925
11320 ;;;;;; 124734 677000))
11321 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11322 (push (purecopy (quote (gamegrid 1 2))) package--builtin-versions)
11323 ;;;***
11324 \f
11325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (20932 61687
11326 ;;;;;; 205708 148000))
11327 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11328
11329 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11330 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11331 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11332
11333 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11334
11335 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11336 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11337 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11338 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11339 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11340 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11341 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11342
11343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11344
11345 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11346 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11347 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11348 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11349
11350 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11351 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11352 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11353 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11354 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11355
11356 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11357 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11358 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11359 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11360
11361 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11362 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11363 shown in some of the buffers.
11364
11365 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11366
11367 The following commands help control operation :
11368
11369 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11370 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11371
11372 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11373 detailed description of this mode.
11374
11375
11376 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11377 | GDB Toolbar |
11378 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11379 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11380 | | |
11381 | | |
11382 | | |
11383 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11384 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11385 | | (comint-mode) |
11386 | | |
11387 | | |
11388 | | |
11389 | | |
11390 | | |
11391 | | |
11392 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11393 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11394 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11395 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11396 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11397 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11398
11399 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11400
11401 ;;;***
11402 \f
11403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20928 13222
11404 ;;;;;; 500272 0))
11405 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11406
11407 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11408 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11409 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11410 instead (which see).")
11411
11412 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11413 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11414
11415 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11416 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11417 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11418 documentation string instead.
11419
11420 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11421 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11422 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11423 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11424 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11425 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11426 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11427 enders are actually possible.
11428
11429 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11430 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11431
11432 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11433 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11434 `font-lock-keywords'.
11435
11436 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11437 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11438 runs the macro expansion.
11439
11440 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11441 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11442 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11443
11444 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11445
11446 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11447
11448 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11449
11450 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11451
11452 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11453 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11454
11455 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11456
11457 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11458 Enter generic mode MODE.
11459
11460 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11461 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11462 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11463
11464 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11465 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11466
11467 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11468
11469 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11470 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11471 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11472 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11473 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11474 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11475 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11476 `font-lock-keywords'.
11477
11478 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11479
11480 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11481
11482 ;;;***
11483 \f
11484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (20709 26818
11485 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11486 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11487
11488 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11489 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11490 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11491 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11492 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11493 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11494
11495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11496
11497 ;;;***
11498 \f
11499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (20709 26818
11500 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11501 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11502
11503 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11504 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11505 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11506
11507 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11508
11509 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11510 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11511
11512 Guideline for numbers:
11513 1 - error messages
11514 3 - non-serious error messages
11515 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11516 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11517 9 - messages inside loops.
11518
11519 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11520
11521 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11522 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11523 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11524
11525 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11526
11527 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11528 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11529
11530 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11531
11532 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11533 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11534
11535 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11536 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11537 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11538 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11539 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11540 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11541
11542 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11543 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11544 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11545 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11546 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11547
11548 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11549
11550 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11551
11552 ;;;***
11553 \f
11554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20901 54695 989166 0))
11555 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11556 (push (purecopy (quote (gnus 5 13))) package--builtin-versions)(when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11557 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11558
11559 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11560 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11561
11562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11563
11564 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11565 Read network news.
11566 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11567 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11568 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11569 name of an NNTP server to use.
11570 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11571 server.
11572
11573 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11574
11575 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11576 Read news as a slave.
11577
11578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11579
11580 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11581 Pop up a frame to read news.
11582 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11583 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11584 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11585 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11586 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11587 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11588 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11589 current display is used.
11590
11591 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11592
11593 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11594 Read network news.
11595 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11596 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11597 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11598
11599 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11600
11601 ;;;***
11602 \f
11603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20709 26818
11604 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11605 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11606
11607 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11608 Start Gnus unplugged.
11609
11610 \(fn)" t nil)
11611
11612 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11613 Start Gnus plugged.
11614
11615 \(fn)" t nil)
11616
11617 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11618 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11619
11620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11621
11622 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11623 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11624
11625 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11626 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11627 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11628
11629 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11630 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11631 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11632
11633 \(fn)" t nil)
11634
11635 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11636 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11637
11638 \(fn)" nil nil)
11639
11640 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11641 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11642 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11643 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11644 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11645 supported.
11646
11647 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11648
11649 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11650 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11651 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11652 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11653 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11654 supported.
11655
11656 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11657
11658 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11659 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11660
11661 \(fn)" nil nil)
11662
11663 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11664 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11665 downloaded into the agent.
11666
11667 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11668
11669 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11670 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11671 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11672 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11673
11674 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11675
11676 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11677 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11678
11679 \(fn)" t nil)
11680
11681 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11682 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11683
11684 \(fn)" t nil)
11685
11686 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11687 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11688 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11689
11690 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11691
11692 ;;;***
11693 \f
11694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (20941 25255
11695 ;;;;;; 50698 0))
11696 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11697
11698 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11699 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11700
11701 \(fn)" nil nil)
11702
11703 ;;;***
11704 \f
11705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (20709
11706 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
11707 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11708
11709 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11710 Set a bookmark for this article.
11711
11712 \(fn)" t nil)
11713
11714 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11715 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11716
11717 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11718
11719 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11720 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11721 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11722 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11723 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11724
11725 \(fn)" t nil)
11726
11727 ;;;***
11728 \f
11729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20709 26818
11730 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11731 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11732
11733 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11734 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11735
11736 Usage:
11737 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11738
11739 \(fn)" t nil)
11740
11741 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11742 Generate the cache active file.
11743
11744 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11745
11746 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11747 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11748
11749 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11750
11751 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11752 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11753 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11754 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11755 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11756 supported.
11757
11758 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11759
11760 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11761 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11762 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11763 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11764 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11765 supported.
11766
11767 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11768
11769 ;;;***
11770 \f
11771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20791 9657
11772 ;;;;;; 561026 0))
11773 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11774
11775 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11776 Delay this article by some time.
11777 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11778
11779 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11780 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11781
11782 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11783 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11784
11785 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11786 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11787
11788 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11789
11790 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11791 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11792
11793 \(fn)" t nil)
11794
11795 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11796 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11797 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11798 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11799
11800 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11801 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11802
11803 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11804
11805 ;;;***
11806 \f
11807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20709 26818
11808 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11809 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11810
11811 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11812
11813
11814 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11815
11816 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11817
11818
11819 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11820
11821 ;;;***
11822 \f
11823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (20709 26818
11824 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11825 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11826
11827 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11828 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11829
11830 \(fn)" t nil)
11831
11832 ;;;***
11833 \f
11834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (20709 26818
11835 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11836 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11837
11838 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11839 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11840
11841 \(fn)" t nil)
11842
11843 ;;;***
11844 \f
11845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20709 26818
11846 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11847 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11848
11849 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11850 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11851
11852 \(fn)" t nil)
11853
11854 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11855 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11856
11857 \(fn)" t nil)
11858
11859 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11860 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11861
11862 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11863 different input formats.
11864
11865 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11866
11867 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11868 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11869
11870 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11871 different input formats.
11872
11873 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11874
11875 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11876 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11877 The PNG is returned as a string.
11878
11879 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11880
11881 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11882 Convert FILE to a Face.
11883 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11884 726 bytes.
11885
11886 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11887
11888 ;;;***
11889 \f
11890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20874
11891 ;;;;;; 65006 176325 548000))
11892 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
11893
11894 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11895 Display gravatar in the From header.
11896 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
11897
11898 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11899
11900 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11901 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
11902 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
11903
11904 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11905
11906 ;;;***
11907 \f
11908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20929 34089
11909 ;;;;;; 117790 0))
11910 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11911
11912 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11913 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11914 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11915 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11916
11917 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11918
11919 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11920 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11921
11922 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11923
11924 ;;;***
11925 \f
11926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20874 65006
11927 ;;;;;; 672942 217000))
11928 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
11929
11930 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
11931
11932
11933 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
11934
11935 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
11936
11937
11938 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
11939
11940 ;;;***
11941 \f
11942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (20709 26818
11943 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11944 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11945
11946 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11947
11948 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11949 Run batched scoring.
11950 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11951
11952 \(fn)" t nil)
11953
11954 ;;;***
11955 \f
11956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (20709 26818 907104
11957 ;;;;;; 0))
11958 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11959
11960 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11961
11962
11963 \(fn)" nil nil)
11964
11965 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
11966 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11967 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11968
11969 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11970
11971 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11972 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11973
11974 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11975
11976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11977
11978 ;;;***
11979 \f
11980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (20709 26818
11981 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11982 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11983
11984 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
11985 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11986 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11987 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11988 group parameters.
11989
11990 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11991 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11992 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11993 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11994
11995 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11996 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11997 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11998 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11999 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12000 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12001 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12002 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12003 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12004 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12005
12006 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12007
12008 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12009 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12010 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12011 nil CATCH-ALL).
12012
12013 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12014 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12015
12016 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12017
12018 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12019 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12020 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12021
12022 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12023
12024 \(fn)" nil nil)
12025
12026 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12027 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12028 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12029
12030 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12031
12032 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12033 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12034 existing groups are considered.
12035
12036 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12037 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12038 returned.
12039
12040 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12041 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12042 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12043 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12044 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12045 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12046 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12047 clauses will be generated.
12048
12049 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12050 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12051 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12052 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12053 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12054 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12055
12056 For example, given the following group parameters:
12057
12058 nnml:mail.bar:
12059 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12060 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12061 nnml:mail.foo:
12062 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12063 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12064 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12065 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12066 nnml:mail.others:
12067 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12068
12069 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12070
12071 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12072 \"mail.bar\")
12073 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12074 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12075 \"mail.others\")
12076
12077 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12078
12079 ;;;***
12080 \f
12081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20858 21542
12082 ;;;;;; 723007 0))
12083 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12084
12085 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12086 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12087 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12088 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12089 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12090 instead.
12091
12092 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12093
12094 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12095 Mail to ADDRESS.
12096
12097 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12098
12099 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12100 Like `message-reply'.
12101
12102 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12103
12104 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12105
12106 ;;;***
12107 \f
12108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12109 ;;;;;; (20886 939 575794 0))
12110 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12111
12112 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12113 Send a notification on new message.
12114 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12115 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12116 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12117
12118 This is typically a function to add in
12119 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12120
12121 \(fn)" nil nil)
12122
12123 ;;;***
12124 \f
12125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (20874 65006
12126 ;;;;;; 672942 217000))
12127 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12128
12129 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12130 Display picons in the From header.
12131 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12132
12133 \(fn)" t nil)
12134
12135 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12136 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12137 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12138
12139 \(fn)" t nil)
12140
12141 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12142 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12143 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12144
12145 \(fn)" t nil)
12146
12147 ;;;***
12148 \f
12149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20709 26818
12150 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12152
12153 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12154 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12155 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12156 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12157
12158 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12159
12160 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12161 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12162 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12163 LIST1 is modified.
12164
12165 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12166
12167 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12168 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12169 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12170
12171 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12172
12173 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12174
12175
12176 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12177
12178 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12179 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12180 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12181
12182 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12183
12184 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12185 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12186 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12187
12188 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12189
12190 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12191
12192 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12193 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12194 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12195
12196 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12197
12198 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12199 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12200 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12201
12202 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12203
12204 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12205 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12206 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12207
12208 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12209
12210 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12211 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12212
12213 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12214
12215 ;;;***
12216 \f
12217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20779
12218 ;;;;;; 18487 859617 0))
12219 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12220
12221 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12222 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12223
12224 \(fn)" t nil)
12225
12226 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12227 Install the registry hooks.
12228
12229 \(fn)" t nil)
12230
12231 ;;;***
12232 \f
12233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20709 26818
12234 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12235 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12236
12237 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12238 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12239 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12240 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12241 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12242 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12243
12244 \(fn)" t nil)
12245
12246 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12247 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12248 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12249 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12250 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12251
12252 \(fn)" t nil)
12253
12254 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12255
12256
12257 \(fn)" t nil)
12258
12259 ;;;***
12260 \f
12261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (20893 60586
12262 ;;;;;; 188550 0))
12263 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12264
12265 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12266 Update the format specification near point.
12267
12268 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12269
12270 ;;;***
12271 \f
12272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (20763 30266
12273 ;;;;;; 231060 0))
12274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12275
12276 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12277 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12278
12279 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12280
12281 ;;;***
12282 \f
12283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (20901 54695
12284 ;;;;;; 989166 0))
12285 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12286
12287 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12288 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12289 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12290
12291 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12292
12293 ;;;***
12294 \f
12295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20709 26818
12296 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12297 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12298
12299 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12300 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12301
12302 \(fn)" t nil)
12303
12304 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12305 Install the sync hooks.
12306
12307 \(fn)" t nil)
12308
12309 ;;;***
12310 \f
12311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (20709 26818
12312 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12313 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12314
12315 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12316 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12317
12318 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12319
12320 ;;;***
12321 \f
12322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (20709 26818 907104
12323 ;;;;;; 0))
12324 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12325
12326 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12327 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12328 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12329 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12330 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12331 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12332
12333 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12334
12335 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12336
12337 ;;;***
12338 \f
12339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20709 26818 907104
12340 ;;;;;; 0))
12341 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12342
12343 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12344 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12345
12346 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12347 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12348 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12349
12350 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12351 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12352 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12353
12354 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12355 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12356
12357 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12358 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12359
12360 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12361
12362 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12363
12364 ;;;***
12365 \f
12366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20766 6456
12367 ;;;;;; 368550 0))
12368 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12369
12370 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12371
12372 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12373 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12374 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12375 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12376 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12377
12378 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12379
12380 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12381 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12382 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12383 or to send e-mail.
12384 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12385 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12386
12387 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12388 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12389
12390 \(fn)" t nil)
12391 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12392
12393 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12394 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12395 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12396 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12397 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12398
12399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12400
12401 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12402 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12403
12404 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12405
12406 ;;;***
12407 \f
12408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20901 54695
12409 ;;;;;; 989166 0))
12410 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12411
12412 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12413 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12414 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12415
12416 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12417
12418 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12419 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12420
12421 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12422
12423 ;;;***
12424 \f
12425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20896 36774 886399
12426 ;;;;;; 0))
12427 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12428
12429 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12430 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12431
12432 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12433
12434 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12435 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12436 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12437 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12438 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12439
12440 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12441 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12442 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12443
12444 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12445
12446 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12447 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12448 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12449 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12450 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12451
12452 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12453
12454 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12455 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12456
12457 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12458
12459 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12460 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12461
12462 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12463 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12464 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12465
12466 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12467 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12468 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12469
12470 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12471 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12472 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12473 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12474
12475 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12476 How to invoke find and grep.
12477 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12478 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12479 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12480 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12481
12482 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12483
12484 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12485 History list for grep.")
12486
12487 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12488 History list for grep-find.")
12489
12490 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12491 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12492 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12493
12494 \(fn)" nil nil)
12495
12496 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12497
12498
12499 \(fn)" nil nil)
12500
12501 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12502 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12503
12504 \(fn)" nil nil)
12505
12506 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12507 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12508 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12509 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12510 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12511
12512 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12513 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12514
12515 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12516 can easily repeat a grep command.
12517
12518 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12519 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12520 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12521 list is empty).
12522
12523 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12524
12525 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12526 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12527 Collect output in a buffer.
12528 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12529 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12530
12531 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12532 easily repeat a find command.
12533
12534 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12535
12536 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12537
12538 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12539 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12540 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12541 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12542 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12543
12544 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12545 before it is executed.
12546 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12547
12548 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12549 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12550 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12551
12552 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12553
12554 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12555
12556 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12557 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12558 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12559 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12560 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12561
12562 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12563 before it is executed.
12564 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12565
12566 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12567 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12568 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12569 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12570
12571 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12572
12573 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12574 to specify a command to run.
12575
12576 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12577
12578 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12579 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12580 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12581 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12582
12583 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12584
12585 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12586
12587 ;;;***
12588 \f
12589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12590 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12591
12592 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12593 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12594 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12595 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12596 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12597
12598 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12599
12600 ;;;***
12601 \f
12602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20895 15912 444844
12603 ;;;;;; 0))
12604 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12605
12606 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12607 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12608 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12609 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12610
12611 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12612
12613 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12614 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12615 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12616 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12617
12618 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12619
12620 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12621 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12622 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12623 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12624
12625 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12626
12627 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12628 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12629 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12630 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12631
12632 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12633 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12634
12635 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12636
12637 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12638 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12639 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12640 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12641
12642 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12643
12644 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12645 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12646 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12647 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12648
12649 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12650
12651 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12652 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12653 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12654 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12655 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12656
12657 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12658 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12659 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12660 original source file access method.
12661
12662 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12663 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12664
12665 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12666
12667 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12668 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12669
12670 \(fn)" t nil)
12671
12672 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12673 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12674 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12675 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12676 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12677 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12678
12679 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12680
12681 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12682 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12683 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12684 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12685 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12686
12687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12688
12689 ;;;***
12690 \f
12691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (20709 26818 907104
12692 ;;;;;; 0))
12693 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12694
12695 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12696 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12697 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12698 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12699 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12700 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12701 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12702 set it to.
12703 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12704
12705 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12706
12707 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12708 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12709 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12710 of PLACE.
12711 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12712 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12713 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12714 and SETTER.
12715 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12716 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12717
12718 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12719
12720 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12721
12722 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12723 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12724 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12725 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12726 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12727
12728 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12729
12730 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12731
12732 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12733
12734
12735 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12736
12737 (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist)
12738
12739 (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist)
12740
12741 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12742 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12743 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12744 well for simple place forms.
12745 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12746 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12747 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12748 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12749 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12750 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12751 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12752
12753 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12754
12755 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12756
12757 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12758 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12759 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12760 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12761 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12762
12763 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12764 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12765 (let ((temp VAL))
12766 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12767 temp)
12768 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12769
12770 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12771
12772 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12773 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12774 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12775 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12776 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12777 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12778
12779 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12780
12781 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12782
12783 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12784 Return a reference to PLACE.
12785 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12786
12787 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12788
12789 ;;;***
12790 \f
12791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20791 9657
12792 ;;;;;; 561026 0))
12793 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12794
12795 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12796 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12797 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12798 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12799
12800 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12801 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12802 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12803 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12804
12805 \(fn)" t nil)
12806
12807 ;;;***
12808 \f
12809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (20478 3673 653810
12810 ;;;;;; 0))
12811 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12812
12813 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12814 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12815
12816 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12817
12818 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12819 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12820 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12821 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12822
12823 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12824
12825 \(fn)" t nil)
12826
12827 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12828 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12829 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12830 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12831 to be updated.
12832
12833 \(fn)" t nil)
12834
12835 ;;;***
12836 \f
12837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20709 26818
12838 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12839 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12840
12841 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12842 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12843
12844 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12845
12846 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12847 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12848 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12849
12850 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12851
12852 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12853 Verify a hashcash payment
12854
12855 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12856
12857 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12858 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12859 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12860 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12861 `mail-add-payment-async').
12862
12863 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12864
12865 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12866 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12867 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12868 Calculation is asynchronous.
12869
12870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12871
12872 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12873 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12874 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12875
12876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12877
12878 ;;;***
12879 \f
12880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20709 26818 907104
12881 ;;;;;; 0))
12882 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12883
12884 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12885 Return the help-echo string at point.
12886 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12887 property, or nil, is returned.
12888 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12889 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12890 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12891
12892 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12893
12894 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12895 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12896 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12897 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12898 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12899
12900 \(fn)" nil nil)
12901
12902 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12903 Display local help in the echo area.
12904 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12905 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12906 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12907 printed instead.
12908
12909 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12910 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12911 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12912
12913 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12914
12915 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12916 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12917 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12918
12919 \(fn)" t nil)
12920
12921 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12922 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12923 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12924
12925 \(fn)" t nil)
12926
12927 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12928 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12929 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12930 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12931 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12932 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12933 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12934 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12935 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12936 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12937 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12938
12939 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12940 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12941 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12942 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12943 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12944
12945 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12946 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12947 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12948 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12949 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12950 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12951 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12952 The default is `never'.")
12953
12954 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12955
12956 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12957 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12958 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12959 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12960 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12961 considered different regions.
12962
12963 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12964 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12965 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12966 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12967 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12968 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12969 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12970 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12971 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12972
12973 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12974
12975 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12976 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12977 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12978 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12979 different regions.
12980
12981 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12982 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12983 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12984 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12985 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12986 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12987 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12988 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12989
12990 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12991 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12992 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12993 rarely happens in practice.
12994
12995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12996
12997 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12998 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12999 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13000 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13001 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13002 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13003
13004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13005
13006 ;;;***
13007 \f
13008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20924 16196 967284
13009 ;;;;;; 0))
13010 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13011
13012 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13013 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13014
13015 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13016
13017 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13018 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13019 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13020
13021 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13022
13023 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13024 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13025 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13026 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13027 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13028 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13029 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13030 search for a function definition.
13031
13032 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13033 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13034 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13035 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13036 suitable file is found, return nil.
13037
13038 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13039
13040 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13041
13042
13043 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13044
13045 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13046 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13047 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13048 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13049
13050 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13051
13052 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13053 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13054 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13055 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13056 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13057 it is displayed along with the global value.
13058
13059 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13060
13061 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13062 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13063 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13064 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13065
13066 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13067
13068 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13069 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13070 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13071 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13072 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13073
13074 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13075
13076 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13077 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13078
13079 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13080
13081 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13082 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13083
13084 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13085
13086 ;;;***
13087 \f
13088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (20709 26818 907104
13089 ;;;;;; 0))
13090 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13091
13092 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13093 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13094 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13095 window listing and describing the options.
13096 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13097 gives the window that lists the options.")
13098
13099 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13100
13101 ;;;***
13102 \f
13103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (20920 19111 869400
13104 ;;;;;; 0))
13105 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13106
13107 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13108 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13109 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13110 Commands:
13111 \\{help-mode-map}
13112
13113 \(fn)" t nil)
13114
13115 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13116
13117
13118 \(fn)" nil nil)
13119
13120 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13121
13122
13123 \(fn)" nil nil)
13124
13125 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13126 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13127
13128 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13129 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13130 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13131 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13132
13133 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13134 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13135 restore it properly when going back.
13136
13137 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13138
13139 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13140 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13141 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13142 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13143 from `help-mode'.
13144 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13145 it does not already exist.
13146
13147 \(fn)" nil nil)
13148
13149 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13150 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13151
13152 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13153 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13154 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13155 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13156 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13157 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13158 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13159 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13160
13161 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13162 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13163 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13164 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13165
13166 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13167 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13168 that.
13169
13170 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13171
13172 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13173 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13174 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13175 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13176 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13177 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13178
13179 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13180
13181 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13182 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13183 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13184 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13185 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13186
13187 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13188
13189 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13190 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13191
13192 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13193
13194 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13195 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13196 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13197 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13198
13199 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13200
13201 ;;;***
13202 \f
13203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20709 26818
13204 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
13205 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13206
13207 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13208 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13209
13210 \(fn)" t nil)
13211
13212 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13213 Provide help for current mode.
13214
13215 \(fn)" t nil)
13216
13217 ;;;***
13218 \f
13219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
13220 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13221
13222 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13223 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13224 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13225 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13226 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13227
13228 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13229 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13230
13231 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13232 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13233 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13234 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits) and as their ASCII values.
13235
13236 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13237 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13238 periods.
13239
13240 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13241 in hexl format.
13242
13243 A sample format:
13244
13245 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13246 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13247 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13248 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13249 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13250 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13251 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13252 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13253 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13254 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13255 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13256 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13257 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13258 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13259 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13260
13261 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13262 cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13263 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13264
13265 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13266 also supported.
13267
13268 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13269
13270 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13271 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13272 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13273
13274 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13275 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13276 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13277
13278 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13279 into the buffer at the current point.
13280
13281 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13282 into the buffer at the current point.
13283
13284 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13285 into the buffer at the current point.
13286
13287 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13288
13289 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13290 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13291
13292 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13293
13294 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13295
13296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13297
13298 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13299 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13300 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13301 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13302
13303 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13304
13305 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13306 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13307 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13308
13309 \(fn)" t nil)
13310
13311 ;;;***
13312 \f
13313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (20908 27948 216644
13314 ;;;;;; 0))
13315 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13316
13317 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13318 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13319 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13320 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13321 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13322
13323 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13324 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13325 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13326 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13327
13328 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13329 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13330 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13331 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13332
13333 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13334 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13335 which can be called interactively, are:
13336
13337 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13338 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13339
13340 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13341 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13342 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13343 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13344
13345 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13346 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13347
13348 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13349 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13350 available face automatically.
13351
13352 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13353 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13354
13355 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13356 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13357 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13358 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13359 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13360 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13361 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13362 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13363 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13364 function returns t.
13365
13366 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13367 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13368
13369 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13370 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13371 form:
13372 Hi-lock: FOO
13373
13374 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13375 position (number of characters into buffer)
13376 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13377 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13378 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13379
13380 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13381
13382 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13383 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13384 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13385 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13386 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13387 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13388
13389 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13390
13391 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13392 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13393 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13394 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13395 ARG is omitted or nil.
13396
13397 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13398 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13399 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13400
13401 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13402
13403 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13404
13405 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13406 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13407 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Use
13408 `hi-lock-read-regexp-defaults-function' to retrieve default
13409 value(s) of REGEXP. Use the global history list for FACE.
13410
13411 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13412 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13413 highlighting will not update as you type.
13414
13415 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13416
13417 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13418
13419 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13420 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13421 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Use
13422 `hi-lock-read-regexp-defaults-function' to retrieve default
13423 value(s) REGEXP. Use the global history list for FACE.
13424
13425 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13426 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13427 highlighting will not update as you type.
13428
13429 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13430
13431 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13432
13433 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13434 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13435 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Use
13436 `hi-lock-read-regexp-defaults-function' to retrieve default
13437 value(s) of REGEXP. Use the global history list for FACE. When
13438 called interactively, replace whitespace in user provided regexp
13439 with arbitrary whitespace and make initial lower-case letters
13440 case-insensitive before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13441
13442 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13443 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13444 highlighting will not update as you type.
13445
13446 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13447
13448 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13449
13450 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13451 Set face of each match of the symbol at point.
13452 Use `find-tag-default-as-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13453 Use non-nil `hi-lock-auto-select-face' to retrieve the next face
13454 from `hi-lock-face-defaults' automatically.
13455
13456 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight symbol at point.
13457 Otherwise, use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used,
13458 the highlighting will not update as you type.
13459
13460 \(fn)" t nil)
13461
13462 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13463
13464 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13465 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13466 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13467 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13468 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13469 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13470
13471 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13472
13473 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13474 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13475
13476 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13477 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13478 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13479
13480 \(fn)" t nil)
13481
13482 ;;;***
13483 \f
13484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (20709 26818
13485 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
13486 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13487
13488 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13489 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13490 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13491 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13492 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13493
13494 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13495 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13496 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13497 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13498
13499 `hide-ifdef-env'
13500 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13501 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13502 is used.
13503
13504 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13505 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13506 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13507 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13508 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13509
13510 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13511 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13512 #endif lines when hiding.
13513
13514 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13515 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13516 is activated.
13517
13518 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13519 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13520 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13521
13522 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13523
13524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13525
13526 ;;;***
13527 \f
13528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (20791 9657
13529 ;;;;;; 561026 0))
13530 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13531
13532 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13533 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13534 Each element has the form
13535 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13536
13537 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13538 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13539
13540 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13541 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13542
13543 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13544 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13545 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13546 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13547 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13548 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13549
13550 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13551 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13552
13553 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13554 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13555
13556 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13557 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13558 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13559
13560 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13561 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13563 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13564 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13565
13566 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13567 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13568 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13569
13570 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13571 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13572 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13573
13574 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13575 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13576
13577 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13578
13579 Key bindings:
13580 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13581
13582 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13583
13584 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13585 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13586
13587 \(fn)" nil nil)
13588
13589 ;;;***
13590 \f
13591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20709 26818 907104
13592 ;;;;;; 0))
13593 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13594
13595 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13596 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13597 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13598 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13599 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13600
13601 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13602 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13603 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13604 this on and off.
13605
13606 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13607 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13608 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13609 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13610 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13611 through various faces.
13612 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13613 buffer with the contents of a file
13614 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13615
13616 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13617
13618 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13619 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13620 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13621 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13622 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13623
13624 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13625 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13626 in a distinctive face.
13627
13628 The default value can be customized with variable
13629 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13630
13631 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13632
13633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13634
13635 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13636 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13637 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13638
13639 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13640
13641 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13642 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13643
13644 \(fn)" t nil)
13645
13646 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13647 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13648
13649 \(fn)" t nil)
13650
13651 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13652 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13653
13654 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13655 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13656 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13657 shown in the last face in the list.
13658
13659 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13660 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13661 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13662
13663 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13664
13665 \(fn)" t nil)
13666
13667 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13668 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13669
13670 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13671
13672 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13673 to save the file.
13674
13675 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13676 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13677
13678 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13679 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13680 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13681
13682 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13683
13684 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13685 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13686
13687 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13688 this function is called interactively.
13689
13690 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13691 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13692 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13693
13694 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13695 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13696 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13697
13698 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13699
13700 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13701 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13702 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13703 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13704 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13705 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13706
13707 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13708
13709 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13710 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13711 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13712 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13713 ARG is omitted or nil.
13714
13715 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13716 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13717 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13718
13719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13720
13721 ;;;***
13722 \f
13723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (20709 26818 907104
13724 ;;;;;; 0))
13725 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13726 (push (purecopy (quote (hippie-exp 1 6))) package--builtin-versions)
13727 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13728 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13729 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13730 or insert functions in this list.")
13731
13732 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13733
13734 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13735 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13736 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13737 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13738 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13739 expansions.
13740 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13741 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13742 undoes the expansion.
13743
13744 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13745
13746 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13747 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13748 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13749 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13750
13751 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13752
13753 ;;;***
13754 \f
13755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (20709 26818 907104
13756 ;;;;;; 0))
13757 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13758
13759 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13760 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13761 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13762 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13763 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13764
13765 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13766 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13767 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13768 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13769 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13770 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13771
13772 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13773 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13774 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13775 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13776
13777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13778
13779 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13780 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13781 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13782 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13783 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13784 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13785
13786 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13787
13788 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13789 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13790 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13791 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13792 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13793
13794 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13795 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13796 windows.
13797
13798 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13799 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13800
13801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13802
13803 ;;;***
13804 \f
13805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (20709 26818
13806 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
13807 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13808
13809 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13810
13811 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13812 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13813 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13814
13815 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13816
13817 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13818
13819 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13820
13821 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13822 Oriental holidays.
13823 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13824
13825 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13826
13827 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13828
13829 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13830
13831 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13832 Local holidays.
13833 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13834
13835 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13836
13837 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13838
13839 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13840
13841 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13842 User defined holidays.
13843 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13844
13845 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13846
13847 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13848
13849 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13850 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13851
13852 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13853
13854 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13855 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13856
13857 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13858
13859 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13860 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13861
13862 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13863
13864 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13865 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13866
13867 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13868
13869 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13870
13871 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13872 Jewish holidays.
13873 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13874
13875 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13876
13877 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13878
13879 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13880
13881 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13882 Christian holidays.
13883 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13884
13885 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13886
13887 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13888
13889 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13890
13891 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13892 Islamic holidays.
13893 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13894
13895 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13896
13897 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13898
13899 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13900
13901 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
13902 Bahá'í holidays.
13903 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13904
13905 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13906
13907 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13908
13909 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13910
13911 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
13912 Sun-related holidays.
13913 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13914
13915 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13916
13917 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13918
13919 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13920
13921 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13922 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13923 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13924 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
13925
13926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13927
13928 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13929 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13930 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13931 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13932 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13933
13934 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13935 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13936
13937 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13938 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13939
13940 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13941 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13942 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13943 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13944 of a holiday list.
13945
13946 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13947
13948 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13949
13950 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13951
13952 ;;;***
13953 \f
13954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20791 9657
13955 ;;;;;; 561026 0))
13956 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13957
13958 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13959 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13960
13961 \(fn)" t nil)
13962
13963 ;;;***
13964 \f
13965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20938 49065
13966 ;;;;;; 383398 0))
13967 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
13968 (push (purecopy (quote (htmlfontify 0 21))) package--builtin-versions)
13969 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
13970 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
13971 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
13972 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
13973 as possible.
13974
13975 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
13976 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
13977 fontified display.
13978
13979 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
13980 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
13981
13982 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
13983 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
13984 hyperlinks as appropriate.
13985
13986 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
13987
13988 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
13989 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
13990 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
13991
13992 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
13993
13994 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
13995
13996 ;;;***
13997 \f
13998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20709 26818 907104
13999 ;;;;;; 0))
14000 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14001
14002 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14003 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14004
14005 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14006 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14007 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14008
14009 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14010 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14011 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14012 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14013 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14014 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14015
14016 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14017 title of the column.
14018
14019 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14020 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14021 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14022 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14023 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14024
14025 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14026
14027 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14028 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14029 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14030 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14031 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14032
14033 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14034 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14035 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14036
14037 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14038
14039 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14040 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14041 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14042 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14043 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14044 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14045
14046 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14047 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14048 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14049 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14050 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14051 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14052 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14053 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14054 values are:
14055 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14056 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14057 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14058 buffer's modification flag.
14059 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14060 prompted before performing this operation.
14061 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14062 operation is complete, in the form:
14063 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14064 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14065 confirmation message, in the form:
14066 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14067 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14068 macro for exactly what it does.
14069
14070 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14071
14072 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14073 Define a filter named NAME.
14074 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14075 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14076 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14077
14078 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14079 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14080 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14081 bound to the current value of the filter.
14082
14083 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14084
14085 ;;;***
14086 \f
14087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20921 40206 193565
14088 ;;;;;; 167000))
14089 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14090
14091 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14092 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14093 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14094 buffers which are visiting a file.
14095
14096 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14097
14098 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14099 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14100 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14101 buffers which are visiting a file.
14102
14103 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14104
14105 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14106 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14107 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14108
14109 All arguments are optional.
14110 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14111 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14112 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14113 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14114 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14115 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14116 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14117 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14118 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14119 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14120 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14121 that value locally in this buffer.
14122
14123 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14124
14125 ;;;***
14126 \f
14127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (20709
14128 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
14129 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14130 (push (purecopy (quote (icalendar 0 19))) package--builtin-versions)
14131 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14132 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14133 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14134 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14135
14136 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14137
14138 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14139 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14140 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14141 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14142 ICAL-FILENAME.
14143 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14144 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14145 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14146
14147 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14148
14149 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14150 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14151 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14152 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14153 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14154 non-marking or not.
14155
14156 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14157
14158 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14159 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14160
14161 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14162 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14163 DIARY-FILE.
14164
14165 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14166 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14167 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14168
14169 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14170 non-marking.
14171
14172 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14173 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14174 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14175
14176 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14177
14178 ;;;***
14179 \f
14180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20766 59066 666084
14181 ;;;;;; 0))
14182 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14183
14184 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14185 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14186 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14187 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14188 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14189 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14190
14191 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14192
14193 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14194 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14195 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14196 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14197 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14198
14199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14200
14201 ;;;***
14202 \f
14203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20709 26818 907104
14204 ;;;;;; 0))
14205 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14206
14207 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14208 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14209 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14210 Tab indents for Icon code.
14211 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14212 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14213 \\{icon-mode-map}
14214 Variables controlling indentation style:
14215 icon-tab-always-indent
14216 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14217 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14218 icon-auto-newline
14219 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14220 inserted in Icon code.
14221 icon-indent-level
14222 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14223 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14224 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14225 icon-continued-statement-offset
14226 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14227 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14228 icon-continued-brace-offset
14229 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14230 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14231 icon-brace-offset
14232 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14233 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14234 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14235 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14236
14237 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14238 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14239
14240 \(fn)" t nil)
14241
14242 ;;;***
14243 \f
14244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (20938
14245 ;;;;;; 49065 383398 0))
14246 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14247
14248 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14249 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14250 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14251 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14252
14253 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14254 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14255 separate frames.
14256
14257 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14258 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14259
14260 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14261 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14262 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14263
14264 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14265
14266 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14267
14268 ;;;***
14269 \f
14270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (20929 34089
14271 ;;;;;; 117790 0))
14272 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14273 (push (purecopy (quote (idlwave 6 1 22))) package--builtin-versions)
14274 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14275 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14276
14277 The main features of this mode are
14278
14279 1. Indentation and Formatting
14280 --------------------------
14281 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14282 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14283
14284 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14285 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14286 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14287 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14288
14289 Comments are indented as follows:
14290
14291 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14292 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14293 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14294
14295 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14296
14297 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14298 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14299 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14300 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14301 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14302 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14303
14304 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14305 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14306 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14307 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14308
14309 2. Routine Info
14310 ------------
14311 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14312 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14313 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14314 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14315 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14316 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14317 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14318 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14319 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14320 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14321
14322 3. Online IDL Help
14323 ---------------
14324
14325 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14326 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14327 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14328 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14329
14330 4. Completion
14331 ----------
14332 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14333 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14334 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14335 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14336 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14337 upper case.
14338
14339 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14340 --------------------------------
14341 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14342 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14343
14344 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14345 \\fu FUNCTION template
14346 \\c CASE statement template
14347 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14348 \\f FOR loop template
14349 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14350 \\w WHILE loop template
14351 \\i IF statement template
14352 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14353 \\b BEGIN
14354
14355 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14356 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14357
14358 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14359 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14360 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14361 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14362
14363 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14364 -------------------------
14365 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14366 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14367
14368 7. Automatic END completion
14369 ------------------------
14370 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14371 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14372
14373 8. Hooks
14374 -----
14375 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14376 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14377
14378 9. Documentation and Customization
14379 -------------------------------
14380 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14381 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14382 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14383 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14384 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14385
14386 10.Keybindings
14387 -----------
14388 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14389 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14390 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14391
14392 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14393
14394 \(fn)" t nil)
14395
14396 ;;;***
14397 \f
14398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (20937 28198 475168 0))
14399 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14400
14401 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14402 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14403 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14404 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14405 displaying...)
14406 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14407 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14408 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14409
14410 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14411 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14412
14413 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14414
14415 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14416 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14417 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14418 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14419 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14420 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14421 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14422 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14423 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14424
14425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14426
14427 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14428 Switch to another buffer.
14429 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14430 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14431 in another frame.
14432
14433 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14434 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14435 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14436 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14437 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14438
14439 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14440 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14441
14442 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14443
14444 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14445 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14446 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14447 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14448 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14449 in a separate window.
14450 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14451 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14452 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14453 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14454 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14455 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14456 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14457 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14458 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14459
14460 \(fn)" t nil)
14461
14462 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14463 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14464 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14465 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14466
14467 \(fn)" t nil)
14468
14469 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14470 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14471 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14472 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14473
14474 \(fn)" t nil)
14475
14476 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14477 Kill a buffer.
14478 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14479 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14480
14481 \(fn)" t nil)
14482
14483 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14484 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14485 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14486 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14487
14488 \(fn)" t nil)
14489
14490 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14491 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14492 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14493 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14494
14495 \(fn)" t nil)
14496
14497 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14498 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14499
14500 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14501
14502 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14503 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14504 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14505 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14506 visible in another frame.
14507
14508 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14509 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14510 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14511 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14512 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14513 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14514
14515 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14516 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14517
14518 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14519
14520 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14521 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14522 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14523 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14524 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14525 in a separate window.
14526 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14527 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14528 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14529 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14530 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14531 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14532 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14533 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14534 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14535 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14536 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14537 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14538 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14539 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14540 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14541
14542 \(fn)" t nil)
14543
14544 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14545 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14546 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14547 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14548
14549 \(fn)" t nil)
14550
14551 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14552 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14553 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14554 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14555
14556 \(fn)" t nil)
14557
14558 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14559 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14560 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14561 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14562
14563 \(fn)" t nil)
14564
14565 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14566 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14567 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14568 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14569
14570 \(fn)" t nil)
14571
14572 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14573 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14574 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14575 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14576
14577 \(fn)" t nil)
14578
14579 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14580 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14581 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14582 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14583
14584 \(fn)" t nil)
14585
14586 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14587 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14588 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14589 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14590
14591 \(fn)" t nil)
14592
14593 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14594 Write current buffer to a file.
14595 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14596 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14597
14598 \(fn)" t nil)
14599
14600 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14601 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14602 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14603 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14604
14605 \(fn)" t nil)
14606
14607 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14608 Call `dired' the ido way.
14609 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14610 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14611
14612 \(fn)" t nil)
14613
14614 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14615 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14616 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14617 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14618 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14619 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14620
14621 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14622
14623 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14624 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14625 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14626 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14627
14628 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14629
14630 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14631 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14632 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14633 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14634
14635 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14636
14637 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14638 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14639 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14640 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14641 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14642 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14643 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14644 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14645 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14646 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14647 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14648 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14649 with point positioned at the end.
14650 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14651 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14652
14653 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14654
14655 ;;;***
14656 \f
14657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (20903 10024 645978 0))
14658 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14659
14660 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14661 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14662 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14663
14664 \(fn)" t nil)
14665
14666 ;;;***
14667 \f
14668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
14669 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14670
14671 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14672
14673 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14674 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14675 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14676 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14677 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14678 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14679
14680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14681
14682 ;;;***
14683 \f
14684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (20903 10024 645978 0))
14685 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14686
14687 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14688 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14689 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14690 be determined.
14691
14692 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14693
14694 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14695 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14696 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14697 be determined.
14698
14699 \(fn)" nil nil)
14700
14701 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14702 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14703 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14704 be determined.
14705
14706 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14707
14708 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14709 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14710 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14711 be determined.
14712
14713 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14714
14715 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14716 Determine and return image type.
14717 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14718 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14719 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14720 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14721 use its file extension as image type.
14722 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14723
14724 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14725
14726 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14727 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14728 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14729
14730 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14731
14732 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14733 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14734 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14735
14736 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14737 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14738 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14739 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14740 must be available.
14741
14742 \(fn)" nil nil)
14743
14744 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14745 Create an image.
14746 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14747 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14748 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14749 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14750 use its file extension as image type.
14751 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14752 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14753 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14754 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14755
14756 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14757
14758 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14759 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14760 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14761
14762 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14763
14764 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14765 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14766 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14767 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14768 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14769 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14770 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14771 POS may be an integer or marker.
14772 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14773 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14774 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14775 means display it in the right marginal area.
14776
14777 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14778
14779 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14780 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14781 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14782 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14783 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14784 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14785 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14786 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14787 means display it in the right marginal area.
14788 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14789 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14790 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14791 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14792 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14793
14794 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14795
14796 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14797 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14798 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14799 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
14800 STRING is a single space.
14801 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14802 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14803 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14804 means display it in the right marginal area.
14805 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14806
14807 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14808
14809 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14810 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14811 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14812 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14813
14814 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14815
14816 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14817 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14818
14819 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14820
14821 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14822 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14823 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14824 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14825 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14826 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14827 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14828 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14829 satisfied.
14830
14831 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14832
14833 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14834
14835 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14836
14837 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14838 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14839
14840 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14841 documentation string.
14842
14843 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14844 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14845 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14846 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14847 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14848 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14849 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14850 define SYMBOL.
14851
14852 Example:
14853
14854 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14855 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14856
14857 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
14858
14859 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
14860
14861 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
14862 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
14863 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
14864 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
14865
14866 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
14867 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
14868 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
14869 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
14870
14871 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
14872
14873 \(fn)" nil nil)
14874
14875 ;;;***
14876 \f
14877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20921 39978
14878 ;;;;;; 248467 0))
14879 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14880 (push (purecopy (quote (image-dired 0 4 11))) package--builtin-versions)
14881 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14882 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
14883 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
14884 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
14885 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
14886 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
14887
14888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14889
14890 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
14891 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14892
14893 Convenience command that:
14894
14895 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14896 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14897 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14898
14899 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14900 image files in dired and type
14901 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14902
14903 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14904
14905 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14906 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14907
14908 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
14909
14910 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14911 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14912 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14913 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14914 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14915 another one).
14916
14917 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14918 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14919 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14920
14921 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14922 instead of erasing it first.
14923
14924 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14925 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14926 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14927 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14928 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14929 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14930
14931 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
14932
14933 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
14934 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14935 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14936 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14937 displayed.
14938
14939 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14940
14941 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14942
14943 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
14944
14945 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
14946 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14947
14948 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14949
14950 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
14951 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14952 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14953
14954 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14955
14956 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
14957 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14958
14959 \(fn)" t nil)
14960
14961 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
14962 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14963 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14964 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14965
14966 \(fn)" t nil)
14967
14968 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
14969 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14970
14971 \(fn)" t nil)
14972
14973 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
14974 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14975
14976 \(fn)" t nil)
14977
14978 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
14979 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14980
14981 \(fn)" t nil)
14982
14983 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
14984 Display current image file.
14985 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14986 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14987
14988 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14989
14990 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
14991 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14992
14993 \(fn)" t nil)
14994
14995 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
14996 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14997 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14998 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14999 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15000 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15001 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15002
15003 \(fn)" t nil)
15004
15005 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15006 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15007 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15008 easy-to-use form.
15009
15010 \(fn)" t nil)
15011
15012 ;;;***
15013 \f
15014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (20709 26818 907104
15015 ;;;;;; 0))
15016 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15017
15018 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15019 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15020 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15021 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15022
15023 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15024 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15025 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15026 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15027
15028 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15029
15030 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15031 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15032 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15033 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15034
15035 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15036 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15037 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15038 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15039
15040 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15041
15042 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15043 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15044
15045 \(fn)" nil nil)
15046
15047 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15048 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15049 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15050 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15051
15052 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15053
15054 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15055 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15056 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15057 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15058 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15059 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15060
15061 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15062
15063 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15064 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15065 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15066 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15067 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15068
15069 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15070 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15071 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15072
15073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15074
15075 ;;;***
15076 \f
15077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (20899 12965 791908
15078 ;;;;;; 0))
15079 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15080
15081 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15082 Major mode for image files.
15083 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15084 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15085
15086 \(fn)" t nil)
15087
15088 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15089 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15090 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15091 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15092 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15093
15094 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15095 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15096 actual image.
15097
15098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15099
15100 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15101 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15102 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15103 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15104 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15105 to display an image file as the actual image.
15106
15107 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15108 to display an image file as text initially.
15109
15110 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15111 on these modes.
15112
15113 \(fn)" t nil)
15114
15115 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15116
15117
15118 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15119
15120 ;;;***
15121 \f
15122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (20784 36406 653593 0))
15123 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15124
15125 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15126 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15127
15128 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15129
15130 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15131 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15132 in the buffer.
15133
15134 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15135
15136 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15137 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15138 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15139
15140 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15141
15142 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15143 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15144 Each element of this list should have the form
15145
15146 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15147
15148 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15149 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15150 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15151 matches are put).
15152 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15153 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15154 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15155 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15156 another element.
15157 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15158 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15159 the menu item.
15160 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15161 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15162 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15163 the ARGUMENTS.
15164
15165 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15166 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15167 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15168
15169 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15170 create a buffer index.
15171
15172 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15173 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15174 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15175 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15176 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15177
15178 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15179
15180 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15181 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15182
15183 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15184 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15185 called within a `save-excursion'.
15186
15187 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15188
15189 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15190
15191 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15192 Function for finding the next index position.
15193
15194 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15195 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15196 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15197 file.
15198
15199 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15200 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15201
15202 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15203
15204 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15205 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15206
15207 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15208 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15209 It should return the name for that index item.")
15210
15211 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15212
15213 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15214 Function to compare string with index item.
15215
15216 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15217 non-nil if they match.
15218
15219 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15220 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15221 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15222 arguments match\".")
15223
15224 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15225
15226 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15227 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15228 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15229
15230 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15231 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15232
15233 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15234
15235 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15236
15237 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15238 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15239 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15240 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15241
15242 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15243
15244 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15245 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15246
15247 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15248
15249 \(fn)" t nil)
15250
15251 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15252 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15253 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15254 for more information.
15255
15256 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15257
15258 ;;;***
15259 \f
15260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20826 45095
15261 ;;;;;; 436233 0))
15262 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15263
15264 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15265 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15266
15267 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15268
15269 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15270
15271
15272 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15273
15274 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15275
15276
15277 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15278
15279 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15280
15281
15282 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15283
15284 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15285 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15286
15287 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15288
15289 ;;;***
15290 \f
15291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (20774 53405
15292 ;;;;;; 644725 888000))
15293 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15294
15295 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15296 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15297 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15298 to that buffer.
15299 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15300 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15301 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15302 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15303
15304 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15305
15306 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15307
15308 ;;;***
15309 \f
15310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (20940 4391 641153 0))
15311 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15312
15313 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15314 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15315 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15316 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15317 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15318 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15319 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15320 first in this list.
15321
15322 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15323 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15324 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15325 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15326 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15327
15328 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15329 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15330 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15331
15332 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15333 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15334
15335 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15336 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15337
15338 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15339 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15340 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15341 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15342 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15343 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15344 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15345 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15346 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15347 with the top-level Info directory.
15348
15349 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15350 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15351
15352 A numeric prefix argument N selects an Info buffer named
15353 \"*info*<%s>\".
15354
15355 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15356 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15357 in all the directories in that path.
15358
15359 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15360
15361 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15362
15363 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15364 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15365
15366 \(fn)" t nil)
15367
15368 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15369 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15370
15371 \(fn)" t nil)
15372
15373 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15374 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15375 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15376 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15377
15378 \(fn)" nil nil)
15379
15380 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15381 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15382 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15383 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15384
15385 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15386
15387 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15388 Go to the Info directory node.
15389
15390 \(fn)" t nil)
15391
15392 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15393 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15394 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15395 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15396 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15397 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15398
15399 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15400
15401 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15402 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15403 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15404
15405 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15406
15407 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15408 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15409 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15410 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15411 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15412
15413 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15414
15415 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15416 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15417 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15418 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15419 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15420
15421 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15422 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15423
15424 Selecting other nodes:
15425 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15426 Follow a node reference you click on.
15427 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15428 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15429 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15430 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15431 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15432 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15433 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15434 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15435 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15436 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15437 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15438 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15439 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15440 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15441 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15442 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15443 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15444 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15445 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15446 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15447
15448 Moving within a node:
15449 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15450 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15451 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15452 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15453 move up to the parent node.
15454 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15455 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15456 if there is none.
15457 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15458
15459 Advanced commands:
15460 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15461 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15462 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15463 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15464 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15465 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15466 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15467 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15468 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15469 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15470 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15471 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15472 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15473 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15474 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15475 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15476
15477 \(fn)" t nil)
15478 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15479
15480 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15481 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15482 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15483 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15484 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15485 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15486
15487 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15488 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15489
15490 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15491 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15492 KEY is a string.
15493 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15494 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15495 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15496 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15497
15498 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15499
15500 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15501 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15502 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15503
15504 \(fn)" t nil)
15505
15506 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15507 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15508 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15509
15510 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15511
15512 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15513 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15514 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15515 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15516
15517 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15518
15519 ;;;***
15520 \f
15521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (20854 24486 190633
15522 ;;;;;; 0))
15523 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15524
15525 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15526 Throw away all cached data.
15527 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15528 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15529 system.
15530
15531 \(fn)" t nil)
15532 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15533
15534 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15535 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15536 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15537 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15538 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15539 one found at point.
15540
15541 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15542
15543 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15544 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15545
15546 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15547 Display the documentation of a file.
15548 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15549 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15550 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15551 The default file name is the one found at point.
15552
15553 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15554
15555 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15556
15557 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15558 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15559
15560 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15561
15562 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15563 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15564
15565 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15566
15567 ;;;***
15568 \f
15569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (20938 49065 383398
15570 ;;;;;; 0))
15571 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15572 (push (purecopy (quote (info-xref 3))) package--builtin-versions)
15573 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15574 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15575 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15576 current info file is the default.
15577
15578 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15579 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15580 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15581 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15582 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15583
15584 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15585 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15586 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15587 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15588 mistake in the reference.
15589
15590 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15591 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15592 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15593
15594 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15595 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15596 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15597 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15598
15599 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15600
15601 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15602 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15603 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15604 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15605 checked.
15606
15607 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15608 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15609 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15610 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15611 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15612 should be harmless.
15613
15614 \(fn)" t nil)
15615
15616 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15617 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15618 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15619 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15620
15621 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15622 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15623 and can take a long time.
15624
15625 \(fn)" t nil)
15626
15627 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15628 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15629 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15630
15631 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15632
15633 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15634 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15635
15636 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15637 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15638 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15639 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15640 all builtins).
15641
15642 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15643 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15644 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15645 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15646 the sources handy.
15647
15648 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15649
15650 ;;;***
15651 \f
15652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (20774 566 676067
15653 ;;;;;; 0))
15654 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15655
15656 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15657 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15658
15659 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15660
15661 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15662 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15663
15664 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15665
15666 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15667 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15668 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15669 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15670
15671 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15672 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15673 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15674
15675 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15676 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15677 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15678 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15679
15680 \(fn)" t nil)
15681
15682 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15683 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15684 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15685
15686 \(fn)" t nil)
15687
15688 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15689 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15690 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15691 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15692 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15693
15694 \(fn)" nil nil)
15695
15696 ;;;***
15697 \f
15698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (20745 310
15699 ;;;;;; 425822 0))
15700 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15701 (push (purecopy (quote (inversion 1 3))) package--builtin-versions)
15702 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15703 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15704 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15705
15706 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15707
15708 ;;;***
15709 \f
15710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (20922
15711 ;;;;;; 60838 997229 0))
15712 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15713
15714 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15715 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15716
15717 \(fn)" t nil)
15718
15719 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15720 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15721
15722 \(fn)" t nil)
15723
15724 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15725
15726
15727 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15728
15729 ;;;***
15730 \f
15731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20709 26818 907104
15732 ;;;;;; 0))
15733 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15734 (push (purecopy (quote (isearchb 1 5))) package--builtin-versions)
15735 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15736 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15737 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15738 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15739 accessed via isearchb.
15740
15741 \(fn)" t nil)
15742
15743 ;;;***
15744 \f
15745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (20791
15746 ;;;;;; 9657 561026 0))
15747 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15748
15749 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15750 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15751 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15752 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15753 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15754
15755 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15756
15757 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15758 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15759 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15760 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15761 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15762
15763 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15764
15765 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15766 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15767 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15768 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15769 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15770
15771 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15772
15773 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15774 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15775 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15776 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15777 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15778
15779 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15780
15781 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15782 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15783 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15784 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15785 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15786
15787 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15788
15789 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15790 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15791 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15792 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15793 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15794
15795 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15796
15797 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15798 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15799 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15800 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15801 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15802
15803 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15804
15805 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15806 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15807 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15808 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15809
15810 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15811
15812 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15813 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15814 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15815 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15816
15817 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15818
15819 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15820 Warn that format is read-only.
15821
15822 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15823
15824 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15825 Warn that format is write-only.
15826
15827 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15828
15829 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15830 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15831
15832 \(fn)" t nil)
15833
15834 ;;;***
15835 \f
15836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15837 ;;;;;; (20791 9657 561026 0))
15838 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15839 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15840 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15841
15842 ;;;***
15843 \f
15844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (20847 51240
15845 ;;;;;; 240216 0))
15846 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15847
15848 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15849
15850 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15851 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15852 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15853 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15854 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15855
15856 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15857
15858 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15859
15860 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15861 Key map for ispell menu.")
15862
15863 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15864 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15865 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15866 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15867
15868 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
15869
15870 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15871
15872 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15873
15874 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
15875
15876 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15877 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15878 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15879 Valid forms include:
15880 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15881 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15882 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15883 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15884
15885 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15886 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15887 First list is used raw.
15888 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15889
15890 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15891 for skipping in latex mode.")
15892
15893 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15894 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15895 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15896 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15897 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15898 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
15899 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15900
15901 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
15902 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15903 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15904 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15905
15906 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15907 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15908 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15909 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15910 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15911
15912 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15913 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15914
15915 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15916 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15917
15918 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15919 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15920
15921 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15922 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15923
15924 Return values:
15925 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15926 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15927 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15928 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15929 quit spell session exited.
15930
15931 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
15932
15933 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
15934 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15935 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15936
15937 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15938
15939 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
15940 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15941
15942 Selections are:
15943
15944 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15945 SPC: Accept word this time.
15946 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15947 `a': Accept word for this session.
15948 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15949 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15950 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15951 `?': Show these commands.
15952 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15953 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15954 the aborted check to be completed later.
15955 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15956 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15957 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15958 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15959 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15960 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15961 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15962
15963 \(fn)" nil nil)
15964
15965 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
15966 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15967 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15968 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
15969
15970 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
15971
15972 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
15973 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15974 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15975 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15976
15977 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15978
15979 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15980
15981 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
15982 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15983 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
15984 amount for last line processed.
15985
15986 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15987
15988 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
15989 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15990
15991 \(fn)" t nil)
15992
15993 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
15994 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15995
15996 \(fn)" t nil)
15997
15998 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
15999 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16000 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16001
16002 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16003
16004 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16005 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16006
16007 \(fn)" t nil)
16008
16009 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16010 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16011 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16012 sequence inside of a word.
16013
16014 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16015
16016 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16017
16018 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16019 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16020
16021 \(fn)" t nil)
16022
16023 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16024 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16025 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16026 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16027
16028 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16029 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16030 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16031 available on the net.
16032
16033 \(fn)" t nil)
16034
16035 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16036 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16037 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16038 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16039 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16040
16041 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16042 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16043 spelled.
16044
16045 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16046 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16047 SPC.
16048
16049 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16050 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16051
16052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16053
16054 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16055 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16056 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16057 Don't check included messages.
16058
16059 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16060 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16061 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16062
16063 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16064 in your init file:
16065 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16066 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16067 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16068 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16069
16070 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16071 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16072 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16073
16074 \(fn)" t nil)
16075
16076 ;;;***
16077 \f
16078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20824 3367 300658
16079 ;;;;;; 0))
16080 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16081
16082 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16083 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16084 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16085 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16086 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16087 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16088
16089 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16090
16091 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16092 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16093 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16094 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16095 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16096
16097 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16098 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16099
16100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16101
16102 ;;;***
16103 \f
16104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20709
16105 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16106 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16107
16108 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16109
16110
16111 \(fn)" nil nil)
16112
16113 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16114 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16115 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16116 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16117 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16118 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16119 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16120 necessary to represent OBJ.
16121
16122 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16123
16124 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16125 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16126 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16127 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16128
16129 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16130
16131 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16132 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16133 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16134 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16135 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16136
16137 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16138
16139 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16140 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16141 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16142 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16143
16144 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16145
16146 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16147 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16148 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16149 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16150
16151 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16152
16153 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16154 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16155
16156 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16157
16158 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16159 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16160 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16161 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16162 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16163
16164 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16165
16166 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16167 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16168 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16169 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16170 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16171
16172 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16173
16174 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16175 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16176 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16177
16178 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16179
16180 ;;;***
16181 \f
16182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (20759 33211 414988
16183 ;;;;;; 0))
16184 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16185
16186 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16187 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16188 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16189 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16190
16191 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16192
16193
16194 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16195
16196 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16197 Uninstall jka-compr.
16198 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16199 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16200 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16201
16202 \(fn)" nil nil)
16203
16204 ;;;***
16205 \f
16206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20895 15912 444844
16207 ;;;;;; 0))
16208 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16209 (push (purecopy (quote (js 9))) package--builtin-versions)
16210 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16211 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16212
16213 \(fn)" t nil)
16214 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16215
16216 ;;;***
16217 \f
16218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
16219 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16220 (push (purecopy (quote (json 1 4))) package--builtin-versions)
16221 ;;;***
16222 \f
16223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (20709 26818
16224 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
16225 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16226
16227 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16228 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16229 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16230 decimal key must be specified.")
16231
16232 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16233
16234 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16235 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16236 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16237 decimal key must be specified.")
16238
16239 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16240
16241 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16242 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16243 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16244 decimal key must be specified.")
16245
16246 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16247
16248 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16249 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16250 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16251 decimal key must be specified.")
16252
16253 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16254
16255 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16256 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16257 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16258 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16259 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16260 keys are bound.
16261
16262 Setup Binding
16263 -------------------------------------------------------------
16264 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16265 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16266 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16267 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16268 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16269 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16270 in the global and local keymaps.
16271
16272 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16273 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16274
16275 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16276
16277 ;;;***
16278 \f
16279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (20709
16280 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16281 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16282
16283 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16284 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16285 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16286
16287 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16288 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16289 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16290 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16291 shorter.
16292
16293 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16294 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16295 the context of text formatting.
16296
16297 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16298
16299 ;;;***
16300 \f
16301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20799 169 640767
16302 ;;;;;; 0))
16303 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16304
16305 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16306 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16307 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16308 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16309 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16310 positions that contains the current selection.")
16311
16312 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16313 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16314 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16315 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16316 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16317 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16318 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16319
16320 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16321
16322 ;;;***
16323 \f
16324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (20830 42150 757296 0))
16325 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16326 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16327 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16328 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16329 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16330 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16331 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16332 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16333
16334 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16335 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16336
16337 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16338
16339 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16340 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16341 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16342 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16343 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16344
16345 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16346
16347 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16348 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16349 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16350
16351 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16352 defining the macro.
16353
16354 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16355 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16356 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16357
16358 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16359 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16360
16361 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16362
16363 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16364 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16365 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16366 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16367 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16368 under that name.
16369
16370 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16371 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16372 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16373
16374 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16375
16376 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16377 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16378 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16379 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16380
16381 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16382 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16383 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16384 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16385
16386 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16387 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16388
16389 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16390
16391 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16392 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16393 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16394
16395 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16396 macro.
16397
16398 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16399 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16400
16401 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16402 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16403 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16404
16405 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16406 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16407
16408 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16409
16410 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16411 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16412 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16413 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16414
16415 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16416
16417 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16418 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16419 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16420 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16421
16422 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16423 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16424
16425 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16426
16427 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16428 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16429 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16430
16431 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16432
16433 ;;;***
16434 \f
16435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (20709
16436 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16437 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16438
16439 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16440 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16441 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16442
16443 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16444
16445
16446 \(fn)" nil nil)
16447
16448 ;;;***
16449 \f
16450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (20709 26818
16451 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
16452 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16453
16454 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16455
16456 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16457 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16458
16459 \(fn)" t nil)
16460
16461 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16462 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16463 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16464 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16465
16466 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16467 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16468 none / 1 | yes | no
16469 2 | yes | yes
16470 3 | no | yes
16471 4 | no | no
16472
16473 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16474 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16475 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16476
16477 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16478
16479 ;;;***
16480 \f
16481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20826 45095
16482 ;;;;;; 436233 0))
16483 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16484
16485 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16486
16487
16488 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16489
16490 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16491 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16492 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16493 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16494 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16495 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16496
16497 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16498 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16499
16500 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16501
16502 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16503 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16504
16505 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16506
16507 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16508
16509
16510 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16511
16512 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16513
16514
16515 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16516
16517 ;;;***
16518 \f
16519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20799
16520 ;;;;;; 169 640767 0))
16521 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16522
16523 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16524 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16525 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16526 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16527
16528 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16529
16530 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16531 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16532 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16533
16534 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16535
16536 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16537 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16538 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16539
16540 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16541
16542 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16543 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16544 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16545 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16546
16547 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16548
16549 ;;;***
16550 \f
16551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16552 ;;;;;; (20826 45095 436233 0))
16553 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16554
16555 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16556 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16557 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16558 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16559 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16560 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16561 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16562 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16563
16564 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16565 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16566
16567 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16568 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16569
16570 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16571
16572 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16573 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16574 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16575 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16576 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16577 `latin1-display-setup'.
16578
16579 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16580
16581 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16582 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16583 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16584 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16585
16586 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16587 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16588
16589 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16590
16591 ;;;***
16592 \f
16593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (20874
16594 ;;;;;; 62962 290468 0))
16595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16596
16597 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16598 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16599
16600 \(fn)" t nil)
16601
16602 ;;;***
16603 \f
16604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
16605 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16606
16607 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16608 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16609 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16610 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16611 generations (this defaults to 1).
16612
16613 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16614
16615 ;;;***
16616 \f
16617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
16618 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16619 (push (purecopy (quote (linum 0 9 24))) package--builtin-versions)
16620 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16621 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16622 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16623 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16624 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16625
16626 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16627
16628 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16629
16630 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16631 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16632 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16633 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16634 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16635 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16636
16637 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16638
16639 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16640 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16641 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16642 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16643 ARG is omitted or nil.
16644
16645 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16646 `linum-on' would do it.
16647 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16648
16649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16650
16651 ;;;***
16652 \f
16653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20709 26818 907104
16654 ;;;;;; 0))
16655 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16656
16657 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16658 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16659 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16660 is nil, raise an error.
16661
16662 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16663 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16664 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16665 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16666 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16667 defined by the library.
16668
16669 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16670 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16671 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16672 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16673 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16674 proceeds.
16675
16676 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16677 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16678 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16679 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16680
16681 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16682
16683 ;;;***
16684 \f
16685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
16686 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16687
16688 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16689 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16690 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16691
16692 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16693
16694 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16695 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16696 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16697 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16698
16699 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16700 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16701 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16702 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16703 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16704 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16705 the version.)
16706
16707 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16708 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16709
16710 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16711 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16712
16713 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16714 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16715
16716 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16717
16718 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16719 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16720 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16721 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16722 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16723 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16724 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16725 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16726 to constrain a big search.
16727
16728 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16729
16730 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16731 except that FILTER is not optional.
16732
16733 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16734
16735 ;;;***
16736 \f
16737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20721 17977 14204
16738 ;;;;;; 0))
16739 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16740
16741 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16742 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16743 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16744 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16745 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16746 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16747 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16748 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16749 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16750 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16751
16752 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16753 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16754 associated values:
16755 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16756 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16757 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16758 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16759 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16760
16761 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16762 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16763 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16764
16765 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16766
16767 ;;;***
16768 \f
16769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20918 63784 852859
16770 ;;;;;; 0))
16771 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16772
16773 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16774 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16775
16776 \(fn)" t nil)
16777
16778 ;;;***
16779 \f
16780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (20878 6823 881439 0))
16781 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16782
16783 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16784 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16785
16786 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16787 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16788
16789 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16790 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16791 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16792
16793 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16794 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16795
16796 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16797 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16798 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16799 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16800 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16801 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16802 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16803
16804 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16805
16806 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16807 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16808 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16809 switch on this list.
16810 See `lpr-command'.")
16811
16812 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16813
16814 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16815 Name of program for printing a file.
16816
16817 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16818 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16819 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16820 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16821 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16822 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16823 argument.")
16824
16825 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16826
16827 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16828 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16829 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16830 for customization of the printer command.
16831
16832 \(fn)" t nil)
16833
16834 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16835 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16836
16837 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16838 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16839 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16840 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16841
16842 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16843 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16844
16845 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16846 for further customization of the printer command.
16847
16848 \(fn)" t nil)
16849
16850 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16851 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16852 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16853 for customization of the printer command.
16854
16855 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16856
16857 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16858 Paginate and print the region contents.
16859
16860 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16861 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16862 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16863 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16864
16865 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16866 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16867
16868 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16869 for further customization of the printer command.
16870
16871 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16872
16873 ;;;***
16874 \f
16875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (20870 12718 549931
16876 ;;;;;; 0))
16877 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16878
16879 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16880 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16881 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16882
16883 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16884
16885 ;;;***
16886 \f
16887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20709 26818 907104
16888 ;;;;;; 0))
16889 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16890
16891 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16892 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16893 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16894 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
16895
16896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16897
16898 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16899
16900 ;;;***
16901 \f
16902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20874 62962
16903 ;;;;;; 290468 0))
16904 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16905
16906 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16907 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16908
16909 \(fn)" t nil)
16910
16911 ;;;***
16912 \f
16913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
16914 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16915
16916 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16917 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16918 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16919 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16920 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16921
16922 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16923
16924 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16925 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16926 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16927 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16928
16929 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16930 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16931 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16932 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16933 bindings.
16934
16935 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16936 use this command, and then save the file.
16937
16938 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16939
16940 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16941 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16942 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16943 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16944 each time the macro executes.
16945 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16946 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16947 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16948 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16949 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16950 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16951 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16952
16953 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16954
16955 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16956 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16957 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16958 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16959
16960 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16961 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16962 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16963 execute.
16964
16965 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16966 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16967
16968 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16969 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16970 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16971 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16972 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16973
16974 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16975 looked like this:
16976
16977 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16978 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16979 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16980
16981 You could enter the names in this format:
16982
16983 foo
16984 bar
16985 baz
16986
16987 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16988
16989 \\C-x (
16990 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16991 \\C-x )
16992
16993 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16994 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16995
16996 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16997 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16998
16999 ;;;***
17000 \f
17001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (20709 26818
17002 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17003 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17004
17005 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17006 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17007 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17008 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17009 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17010 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17011
17012 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17013 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17014 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17015 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17016 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17017
17018 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17019 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17020 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17021 consing a string.)
17022
17023 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17024
17025 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17026 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17027
17028 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17029
17030 ;;;***
17031 \f
17032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (20709 26818
17033 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17034 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17035
17036 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17037 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17038
17039 \(fn)" nil nil)
17040
17041 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17042
17043
17044 \(fn)" nil nil)
17045
17046 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17047 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17048
17049 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17050
17051 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17052 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17053 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17054 message.
17055
17056 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17057
17058 \(fn)" nil nil)
17059
17060 ;;;***
17061 \f
17062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20891 18859
17063 ;;;;;; 893295 0))
17064 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17065
17066 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17067 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17068 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17069 often correct parser.")
17070
17071 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17072
17073 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17074 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17075 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17076 a value which excludes your own email address.
17077
17078 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17079 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17080
17081 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17082
17083 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17084 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17085
17086 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17087
17088 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17089 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17090 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17091 we return it unconverted.
17092
17093 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17094 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17095
17096 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17097
17098 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17099 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17100 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17101 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17102
17103 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17104
17105 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17106 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17107 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17108 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17109
17110 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17111
17112 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17113 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17114 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17115 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17116 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17117 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17118 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17119 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17120 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17121 as Rmail does.
17122
17123 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17124
17125 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17126 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17127 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17128 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17129 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17130 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17131 matches may be returned from the message body.
17132
17133 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17134
17135 ;;;***
17136 \f
17137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20847 51240
17138 ;;;;;; 240216 0))
17139 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17140
17141 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17142 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17143 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17144 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17145 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17146 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17147
17148 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17149
17150 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17151 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17152 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17153 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17154 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17155
17156 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17157 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17158 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17159 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17160
17161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17162
17163 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17164 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17165
17166 \(fn)" nil nil)
17167
17168 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17169 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17170 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17171
17172 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17173
17174 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17175 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17176 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17177
17178 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17179 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17180 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17181 double-quotes.
17182
17183 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17184
17185 ;;;***
17186 \f
17187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20709 26818
17188 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17189 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17190
17191 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17192 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17193 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17194 king@grassland.com
17195 If `parens', they look like:
17196 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17197 If `angles', they look like:
17198 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17199
17200 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17201
17202 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17203 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17204 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17205 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17206 their `Resent-' variants.
17207
17208 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17209 removed from alias expansions.
17210
17211 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17212
17213 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17214 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17215 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17216
17217 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17218 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17219 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17220 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17221
17222 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17223
17224 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17225 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17226 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17227
17228 \(fn)" nil nil)
17229
17230 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17231 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17232 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17233 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17234
17235 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17236
17237 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17238
17239 ;;;***
17240 \f
17241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (20709 26818
17242 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17243 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17244
17245 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17246 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17247 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17248 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17249
17250 \(fn)" nil nil)
17251
17252 ;;;***
17253 \f
17254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20924
17255 ;;;;;; 16196 967284 0))
17256 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17257
17258 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17259 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17260
17261 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17262 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17263 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17264 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17265 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17266 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17267
17268 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17269 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17270 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17271 dependency, despite the colon.
17272
17273 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17274
17275 In the browser, use the following keys:
17276
17277 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17278
17279 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17280
17281 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17282 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17283
17284 `makefile-target-colon':
17285 The string that gets appended to all target names
17286 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17287 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17288
17289 `makefile-macro-assign':
17290 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17291 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17292 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17293 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17294 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17295 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17296
17297 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17298 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17299 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17300
17301 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17302 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17303
17304 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17305 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17306 up or down in the browser.
17307
17308 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17309 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17310
17311 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17312 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17313
17314 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17315 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17316 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17317 has been selected in the browser.
17318
17319 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17320 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17321 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17322 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17323 filenames are omitted.
17324
17325 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17326 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17327 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17328 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17329 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17330 the backslash itself intact.
17331 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17332 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17333
17334 `makefile-browser-hook':
17335 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17336 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17337
17338 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17339 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17340 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17341 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17342
17343 \(fn)" t nil)
17344
17345 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17346 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17347
17348 \(fn)" t nil)
17349
17350 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17351 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17352
17353 \(fn)" t nil)
17354
17355 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17356 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17357
17358 \(fn)" t nil)
17359
17360 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17361 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17362
17363 \(fn)" t nil)
17364
17365 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17366 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17367
17368 \(fn)" t nil)
17369
17370 ;;;***
17371 \f
17372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (20709 26818 907104
17373 ;;;;;; 0))
17374 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17375
17376 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17377 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17378 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17379
17380 \(fn)" t nil)
17381
17382 ;;;***
17383 \f
17384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (20888 42662 256824 0))
17385 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17386
17387 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17388
17389 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17390 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17391 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17392 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17393 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17394 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17395 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17396 page, it will display immediately.
17397
17398 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17399 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17400 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17401
17402 cat(1)
17403 1 cat
17404
17405 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17406 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17407 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17408 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17409
17410 -a chmod
17411
17412 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17413 otherwise look like a page name.
17414
17415 /my/file/name.1.gz
17416 -l somefile.1
17417
17418 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17419 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17420 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17421
17422 -k pattern
17423
17424 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17425
17426 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17427 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17428
17429 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17430
17431 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17432 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17433
17434 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17435
17436 ;;;***
17437 \f
17438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (20884 7264 912957 506000))
17439 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17440 (push (purecopy (quote (master 1 0 2))) package--builtin-versions)
17441 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17442 Toggle Master mode.
17443 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17444 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17445 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17446
17447 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17448 using the following commands:
17449
17450 \\{master-mode-map}
17451
17452 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17453 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17454 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17455
17456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17457
17458 ;;;***
17459 \f
17460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (20709 26818 907104
17461 ;;;;;; 0))
17462 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17463
17464 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17465 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17466 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17467 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17468 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17469 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17470
17471 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17472
17473 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17474 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17475 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17476 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17477 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17478
17479 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17480 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17481 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17482 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17483
17484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17485
17486 ;;;***
17487 \f
17488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17489 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17490 (push (purecopy (quote (md4 1 0))) package--builtin-versions)
17491 ;;;***
17492 \f
17493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (20889 63525 775294
17494 ;;;;;; 0))
17495 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17496
17497 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17498
17499 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17500 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17501 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17502 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17503 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17504 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17505 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17506 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17507 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17508 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17509 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17510 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17511 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17512 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17513 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17514 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17515 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17516 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17517 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17518 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17519 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17520 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17521 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17522 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17523 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17524 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17525 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17526 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17527 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17528 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17529 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17530 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17531 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17532 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17533 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17534 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17535 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17536 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17537
17538 \(fn)" t nil)
17539
17540 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17541 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17542 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17543 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17544 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17545
17546 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17547
17548 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17549 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17550
17551 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17552
17553 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17554 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17555
17556 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17557
17558 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17559 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17560
17561 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17562
17563 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17564 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17565 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17566
17567 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17568
17569 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17570 Cancel an article you posted.
17571 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17572
17573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17574
17575 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17576 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17577 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17578 header line with the old Message-ID.
17579
17580 \(fn)" t nil)
17581
17582 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17583 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17584
17585 \(fn)" t nil)
17586
17587 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17588 Forward the current message via mail.
17589 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17590 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17591
17592 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17593
17594 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17595
17596
17597 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17598
17599 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17600
17601
17602 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17603
17604 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17605 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17606
17607 \(fn)" t nil)
17608
17609 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17610 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17611
17612 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17613
17614 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17615 Re-mail the current message.
17616 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17617 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17618 you.
17619
17620 \(fn)" t nil)
17621
17622 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17623 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17624
17625 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17626
17627 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17628 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17629
17630 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17631
17632 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17633 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17634
17635 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17636
17637 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17638 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17639
17640 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17641
17642 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17643 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17644 Works by overstriking characters.
17645 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17646 which specify the range to operate on.
17647
17648 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17649
17650 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17651 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17652 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17653 which specify the range to operate on.
17654
17655 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17656
17657 ;;;***
17658 \f
17659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (20874
17660 ;;;;;; 62962 290468 0))
17661 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17662 (push (purecopy (quote (meta-mode 1 0))) package--builtin-versions)
17663 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17664 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17665
17666 \(fn)" t nil)
17667
17668 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17669 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17670
17671 \(fn)" t nil)
17672
17673 ;;;***
17674 \f
17675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (20709 26818
17676 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17677 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17678
17679 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17680 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17681 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17682
17683 \(fn)" t nil)
17684
17685 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17686 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17687 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17688 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17689 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17690 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17691 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17692
17693 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17694
17695 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17696 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17697 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17698 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17699 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17700 means current).
17701 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17702 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17703
17704 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17705
17706 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17707 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17708 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17709 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17710 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17711 means current).
17712 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17713 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17714
17715 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17716
17717 ;;;***
17718 \f
17719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20890 54503 125088
17720 ;;;;;; 852000))
17721 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17722
17723 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17724 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17725 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17726
17727 \(fn)" t nil)
17728
17729 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17730 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17731 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17732
17733 \(fn)" t nil)
17734
17735 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17736 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17737
17738 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17739 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17740 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17741
17742 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17743 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17744
17745 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17746 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17747
17748 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17749
17750 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17751
17752 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17753 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17754 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17755 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17756 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17757 as `compose-mail'.
17758
17759 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17760 initial Subject field, respectively.
17761
17762 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17763 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17764 are strings.
17765
17766 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17767 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17768
17769 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17770
17771 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17772 Save draft and send message.
17773
17774 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17775 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17776 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17777 Mail Delivery*\".
17778
17779 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17780 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17781 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17782
17783 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17784 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17785 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17786 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17787 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17788 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17789
17790 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17791 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17792
17793 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17794 message and scan line.
17795
17796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17797
17798 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17799 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17800
17801 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17802 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17803 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17804 delete the draft message.
17805
17806 \(fn)" t nil)
17807
17808 ;;;***
17809 \f
17810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20874 65006 672942 217000))
17811 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17812 (push (purecopy (quote (mh-e 8 5))) package--builtin-versions)
17813 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17814
17815 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17816
17817 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17818
17819 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17820 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17821
17822 \(fn)" t nil)
17823
17824 ;;;***
17825 \f
17826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20787 12616
17827 ;;;;;; 976036 0))
17828 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17829
17830 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17831 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17832 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17833
17834 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17835 the MH mail system.
17836
17837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17838
17839 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17840 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17841 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17842
17843 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17844 the MH mail system.
17845
17846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17847
17848 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17849 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17850
17851 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17852 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17853 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17854 separate command.
17855
17856 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17857 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17858 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17859 format.
17860
17861 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17862
17863 Ranges
17864 ======
17865 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17866 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17867 can be used in several ways.
17868
17869 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17870 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17871 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17872 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17873 page):
17874
17875 <num1>-<num2>
17876 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17877 The range must be nonempty.
17878
17879 <num>:N
17880 <num>:+N
17881 <num>:-N
17882 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17883 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17884 last.
17885
17886 first:N
17887 prev:N
17888 next:N
17889 last:N
17890 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17891
17892 all
17893 All of the messages.
17894
17895 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17896 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17897
17898 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17899 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17900 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17901
17902 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17903
17904 \(fn)" t nil)
17905
17906 ;;;***
17907 \f
17908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (20709 26818 907104
17909 ;;;;;; 0))
17910 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17911
17912 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17913 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17914 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17915 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17916 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17917 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17918 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17919 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17920 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17921 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17922 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17923
17924 \(fn)" t nil)
17925
17926 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17927 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17928 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17929 to its second argument TM.
17930
17931 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17932
17933 ;;;***
17934 \f
17935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (20760 54070
17936 ;;;;;; 584283 0))
17937 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17938
17939 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17940 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17941 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17942 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17943 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17944 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17945
17946 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17947
17948 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17949 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17950 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
17951 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17952 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17953
17954 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
17955 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
17956 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
17957 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
17958 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
17959 is modified to remove the default indication.
17960
17961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17962
17963 ;;;***
17964 \f
17965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17966 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17967
17968 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17969 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17970 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17971 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17972 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17973 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17974 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17975 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17976 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17977
17978 \(fn)" t nil)
17979
17980 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
17981 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
17982 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
17983 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
17984 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
17985 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
17986 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
17987 The return value is always nil.
17988
17989 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
17990
17991 ;;;***
17992 \f
17993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (20721 17977 14204
17994 ;;;;;; 0))
17995 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17996 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17997
17998 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17999 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18000
18001 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18002 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18003 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18004 next occurrence.
18005
18006 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18007 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18008 end of the search space).
18009
18010 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18011 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18012 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18013 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18014 should return the previous buffer to search.
18015
18016 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18017 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18018 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18019
18020 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18021 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18022 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18023 Isearch starts.")
18024
18025 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18026 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18027 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18028
18029 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18030 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18031 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18032
18033 \(fn)" nil nil)
18034
18035 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18036 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18037 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18038 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18039 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18040 whose names match the specified regexp.
18041
18042 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18043
18044 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18045 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18046 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18047 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18048 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18049 whose names match the specified regexp.
18050
18051 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18052
18053 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18054 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18055 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18056 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18057 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18058 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18059 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18060
18061 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18062
18063 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18064 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18065 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18066 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18067 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18068 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18069 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18070
18071 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18072
18073 ;;;***
18074 \f
18075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (20709
18076 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
18077 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18078 (push (purecopy (quote (mixal-mode 0 1))) package--builtin-versions)
18079 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18080 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18081
18082 \(fn)" t nil)
18083
18084 ;;;***
18085 \f
18086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (20709 26818
18087 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
18088 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18089
18090 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18091 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18092
18093 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18094
18095 ;;;***
18096 \f
18097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20709 26818
18098 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
18099 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18100
18101 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18102 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18103
18104 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18105
18106 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18107 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18108 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18109 the entire message.
18110 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18111
18112 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18113
18114 ;;;***
18115 \f
18116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (20709 26818
18117 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
18118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18119
18120 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18121 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18122 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18123 the entire message.
18124 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18125
18126 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18127
18128 ;;;***
18129 \f
18130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20709 26818 907104
18131 ;;;;;; 0))
18132 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18133
18134 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18135 Insert file contents of URL.
18136 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18137
18138 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18139
18140 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18141 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18142
18143 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18144
18145 ;;;***
18146 \f
18147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20709 26818 907104
18148 ;;;;;; 0))
18149 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18150
18151 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18152 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18153 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18154 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18155 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18156
18157 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18158
18159 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18160 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18161 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18162
18163 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18164
18165 ;;;***
18166 \f
18167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (20829 21286 719109 0))
18168 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18169
18170 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18171 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18172
18173 \(fn)" nil nil)
18174
18175 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18176 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18177 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18178 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18179 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18180
18181 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18182 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18183 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18184 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18185 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18186 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18187
18188 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18189
18190 ;;;***
18191 \f
18192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (20875 30633 412173
18193 ;;;;;; 0))
18194 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18195
18196 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18197
18198
18199 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18200
18201 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18202
18203
18204 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18205
18206 ;;;***
18207 \f
18208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20922 60838 997229
18209 ;;;;;; 0))
18210 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18211
18212 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18213
18214
18215 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18216
18217 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18218
18219
18220 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18221
18222 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18223
18224
18225 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18226
18227 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18228
18229
18230 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18231
18232 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18233
18234
18235 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18236
18237 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18238
18239
18240 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18241
18242 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18243
18244
18245 \(fn)" nil nil)
18246
18247 ;;;***
18248 \f
18249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (20709 26818
18250 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
18251 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18252
18253 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18254
18255 ;;;***
18256 \f
18257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20355 10021
18258 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
18259 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18260
18261 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18262
18263 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18264 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18265 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18266 followed by the first character of the construct.
18267 \\<m2-mode-map>
18268 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18269 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18270 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18271 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18272 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18273 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18274 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18275 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18276 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18277 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18278 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18279 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18280 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18281 \\[m2-link] link
18282
18283 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18284 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18285 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18286
18287 \(fn)" t nil)
18288
18289 ;;;***
18290 \f
18291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (20709 26818 907104
18292 ;;;;;; 0))
18293 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18294
18295 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18296 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18297
18298 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18299
18300 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18301 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18302
18303 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18304
18305 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18306 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18307
18308 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18309
18310 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18311 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18312
18313 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18314
18315 ;;;***
18316 \f
18317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (20709 26818 907104
18318 ;;;;;; 0))
18319 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18320
18321 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18322 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18323
18324 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18325 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18326 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18327
18328 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18329 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18330 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18331
18332 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18333 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18334
18335 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18336 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18337 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18338 hemisphere you're in.)
18339
18340 To test this function, evaluate:
18341 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18342
18343 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18344
18345 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18346 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18347
18348 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18349 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18350
18351 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18352 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18353 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18354
18355 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18356 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18357
18358 To test this function, evaluate:
18359 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18360
18361 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18362
18363 ;;;***
18364 \f
18365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (20838 36262 626321 0))
18366 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18367
18368 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18369 Main entry point for MPC.
18370
18371 \(fn)" t nil)
18372
18373 ;;;***
18374 \f
18375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18376 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18377
18378 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18379 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18380
18381 \(fn)" t nil)
18382
18383 ;;;***
18384 \f
18385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18386 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18387
18388 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18389 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18390 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18391 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18392 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18393 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18394
18395 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18396
18397 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18398 Toggle Msb mode.
18399 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18400 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18401 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18402
18403 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18404 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18405
18406 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18407
18408 ;;;***
18409 \f
18410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (20891
18411 ;;;;;; 18859 893295 0))
18412 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18413
18414 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18415 Display a list of all character sets.
18416
18417 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18418 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18419 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18420 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18421 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18422
18423 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18424 but still shows the full information.
18425
18426 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18427
18428 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18429 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18430 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18431
18432 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18433 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18434 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18435 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18436 meanings of these arguments.
18437
18438 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18439
18440 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18441 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18442
18443 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18444
18445 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18446 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18447
18448 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18449
18450 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18451 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18452
18453 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18454
18455 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18456 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18457
18458 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18459 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18460 in place of `..':
18461 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18462 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18463 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18464 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18465 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18466 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18467 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18468 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18469 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18470 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18471 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18472 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18473 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18474 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18475 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18476 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18477
18478 \(fn)" t nil)
18479
18480 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18481 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18482
18483 \(fn)" t nil)
18484
18485 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18486 Display a list of all coding systems.
18487 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18488
18489 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18490 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18491
18492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18493
18494 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18495 Display a list of all coding categories.
18496
18497 \(fn)" nil nil)
18498
18499 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18500 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18501 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18502
18503 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18504
18505 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18506 Display information about FONTSET.
18507 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18508
18509 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18510
18511 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18512 Display a list of all fontsets.
18513 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18514 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18515 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18516
18517 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18518
18519 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18520 Display information about all input methods.
18521
18522 \(fn)" t nil)
18523
18524 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18525 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18526
18527 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18528 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18529 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18530 system which uses fontsets).
18531
18532 \(fn)" t nil)
18533
18534 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18535 Show log of font listing and opening.
18536 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18537 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18538
18539 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18540
18541 ;;;***
18542 \f
18543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (20826
18544 ;;;;;; 45095 436233 0))
18545 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18546
18547 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18548 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18549
18550 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18551 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18552
18553 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18554 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18555
18556 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18557
18558 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18559 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18560 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18561 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18562 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18563 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18564 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18565
18566 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18567 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18568 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18569 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18570 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18571 middle of a character in STR.
18572
18573 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18574 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18575
18576 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18577 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18578 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18579 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18580 defaults to \"...\".
18581
18582 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18583
18584 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18585 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18586
18587 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18588 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18589 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18590
18591 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18592 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18593 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18594
18595 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18596 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18597 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18598 are considered.
18599 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18600 longer than KEYSEQ.
18601 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18602
18603 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18604
18605 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18606 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18607 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18608 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18609 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18610 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18611 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18612 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18613 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18614 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18615 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18616
18617 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18618
18619 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18620 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18621
18622 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18623
18624 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18625 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18626
18627 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18628
18629 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18630 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18631
18632 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18633
18634 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18635 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18636
18637 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18638
18639 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18640 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18641 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18642 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18643 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18644
18645 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18646 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18647
18648 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18649 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18650 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18651 coding systems ordered by priority.
18652
18653 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18654
18655 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18656
18657 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18658 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18659 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18660 language environment LANG-ENV.
18661
18662 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18663
18664 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18665 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18666 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18667 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18668 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18669 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18670
18671 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18672
18673 ;;;***
18674 \f
18675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nadvice" "emacs-lisp/nadvice.el" (20940 4391
18676 ;;;;;; 641153 0))
18677 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/nadvice.el
18678
18679 (autoload 'advice--remove-function "nadvice" "\
18680
18681
18682 \(fn FLIST FUNCTION)" nil nil)
18683
18684 (autoload 'advice--buffer-local "nadvice" "\
18685 Buffer-local value of VAR, presumed to contain a function.
18686
18687 \(fn VAR)" nil nil)
18688
18689 (autoload 'add-function "nadvice" "\
18690 Add a piece of advice on the function stored at PLACE.
18691 FUNCTION describes the code to add. WHERE describes where to add it.
18692 WHERE can be explained by showing the resulting new function, as the
18693 result of combining FUNCTION and the previous value of PLACE, which we
18694 call OLDFUN here:
18695 `:before' (lambda (&rest r) (apply FUNCTION r) (apply OLDFUN r))
18696 `:after' (lambda (&rest r) (prog1 (apply OLDFUN r) (apply FUNCTION r)))
18697 `:around' (lambda (&rest r) (apply FUNCTION OLDFUN r))
18698 `:override' (lambda (&rest r) (apply FUNCTION r))
18699 `:before-while' (lambda (&rest r) (and (apply FUNCTION r) (apply OLDFUN r)))
18700 `:before-until' (lambda (&rest r) (or (apply FUNCTION r) (apply OLDFUN r)))
18701 `:after-while' (lambda (&rest r) (and (apply OLDFUN r) (apply FUNCTION r)))
18702 `:after-until' (lambda (&rest r) (or (apply OLDFUN r) (apply FUNCTION r)))
18703 `:filter-args' (lambda (&rest r) (apply OLDFUN (funcall FUNCTION r)))
18704 `:filter-return'(lambda (&rest r) (funcall FUNCTION (apply OLDFUN r)))
18705 If FUNCTION was already added, do nothing.
18706 PROPS is an alist of additional properties, among which the following have
18707 a special meaning:
18708 - `name': a string or symbol. It can be used to refer to this piece of advice.
18709
18710 If PLACE is a simple variable, only its global value will be affected.
18711 Use (local 'VAR) if you want to apply FUNCTION to VAR buffer-locally.
18712
18713 If one of FUNCTION or OLDFUN is interactive, then the resulting function
18714 is also interactive. There are 3 cases:
18715 - FUNCTION is not interactive: the interactive spec of OLDFUN is used.
18716 - The interactive spec of FUNCTION is itself a function: it should take one
18717 argument (the interactive spec of OLDFUN, which it can pass to
18718 `advice-eval-interactive-spec') and return the list of arguments to use.
18719 - Else, use the interactive spec of FUNCTION and ignore the one of OLDFUN.
18720
18721 \(fn WHERE PLACE FUNCTION &optional PROPS)" nil t)
18722
18723 (autoload 'advice--add-function "nadvice" "\
18724
18725
18726 \(fn WHERE REF FUNCTION PROPS)" nil nil)
18727
18728 (autoload 'remove-function "nadvice" "\
18729 Remove the FUNCTION piece of advice from PLACE.
18730 If FUNCTION was not added to PLACE, do nothing.
18731 Instead of FUNCTION being the actual function, it can also be the `name'
18732 of the piece of advice.
18733
18734 \(fn PLACE FUNCTION)" nil t)
18735
18736 (autoload 'advice-add "nadvice" "\
18737 Like `add-function' but for the function named SYMBOL.
18738 Contrary to `add-function', this will properly handle the cases where SYMBOL
18739 is defined as a macro, alias, command, ...
18740
18741 \(fn SYMBOL WHERE FUNCTION &optional PROPS)" nil nil)
18742
18743 (autoload 'advice-remove "nadvice" "\
18744 Like `remove-function' but for the function named SYMBOL.
18745 Contrary to `remove-function', this also works when SYMBOL is a macro
18746 or an autoload and it preserves `fboundp'.
18747 Instead of the actual function to remove, FUNCTION can also be the `name'
18748 of the piece of advice.
18749
18750 \(fn SYMBOL FUNCTION)" nil nil)
18751
18752 (autoload 'advice-member-p "nadvice" "\
18753 Return non-nil if ADVICE has been added to FUNCTION-NAME.
18754 Instead of ADVICE being the actual function, it can also be the `name'
18755 of the piece of advice.
18756
18757 \(fn ADVICE FUNCTION-NAME)" nil nil)
18758
18759 ;;;***
18760 \f
18761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20903 10024
18762 ;;;;;; 645978 0))
18763 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18764
18765 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18766 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18767
18768 \(fn)" t nil)
18769
18770 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18771 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18772
18773 \(fn)" t nil)
18774
18775 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18776 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18777
18778 \(fn)" t nil)
18779
18780 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18781 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18782
18783 \(fn)" t nil)
18784
18785 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18786 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18787
18788 \(fn)" t nil)
18789
18790 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18791 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18792
18793 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18794
18795 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18796 Ping HOST.
18797 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18798 `ping-program-options'.
18799
18800 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18801
18802 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18803 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18804
18805 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18806
18807 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18808 Run nslookup program.
18809
18810 \(fn)" t nil)
18811
18812 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18813 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18814
18815 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18816
18817 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18818 Run dig program.
18819
18820 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18821
18822 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18823 Run ftp program.
18824
18825 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18826
18827 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18828 Finger USER on HOST.
18829
18830 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18831
18832 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18833 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18834 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18835 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18836
18837 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18838
18839 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18840
18841
18842 \(fn)" t nil)
18843
18844 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18845 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18846
18847 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18848
18849 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18850 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18851
18852 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18853
18854 ;;;***
18855 \f
18856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20709 26818 907104
18857 ;;;;;; 0))
18858 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18859
18860 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18861 Return a user name/password pair.
18862 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18863 listed in the PORTS list.
18864
18865 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18866
18867 ;;;***
18868 \f
18869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (20770
18870 ;;;;;; 3512 176098 0))
18871 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18872
18873 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18874 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18875 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18876 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18877 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18878 closes it.
18879
18880 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18881 make it unique.
18882 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18883 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18884 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18885 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18886 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18887 a port number to connect to.
18888
18889 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18890 values:
18891
18892 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18893 nil or `network'
18894 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18895 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18896 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18897 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18898 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18899 an unencrypted connection.
18900 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18901 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18902 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18903 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18904 returned object is a killed process.
18905 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18906 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18907 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18908
18909 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18910 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18911 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18912 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18913 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18914 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18915 or nil if none could be found.
18916 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
18917 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
18918
18919 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
18920
18921 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
18922 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
18923 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
18924
18925 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
18926 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
18927 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
18928
18929 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
18930 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
18931 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
18932
18933 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
18934 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
18935 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
18936 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
18937
18938 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
18939 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
18940
18941 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
18942 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
18943 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
18944 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
18945 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
18946 or STARTTLS connections.
18947
18948 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
18949 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
18950
18951 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
18952 asynchronously, if possible.
18953
18954 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
18955
18956 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
18957
18958 ;;;***
18959 \f
18960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (20709
18961 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
18962 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
18963
18964 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
18965 Check whether newsticker is running.
18966 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18967 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18968
18969 \(fn)" nil nil)
18970
18971 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18972 Start the newsticker.
18973 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18974 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18975 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18976 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18977
18978 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18979
18980 ;;;***
18981 \f
18982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
18983 ;;;;;; (20762 9398 526093 0))
18984 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
18985
18986 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
18987 Start newsticker plainview.
18988
18989 \(fn)" t nil)
18990
18991 ;;;***
18992 \f
18993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (20709
18994 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
18995 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
18996
18997 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
18998 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
18999
19000 \(fn)" t nil)
19001
19002 ;;;***
19003 \f
19004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20709
19005 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19006 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19007
19008 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19009 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19010 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19011 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19012 empty.
19013
19014 \(fn)" nil nil)
19015
19016 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19017 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19018 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19019 running already.
19020
19021 \(fn)" t nil)
19022
19023 ;;;***
19024 \f
19025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (20709
19026 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19027 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19028
19029 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19030 Start newsticker treeview.
19031
19032 \(fn)" t nil)
19033
19034 ;;;***
19035 \f
19036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (20709 26818
19037 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19038 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19039 (push (purecopy (quote (newsticker 1 99))) package--builtin-versions)
19040 ;;;***
19041 \f
19042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (20709 26818 907104
19043 ;;;;;; 0))
19044 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19045
19046 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19047 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19048
19049 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19050
19051 ;;;***
19052 \f
19053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20709 26818 907104
19054 ;;;;;; 0))
19055 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19056
19057 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19058 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19059 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19060 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19061 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19062 symbol in the alist.
19063
19064 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19065
19066 ;;;***
19067 \f
19068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (20709 26818
19069 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19070 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19071
19072 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19073 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19074 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19075
19076 \(fn)" t nil)
19077
19078 ;;;***
19079 \f
19080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmairix" "gnus/nnmairix.el" (20709 26818
19081 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19082 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmairix.el
19083 (push (purecopy (quote (nnmairix 0 6))) package--builtin-versions)
19084 ;;;***
19085 \f
19086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19087 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19088
19089 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19090 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19091
19092 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19093
19094 ;;;***
19095 \f
19096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19097 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19098
19099 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19100
19101 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19102 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19103 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19104
19105 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19106
19107
19108 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19109
19110 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19111 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19112 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19113 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19114 to future sessions.
19115
19116 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19117
19118 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19119 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19120 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19121 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19122 future sessions.
19123
19124 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19125
19126 ;;;***
19127 \f
19128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (20709
19129 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19130 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19131
19132 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19133 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19134 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19135 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19136 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19137 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19138
19139 \(fn)" t nil)
19140
19141 ;;;***
19142 \f
19143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19144 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19145 (push (purecopy (quote (ntlm 1 0))) package--builtin-versions)
19146 ;;;***
19147 \f
19148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (20709 26818
19149 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19150 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19151
19152 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19153 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19154 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19155 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19156
19157 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19158
19159 ;;;***
19160 \f
19161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (20884 6711
19162 ;;;;;; 386198 0))
19163 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19164
19165 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19166 Major mode for editing XML.
19167
19168 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19169 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19170 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19171 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19172 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19173 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19174 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19175
19176 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19177
19178 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19179 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19180
19181 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19182 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19183 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19184 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19185 instead of C-c.
19186
19187 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19188 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19189 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19190 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19191 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19192 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19193
19194 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19195 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19196 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19197
19198 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19199 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19200 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19201
19202 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19203 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19204 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19205 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19206 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19207 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19208 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19209 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19210 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19211
19212 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19213
19214 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19215 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19216
19217 \(fn)" t nil)
19218
19219 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19220
19221 ;;;***
19222 \f
19223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20709 26818
19224 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19225 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19226
19227 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19228 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19229 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19230 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19231
19232 \(fn)" t nil)
19233
19234 ;;;***
19235 \f
19236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (20932 10282
19237 ;;;;;; 564846 0))
19238 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19239
19240 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19241 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19242
19243 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19244 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19245 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19246 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19247
19248 \(fn)" t nil)
19249
19250 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19251 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19252 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19253
19254 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19255
19256 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19257 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19258
19259 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19260 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19261 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19262
19263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19264
19265 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19266
19267 ;;;***
19268 \f
19269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (20858 21542
19270 ;;;;;; 723007 0))
19271 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19272
19273 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19274
19275 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19276 Major mode for editing OPascal code. \\<opascal-mode-map>
19277 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19278 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19279 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19280
19281 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19282
19283 Customization:
19284
19285 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19286 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19287 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19288 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19289 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19290 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19291 `opascal-tab-always-indents' (default `tab-always-indents')
19292 Non-nil means TAB in OPascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19293 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19294 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19295 Directories to search when finding external units.
19296 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19297 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19298
19299 Coloring:
19300
19301 `opascal-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
19302 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19303
19304 Turning on OPascal mode calls the value of the variable `opascal-mode-hook'
19305 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
19306
19307 \(fn)" t nil)
19308
19309 ;;;***
19310 \f
19311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (20783 15545 430927 0))
19312 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19313
19314 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19315 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19316
19317 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19318
19319 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19320 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19321 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19322 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19323 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19324
19325 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19326
19327 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19328 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19329
19330 \(fn)" nil nil)
19331
19332 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19333 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19334
19335 \(fn)" nil nil)
19336
19337 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19338 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19339 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19340
19341 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19342 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19343 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19344 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19345 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19346 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19347 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19348 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19349 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19350 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19351
19352 The following commands are available:
19353
19354 \\{org-mode-map}
19355
19356 \(fn)" t nil)
19357
19358 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19359 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19360
19361 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19362 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19363 in special contexts.
19364
19365 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19366 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19367 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19368 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19369 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19370 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19371 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19372 properties in the buffer.
19373 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19374 including any drawers.
19375
19376 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19377
19378 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19379 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19380 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19381 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19382 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19383 and zoom in further.
19384 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19385 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19386
19387 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19388 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19389 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19390 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19391 times right after creating a new headline.
19392
19393 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19394 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19395 is negative, go up that many levels.
19396
19397 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19398 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19399 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19400
19401 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19402 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19403 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19404 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19405
19406 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19407
19408 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19409 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19410 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19411 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19412
19413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19414
19415 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19416 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19417 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19418 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19419 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19420 defined by Org-mode).
19421
19422 M-up Move entry/item up
19423 M-down Move entry/item down
19424 M-left Promote
19425 M-right Demote
19426 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19427 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19428 M-S-left Promote subtree
19429 M-S-right Demote subtree
19430 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19431 C-c ^ Sort entries
19432 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19433 TAB Cycle item visibility
19434 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19435 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19436 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19437
19438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19439
19440 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19441 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19442
19443 \(fn)" nil nil)
19444
19445 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19446 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19447
19448 \(fn)" nil nil)
19449
19450 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19451 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19452 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19453 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19454 call CMD.
19455
19456 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19457
19458 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19459 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19460 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19461 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19462
19463 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19464 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19465 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19466
19467 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19468
19469 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19470 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19471 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19472
19473 \(fn)" t nil)
19474
19475 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19476 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19477 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19478 Org-mode syntax.
19479
19480 \(fn)" t nil)
19481
19482 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19483 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19484
19485 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19486
19487 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19488 Switch between Org buffers.
19489 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19490 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19491
19492 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19493 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19494
19495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19496
19497 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19498
19499 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19500
19501 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19502 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19503 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19504 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19505
19506 \(fn)" t nil)
19507
19508 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19509 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19510
19511 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19512
19513 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19514 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19515 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19516
19517 \(fn)" t nil)
19518
19519 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19520 Reload all org lisp files.
19521 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19522
19523 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19524
19525 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19526 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19527
19528 \(fn)" t nil)
19529
19530 ;;;***
19531 \f
19532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (20847 51240
19533 ;;;;;; 240216 0))
19534 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19535
19536 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19537 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19538
19539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19540
19541 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19542 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19543 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19544 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19545
19546 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19547 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19548 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19549 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19550 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19551 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19552 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19553 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19554 e Export views to associated files.
19555 s Search entries for keywords.
19556 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19557 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19558 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19559 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19560 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19561 > Remove a previous restriction.
19562 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19563 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19564 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19565
19566 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19567 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19568 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19569
19570 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19571 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19572 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19573 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19574 \(if active).
19575
19576 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19577
19578 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19579 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19580 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19581 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19582 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19583 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19584 before running the agenda command.
19585
19586 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19587
19588 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19589 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19590 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19591 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19592 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19593 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19594 before running the agenda command.
19595
19596 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19597 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19598
19599 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19600
19601 category The category of the item
19602 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19603 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19604 todo selected in TODO match
19605 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19606 diary imported from diary
19607 deadline a deadline on given date
19608 scheduled scheduled on given date
19609 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19610 closed entry was closed on given date
19611 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19612 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19613 block entry has date block including g. date
19614 todo The todo keyword, if any
19615 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19616 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19617 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19618 extra Sting with extra planning info
19619 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19620 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19621 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19622
19623 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19624
19625 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19626
19627
19628 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19629
19630 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19631 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19632
19633 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19634
19635 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19636 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19637 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19638 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19639
19640 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19641 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19642 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19643
19644 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19645 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19646
19647 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
19648
19649 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19650 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19651
19652 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19653 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19654 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19655 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19656 EDIT-AT.
19657
19658 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19659 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19660 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19661 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19662 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19663 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19664
19665 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19666 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19667 including newlines.
19668
19669 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19670 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19671 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19672 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19673 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19674 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19675 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19676
19677 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19678 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19679 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19680 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19681
19682 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19683 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19684 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19685 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19686 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19687 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19688 Boolean search must match as full words.
19689
19690 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19691 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19692
19693 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19694
19695 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19696 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19697 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19698 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19699 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19700 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19701
19702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19703
19704 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19705 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19706 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19707
19708 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19709
19710 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19711 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19712 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19713 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19714 `org-stuck-projects'.
19715
19716 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19717
19718 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19719 Return diary information from org files.
19720 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19721 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19722 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19723 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19724 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19725
19726 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19727
19728 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19729
19730 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19731 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19732
19733 &%%(org-diary)
19734
19735 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19736 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19737 So the example above may also be written as
19738
19739 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19740
19741 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19742 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19743 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19744
19745 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19746
19747 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19748 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19749 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19750
19751 \(fn)" t nil)
19752
19753 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19754 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19755 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19756 appointments.
19757
19758 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19759 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19760
19761 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19762 for filtering entries out.
19763
19764 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19765 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19766 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19767
19768 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19769 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19770
19771 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19772 (category \"Work\"))
19773
19774 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19775 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19776
19777 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19778 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline, :scheduled
19779 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19780 details and examples.
19781
19782 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19783 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19784
19785 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19786
19787 ;;;***
19788 \f
19789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-beamer" "org/org-beamer.el" (20709 26818
19790 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19791 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-beamer.el
19792
19793 (autoload 'org-beamer-sectioning "org-beamer" "\
19794 Return the sectioning entry for the current headline.
19795 LEVEL is the reduced level of the headline.
19796 TEXT is the text of the headline, everything except the leading stars.
19797 The return value is a cons cell. The car is the headline text, usually
19798 just TEXT, but possibly modified if options have been extracted from the
19799 text. The cdr is the sectioning entry, similar to what is given
19800 in org-export-latex-classes.
19801
19802 \(fn LEVEL TEXT)" nil nil)
19803
19804 (autoload 'org-beamer-mode "org-beamer" "\
19805 Special support for editing Org-mode files made to export to beamer.
19806
19807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19808
19809 ;;;***
19810 \f
19811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20723 59703
19812 ;;;;;; 12265 0))
19813 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19814
19815 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19816
19817
19818 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19819
19820 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19821 Capture something.
19822 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19823 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19824 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19825 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19826 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19827 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19828
19829 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19830 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19831 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19832 stored.
19833
19834 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19835
19836 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19837 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19838 will be bypassed.
19839
19840 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19841 agenda will use the date at point as the default date.
19842
19843 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19844
19845 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19846 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19847
19848 \(fn)" t nil)
19849
19850 ;;;***
19851 \f
19852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (20717 20920
19853 ;;;;;; 410005 0))
19854 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19855
19856 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19857 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19858 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
19859
19860 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
19861
19862 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
19863 Write the column view table.
19864 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
19865
19866 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
19867 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
19868 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
19869 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
19870 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
19871 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
19872 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
19873 using `org-id-find'.
19874 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
19875 a hline before each level <= that number.
19876 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
19877 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
19878 :skip-empty-rows
19879 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
19880 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
19881
19882 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
19883
19884 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
19885 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
19886
19887 \(fn)" t nil)
19888
19889 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
19890 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
19891
19892 \(fn)" t nil)
19893
19894 ;;;***
19895 \f
19896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (20723 59703
19897 ;;;;;; 12265 0))
19898 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
19899
19900 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
19901 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
19902
19903 \(fn)" nil t)
19904
19905 ;;;***
19906 \f
19907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (20783 15545
19908 ;;;;;; 430927 0))
19909 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
19910
19911 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
19912 The release version of org-mode.
19913 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
19914
19915 \(fn)" nil nil)
19916
19917 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
19918 The Git version of org-mode.
19919 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
19920
19921 \(fn)" nil nil)
19922
19923 (defvar org-odt-data-dir "/usr/share/emacs/etc/org" "\
19924 The location of ODT styles.")
19925
19926 ;;;***
19927 \f
19928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (20773 35190 350513
19929 ;;;;;; 0))
19930 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19931 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19932 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19933
19934 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
19935 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19936 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19937 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19938
19939 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19940 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19941 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19942 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19943
19944 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19945 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19946 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19947 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19948 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19949 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19950
19951 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19952 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19953 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19954
19955 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19956 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19957 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19958 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19959 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19960 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19961 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19962 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19963 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19964 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19965 The subheadings remain visible.
19966 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19967
19968 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19969 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19970 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19971
19972 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19973 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19974
19975 \(fn)" t nil)
19976
19977 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
19978 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19979 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
19980 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
19981 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
19982
19983 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19984
19985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19986 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
19987
19988 ;;;***
19989 \f
19990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (20938 49065
19991 ;;;;;; 383398 0))
19992 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
19993 (push (purecopy (quote (package 1 0 1))) package--builtin-versions)
19994 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
19995 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
19996 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
19997 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
19998 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
19999
20000 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20001 activate the package system at any time.")
20002
20003 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20004
20005 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20006 Install the package PKG.
20007 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20008 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20009
20010 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20011
20012 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20013 Install a package from the current buffer.
20014 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20015 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20016 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20017
20018 \(fn)" t nil)
20019
20020 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20021 Install a package from a file.
20022 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20023
20024 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20025
20026 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20027 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20028 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20029 makes them available for download.
20030
20031 \(fn)" t nil)
20032
20033 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20034 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20035 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20036 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20037
20038 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20039
20040 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20041 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20042
20043 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20044
20045 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20046 Display a list of packages.
20047 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20048 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20049 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20050
20051 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20052
20053 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20054
20055 ;;;***
20056 \f
20057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (20903 56815 695483 0))
20058 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20059
20060 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20061 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20062 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20063 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20064 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20065 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20066
20067 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20068
20069 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20070 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20071 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20072 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20073 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20074
20075 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20076 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20077 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20078
20079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20080
20081 ;;;***
20082 \f
20083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (20709
20084 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
20085 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20086 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20087
20088 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20089 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20090 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20091 unknown are returned as nil.
20092
20093 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20094
20095 ;;;***
20096 \f
20097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20870 12718
20098 ;;;;;; 549931 0))
20099 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20100
20101 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20102 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20103 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20104
20105 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20106 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20107
20108 Other useful functions are:
20109
20110 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20111 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20112 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20113 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20114 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20115 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20116 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20117 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20118 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20119
20120 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20121
20122 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20123 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20124 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20125 Indentation for case statements.
20126 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20127 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20128 mark after an end.
20129 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20130 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20131 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20132 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20133 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20134 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20135 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20136 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20137 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20138 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20139
20140 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20141 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20142
20143 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20144 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20145
20146 \(fn)" t nil)
20147
20148 ;;;***
20149 \f
20150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20709
20151 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
20152 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20153
20154 (defvar password-cache t "\
20155 Whether to cache passwords.")
20156
20157 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20158
20159 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20160 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20161 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20162
20163 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20164
20165 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20166 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20167
20168 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20169
20170 ;;;***
20171 \f
20172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (20717 20920
20173 ;;;;;; 410005 0))
20174 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20175
20176 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20177 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20178 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20179
20180 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20181 _ matches anything.
20182 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20183 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20184 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20185 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20186 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20187 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20188 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20189 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20190 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20191 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20192
20193 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20194 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20195 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20196 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20197 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20198 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20199
20200 PRED can take the form
20201 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20202 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20203 which is the value being matched.
20204 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20205 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20206 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20207 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20208 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20209
20210 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20211
20212 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20213
20214 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20215 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20216 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20217 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20218
20219 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20220
20221 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20222
20223 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20224 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20225 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20226 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20227
20228 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20229
20230 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20231
20232 ;;;***
20233 \f
20234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20709 26818 907104
20235 ;;;;;; 0))
20236 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20237
20238 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20239 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20240
20241 \(fn)" nil nil)
20242
20243 ;;;***
20244 \f
20245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20907 7082 901087
20246 ;;;;;; 0))
20247 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20248
20249 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20250 Completion for `gzip'.
20251
20252 \(fn)" nil nil)
20253
20254 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20255 Completion for `bzip2'.
20256
20257 \(fn)" nil nil)
20258
20259 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20260 Completion for GNU `make'.
20261
20262 \(fn)" nil nil)
20263
20264 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20265 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20266
20267 \(fn)" nil nil)
20268
20269 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20270
20271 ;;;***
20272 \f
20273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20884 7264
20274 ;;;;;; 912957 506000))
20275 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20276
20277 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20278 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20279
20280 \(fn)" nil nil)
20281
20282 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20283 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20284
20285 \(fn)" nil nil)
20286
20287 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20288 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20289
20290 \(fn)" nil nil)
20291
20292 ;;;***
20293 \f
20294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20709 26818 907104
20295 ;;;;;; 0))
20296 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20297
20298 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20299 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20300
20301 \(fn)" nil nil)
20302
20303 ;;;***
20304 \f
20305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20709 26818 907104
20306 ;;;;;; 0))
20307 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20308
20309 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20310 Completion for `cd'.
20311
20312 \(fn)" nil nil)
20313
20314 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20315
20316 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20317 Completion for `rmdir'.
20318
20319 \(fn)" nil nil)
20320
20321 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20322 Completion for `rm'.
20323
20324 \(fn)" nil nil)
20325
20326 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20327 Completion for `xargs'.
20328
20329 \(fn)" nil nil)
20330
20331 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20332
20333 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20334 Completion for `which'.
20335
20336 \(fn)" nil nil)
20337
20338 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20339 Completion for the `chown' command.
20340
20341 \(fn)" nil nil)
20342
20343 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20344 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20345
20346 \(fn)" nil nil)
20347
20348 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20349 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20350
20351 \(fn)" nil nil)
20352
20353 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20354 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20355 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20356
20357 \(fn)" nil nil)
20358
20359 ;;;***
20360 \f
20361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (20837 15398 184639
20362 ;;;;;; 0))
20363 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20364
20365 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20366 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20367
20368 \(fn)" nil nil)
20369
20370 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20371 Completion for the `ack' command.
20372 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20373 long options.
20374
20375 \(fn)" nil nil)
20376
20377 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20378
20379 ;;;***
20380 \f
20381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20709 26818 907104
20382 ;;;;;; 0))
20383 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20384
20385 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20386 Support extensible programmable completion.
20387 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20388 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20389
20390 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20391
20392 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20393 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20394
20395 \(fn)" t nil)
20396
20397 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20398 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20399 This will modify the current buffer.
20400
20401 \(fn)" t nil)
20402
20403 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20404 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20405
20406 \(fn)" t nil)
20407
20408 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20409 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20410 This will modify the current buffer.
20411
20412 \(fn)" t nil)
20413
20414 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20415 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20416
20417 \(fn)" t nil)
20418
20419 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20420 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20421
20422 \(fn)" t nil)
20423
20424 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20425 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20426 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20427 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20428 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20429
20430 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20431
20432 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20433 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20434
20435 \(fn)" nil nil)
20436
20437 ;;;***
20438 \f
20439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (20717 20920 410005 0))
20440 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20441
20442 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20443 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20444 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20445 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20446
20447 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20448
20449 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20450
20451 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20452 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20453 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20454 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20455 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20456 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20457 FLAGS is ignored.
20458
20459 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20460
20461 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20462 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20463 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20464 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20465 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20466 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20467 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20468 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20469
20470 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20471
20472 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20473 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20474 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20475 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20476 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20477 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20478 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20479 passed to cvs.
20480
20481 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20482
20483 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20484 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20485 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20486 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20487 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20488 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20489 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20490
20491 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20492
20493 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20494 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20495 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20496
20497 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20498
20499 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20500 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20501 A value of nil means never do it.
20502 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20503 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20504 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20505
20506 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20507
20508 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20509 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20510 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20511
20512 ;;;***
20513 \f
20514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20709 26818
20515 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
20516 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20517
20518 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20519 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20520
20521 ;;;***
20522 \f
20523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (20929
20524 ;;;;;; 34089 117790 0))
20525 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20526 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20527 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20528 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20529 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20530 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20531 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20532
20533 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20534 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20535 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20536 Tab indents for Perl code.
20537 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20538 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20539 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20540 \\{perl-mode-map}
20541 Variables controlling indentation style:
20542 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20543 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20544 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20545 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20546 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20547 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20548 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20549 `perl-nochange'
20550 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20551 `perl-indent-level'
20552 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20553 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20554 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20555 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20556 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20557 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20558 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20559 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20560 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20561 `perl-brace-offset'
20562 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20563 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20564 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20565 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20566 `perl-label-offset'
20567 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20568 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20569 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20570
20571 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20572 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20573 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20574 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20575 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20576 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20577 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20578
20579 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20580
20581 \(fn)" t nil)
20582
20583 ;;;***
20584 \f
20585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (20709 26818
20586 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
20587 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20588
20589 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20590 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20591 \\<picture-mode-map>
20592 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20593 afterwards settable by these commands:
20594
20595 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20596 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20597 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20598 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20599
20600 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20601 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20602 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20603 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20604
20605 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20606 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20607 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20608 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20609
20610 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20611 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20612 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20613 with these commands:
20614
20615 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20616 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20617 Move to column following last
20618 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20619 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20620 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20621 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20622 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20623 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20624
20625 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20626
20627 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20628 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20629 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20630 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20631 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20632 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20633
20634 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20635 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20636 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20637 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20638 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20639 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20640 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20641
20642 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20643 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20644 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20645 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20646 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20647 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20648 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20649 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20650
20651 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20652 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20653 by supplying an argument.
20654
20655 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20656
20657 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20658 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20659
20660 \(fn)" t nil)
20661
20662 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20663
20664 ;;;***
20665 \f
20666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (20709 26818 907104
20667 ;;;;;; 0))
20668 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20669
20670 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20671 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20672
20673 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20674
20675 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20676 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20677
20678 \(fn)" t nil)
20679
20680 ;;;***
20681 \f
20682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
20683 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20684
20685 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20686 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20687 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20688
20689 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20690
20691 ;;;***
20692 \f
20693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
20694 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20695
20696 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20697 Play pong and waste time.
20698 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20699 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20700
20701 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20702
20703 \\{pong-mode-map}
20704
20705 \(fn)" t nil)
20706
20707 ;;;***
20708 \f
20709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
20710 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20711
20712 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20713 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20714 Use streaming commands.
20715
20716 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20717
20718 ;;;***
20719 \f
20720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (20709 26818 907104
20721 ;;;;;; 0))
20722 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20723
20724 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20725 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20726 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20727 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20728
20729 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20730
20731 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20732 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20733
20734 \(fn)" nil nil)
20735
20736 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20737 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20738 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20739 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20740 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20741
20742 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20743
20744 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20745 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20746 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20747
20748 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20749
20750 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20751 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20752
20753 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20754
20755 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20756 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20757 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20758 Ignores leading comment characters.
20759
20760 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20761
20762 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20763 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20764 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20765 Ignores leading comment characters.
20766
20767 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20768
20769 ;;;***
20770 \f
20771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (20891 44219 680764
20772 ;;;;;; 0))
20773 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20774 (push (purecopy (quote (printing 6 9 3))) package--builtin-versions)
20775 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20776 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20777
20778 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20779
20780 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20781
20782 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20783
20784 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20785 Preview directory using ghostview.
20786
20787 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20788 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20789 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20790 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20791
20792 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20793 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20794 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20795 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20796 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20797 file name.
20798
20799 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20800
20801 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20802
20803 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20804 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20805
20806 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20807 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20808 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20809 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20810
20811 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20812 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20813 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20814 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20815 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20816 file name.
20817
20818 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20819
20820 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20821
20822 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20823 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20824
20825 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20826 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20827 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20828 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20829
20830 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20831 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20832 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20833 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20834 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20835 file name.
20836
20837 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20838
20839 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20840
20841 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20842 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20843
20844 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20845
20846 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20847 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20848 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20849 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20850
20851 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20852 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20853 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20854 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20855 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20856 file name.
20857
20858 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20859
20860 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20861
20862 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20863 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20864
20865 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20866 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20867 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20868
20869 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20870 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20871 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20872 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20873
20874 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20875
20876 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20877 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20878
20879 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20880 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20881 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20882
20883 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20884 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20885 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20886 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20887
20888 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20889
20890 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
20891 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20892
20893 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20894 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20895 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20896
20897 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20898 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20899 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20900 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20901
20902 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20903
20904 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
20905 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20906
20907 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20908
20909 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20910 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20911 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20912
20913 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20914 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20915 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20916 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20917
20918 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20919
20920 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
20921 Preview region using ghostview.
20922
20923 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20924
20925 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20926
20927 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20928 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20929
20930 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20931
20932 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20933
20934 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
20935 Print region using PostScript printer.
20936
20937 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20938
20939 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20940
20941 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
20942 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20943
20944 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20945
20946 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20947
20948 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
20949 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20950
20951 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20952
20953 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20954
20955 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20956 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20957
20958 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20959
20960 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20961
20962 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
20963 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20964
20965 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20966
20967 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20968
20969 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
20970 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20971
20972 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20973
20974 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20975
20976 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
20977 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20978 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20979 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20980
20981 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20982 matching.
20983
20984 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20985 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20986
20987 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20988
20989 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20990
20991 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
20992 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20993 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20994 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20995
20996 \(fn)" t nil)
20997
20998 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
20999 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21000 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21001 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21002
21003 \(fn)" t nil)
21004
21005 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21006 Print directory using text printer.
21007
21008 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21009 matching.
21010
21011 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21012 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21013
21014 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21015
21016 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21017
21018 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21019 Print buffer using text printer.
21020
21021 \(fn)" t nil)
21022
21023 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21024 Print region using text printer.
21025
21026 \(fn)" t nil)
21027
21028 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21029 Print major mode using text printer.
21030
21031 \(fn)" t nil)
21032
21033 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21034 Preview spooled PostScript.
21035
21036 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21037 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21038 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21039
21040 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21041 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21042 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21043
21044 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21045
21046 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21047 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21048
21049 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21050 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21051 instead of sending it to the printer.
21052
21053 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21054 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21055 image in a file with that name.
21056
21057 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21058
21059 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21060 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21061
21062 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21063 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21064 instead of sending it to the printer.
21065
21066 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21067 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21068 image in a file with that name.
21069
21070 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21071
21072 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21073 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21074
21075 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21076 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21077 instead of sending it to the printer.
21078
21079 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21080 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21081 image in a file with that name.
21082
21083 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21084
21085 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21086 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21087
21088 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21089
21090 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21091 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21092
21093 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21094
21095 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21096 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21097
21098 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21099
21100 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21101 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21102
21103 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21104
21105 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21106 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21107
21108 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21109
21110 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21111 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21112
21113 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21114 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21115 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21116 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21117
21118 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21119 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21120 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21121 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21122 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21123 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21124 file name.
21125
21126 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21127
21128 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21129 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21130
21131 \(fn)" t nil)
21132
21133 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21134 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21135
21136 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21137 right.
21138 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21139 bottom.
21140
21141 \(fn)" t nil)
21142
21143 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21144 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21145
21146 \(fn)" t nil)
21147
21148 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21149 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21150
21151 \(fn)" t nil)
21152
21153 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21154 Toggle printing with faces.
21155
21156 \(fn)" t nil)
21157
21158 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21159 Toggle spooling.
21160
21161 \(fn)" t nil)
21162
21163 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21164 Toggle duplex.
21165
21166 \(fn)" t nil)
21167
21168 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21169 Toggle tumble.
21170
21171 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21172 right.
21173 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21174 bottom.
21175
21176 \(fn)" t nil)
21177
21178 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21179 Toggle landscape.
21180
21181 \(fn)" t nil)
21182
21183 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21184 Toggle upside-down.
21185
21186 \(fn)" t nil)
21187
21188 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21189 Toggle line number.
21190
21191 \(fn)" t nil)
21192
21193 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21194 Toggle zebra stripes.
21195
21196 \(fn)" t nil)
21197
21198 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21199 Toggle printing header.
21200
21201 \(fn)" t nil)
21202
21203 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21204 Toggle printing header frame.
21205
21206 \(fn)" t nil)
21207
21208 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21209 Toggle menu lock.
21210
21211 \(fn)" t nil)
21212
21213 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21214 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21215
21216 \(fn)" t nil)
21217
21218 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21219 Toggle auto mode.
21220
21221 \(fn)" t nil)
21222
21223 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21224 Customization of the `printing' group.
21225
21226 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21227
21228 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21229 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21230
21231 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21232
21233 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21234 Help for the printing package.
21235
21236 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21237
21238 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21239 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21240
21241 \(fn)" t nil)
21242
21243 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21244 Interactively select a text printer.
21245
21246 \(fn)" t nil)
21247
21248 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21249 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21250
21251 \(fn)" t nil)
21252
21253 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21254 Show current ps-print settings.
21255
21256 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21257
21258 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21259 Show current printing settings.
21260
21261 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21262
21263 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21264 Show current lpr settings.
21265
21266 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21267
21268 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21269 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21270
21271 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21272 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21273 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21274 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21275
21276
21277 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21278
21279 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21280 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21281 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21282
21283 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21284 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21285 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21286 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21287 current active printer.
21288
21289 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21290 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21291 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21292 printer.
21293
21294 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21295 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21296 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21297 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21298 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21299
21300
21301 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21302 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21303
21304 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21305
21306 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21307 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21308 be done using the new current active printer.
21309
21310 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21311 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21312 printer.
21313
21314 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21315 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21316 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21317 instead of sending it to the printer.
21318
21319 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21320 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21321 printer.
21322
21323 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21324
21325
21326 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21327 are both set to t.
21328
21329 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21330
21331 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21332 Fast fire function for text printing.
21333
21334 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21335 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21336 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21337 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21338
21339 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21340 user for a new active text printer.
21341
21342 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21343
21344 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21345
21346 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21347 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21348 printer.
21349
21350 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21351
21352 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21353 are both set to t.
21354
21355 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21356
21357 ;;;***
21358 \f
21359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
21360 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21361
21362 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21363 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21364 \\<proced-mode-map>
21365 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21366 the process information.
21367
21368 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21369
21370 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21371 Proced buffers.
21372
21373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21374
21375 ;;;***
21376 \f
21377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (20932 10282 564846
21378 ;;;;;; 0))
21379 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21380
21381 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21382 Start/restart profilers.
21383 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21384 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21385 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21386
21387 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21388
21389 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21390 Open profile FILENAME.
21391
21392 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21393
21394 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21395 Open profile FILENAME.
21396
21397 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21398
21399 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21400 Open profile FILENAME.
21401
21402 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21403
21404 ;;;***
21405 \f
21406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (20919 46844
21407 ;;;;;; 767888 0))
21408 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21409
21410 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21411 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21412
21413 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21414 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21415
21416 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21417
21418 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21419 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21420
21421 Commands:
21422 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21423 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21424 if that value is non-nil.
21425
21426 \(fn)" t nil)
21427
21428 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21429 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21430 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21431
21432 \(fn)" t nil)
21433
21434 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21435 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21436 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21437
21438 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21439
21440 ;;;***
21441 \f
21442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20799 169 640767 0))
21443 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21444
21445 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21446 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21447 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21448
21449 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21450
21451 ;;;***
21452 \f
21453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20777 63161
21454 ;;;;;; 848428 0))
21455 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21456 (push (purecopy (quote (ps-mode 1 1 9))) package--builtin-versions)
21457 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21458 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21459
21460 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21461
21462 The following variables hold user options, and can
21463 be set through the `customize' command:
21464
21465 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21466 `ps-mode-tab'
21467 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21468 `ps-mode-print-function'
21469 `ps-run-prompt'
21470 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21471 `ps-run-x'
21472 `ps-run-dumb'
21473 `ps-run-init'
21474 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21475 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21476
21477 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21478
21479
21480 \\{ps-mode-map}
21481
21482
21483 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21484 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21485 The keymap for this second window is:
21486
21487 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21488
21489
21490 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21491 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21492 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21493 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21494 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21495
21496 \(fn)" t nil)
21497
21498 ;;;***
21499 \f
21500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20874 65006 672942
21501 ;;;;;; 217000))
21502 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21503 (push (purecopy (quote (ps-print 7 3 5))) package--builtin-versions)
21504 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21505 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21506 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21507
21508 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21509
21510 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21511 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21512 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21513 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21514
21515 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21516
21517 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21518 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21519
21520 Valid values are:
21521
21522 nil Do not print colors.
21523
21524 t Print colors.
21525
21526 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21527 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21528
21529 Any other value is treated as t.")
21530
21531 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21532
21533 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21534 Customization of ps-print group.
21535
21536 \(fn)" t nil)
21537
21538 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21539 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21540
21541 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21542 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21543 sending it to the printer.
21544
21545 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21546 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21547 image in a file with that name.
21548
21549 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21550
21551 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21552 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21553 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21554 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21555 so it has a way to determine color values.
21556
21557 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21558
21559 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21560 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21561 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21562
21563 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21564
21565 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21566 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21567 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21568 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21569 so it has a way to determine color values.
21570
21571 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21572
21573 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21574 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21575 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21576 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21577
21578 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21579
21580 \(fn)" t nil)
21581
21582 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21583 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21584 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21585 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21586 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21587
21588 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21589
21590 \(fn)" t nil)
21591
21592 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21593 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21594 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21595
21596 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21597
21598 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21599
21600 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21601 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21602 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21603 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21604 so it has a way to determine color values.
21605
21606 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21607
21608 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21609
21610 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21611 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21612
21613 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21614 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21615 instead of sending it to the printer.
21616
21617 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21618 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21619 image in a file with that name.
21620
21621 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21622
21623 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21624 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21625 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21626 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21627 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21628
21629 \(fn)" t nil)
21630
21631 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21632 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21633 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21634
21635 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21636
21637 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21638 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21639 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21640
21641 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21642
21643 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21644 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21645
21646 \(fn)" nil nil)
21647
21648 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21649 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21650
21651 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21652 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21653
21654 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21655 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21656
21657 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21658
21659 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21660
21661 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21662
21663 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21664 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21665
21666 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21667 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21668
21669 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21670 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21671
21672 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21673
21674 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21675
21676 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21677
21678 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21679 foreground and background colors respectively.
21680
21681 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21682 bold - use bold font.
21683 italic - use italic font.
21684 underline - put a line under text.
21685 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21686 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21687 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21688 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21689 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21690
21691 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21692
21693 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21694
21695 ;;;***
21696 \f
21697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (20709 26818 907104
21698 ;;;;;; 0))
21699 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21700 (push (purecopy (quote (pulse 1 0))) package--builtin-versions)
21701 ;;;***
21702 \f
21703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (20928 13222
21704 ;;;;;; 500272 0))
21705 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21706 (push (purecopy (quote (python 0 24 2))) package--builtin-versions)
21707 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21708
21709 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
21710
21711 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21712 Run an inferior Python process.
21713 Input and output via buffer named after
21714 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21715 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21716
21717 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21718 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21719 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21720 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21721
21722 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21723 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21724 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21725
21726 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21727
21728 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21729 Major mode for editing Python files.
21730
21731 \\{python-mode-map}
21732 Entry to this mode calls the value of `python-mode-hook'
21733 if that value is non-nil.
21734
21735 \(fn)" t nil)
21736
21737 ;;;***
21738 \f
21739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
21740 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21741
21742 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21743 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21744 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21745 coding-system.
21746
21747 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21748 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21749
21750 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21751 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21752 them into characters should be done separately.
21753
21754 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21755
21756 ;;;***
21757 \f
21758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (20709 26818
21759 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
21760 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21761
21762 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21763 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21764
21765 \(fn)" nil nil)
21766
21767 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21768 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21769 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21770
21771 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21772 `quail-activate', which see.
21773
21774 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21775
21776 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21777 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21778 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21779 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21780 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21781 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21782 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21783
21784 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21785 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21786 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21787 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21788 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21789 shown.
21790 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21791
21792 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21793 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21794 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21795 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21796 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21797 list of candidates.
21798
21799 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21800 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21801 command to be called.
21802
21803 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21804 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21805 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21806 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21807
21808 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21809 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21810 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21811 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21812 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21813 to t.
21814
21815 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21816 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21817 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21818 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21819
21820 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21821 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21822 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21823 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21824
21825 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21826 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21827 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21828 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21829 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21830 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21831
21832 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21833 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21834 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21835 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21836 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21837 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21838
21839 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21840 covers Quail translation region.
21841
21842 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21843 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21844 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21845 for it) is inserted.
21846
21847 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21848 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21849 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21850
21851 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21852 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21853 non-Quail commands.
21854
21855 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21856
21857 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21858 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21859
21860 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21861 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21862 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21863 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21864 you type is correctly handled.
21865
21866 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21867
21868 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21869 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21870
21871 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21872 keyboard type.
21873
21874 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21875
21876 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
21877 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21878 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21879 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21880 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21881 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21882 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21883 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21884 for the translation.
21885 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21886
21887 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21888 it is used to handle KEY.
21889
21890 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21891 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21892 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21893 the following annotation types are supported.
21894
21895 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21896 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21897
21898 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21899 candidate list.
21900
21901 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21902 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21903 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21904 inserted.
21905
21906 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21907 generated for the following translations.
21908
21909 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
21910
21911 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
21912 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21913
21914 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21915 which to install MAP.
21916
21917 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21918
21919 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21920
21921 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
21922 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21923
21924 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21925 which to install MAP.
21926
21927 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21928
21929 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21930
21931 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
21932 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21933 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21934 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21935 a function, or a cons.
21936 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21937 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21938 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21939 for the translation.
21940 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21941 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21942 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21943 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21944 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21945
21946 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21947 it is used to handle KEY.
21948
21949 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21950 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21951 current Quail package.
21952
21953 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21954 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21955
21956 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21957
21958 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
21959 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21960
21961 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21962 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21963
21964 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21965
21966 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21967 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21968
21969 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21970
21971 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
21972 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21973 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21974 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21975 of the Emacs source tree.
21976
21977 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21978 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21979
21980 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21981 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21982 of each directory.
21983
21984 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21985
21986 ;;;***
21987 \f
21988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20799 169 640767
21989 ;;;;;; 0))
21990 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21991
21992 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21993 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21994 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21995 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21996
21997 To make use of this do something like:
21998
21999 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22000
22001 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22002
22003 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22004 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22005
22006 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22007 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22008 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22009
22010 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22011
22012 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22013 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22014
22015 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22016
22017 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22018 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22019
22020 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22021 is decided.
22022
22023 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22024
22025 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22026 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22027
22028 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22029 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22030 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22031
22032 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22033
22034 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22035 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22036
22037 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22038
22039 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22040 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22041
22042 \(fn)" t nil)
22043
22044 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22045 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22046
22047 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22048
22049 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22050
22051 \(fn)" t nil)
22052
22053 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22054 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22055
22056 \(fn)" t nil)
22057
22058 ;;;***
22059 \f
22060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (20770 3512 176098 0))
22061 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22062
22063 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22064 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22065
22066 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22067
22068 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22069
22070 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22071
22072 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22073
22074 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22075
22076
22077 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22078
22079 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22080 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22081 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22082 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22083 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22084 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22085
22086 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22087
22088 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22089 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22090 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22091 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22092 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22093
22094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22095
22096 ;;;***
22097 \f
22098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20709 26818 907104
22099 ;;;;;; 0))
22100 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22101
22102 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22103 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22104 See \\[compile].
22105
22106 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22107
22108 ;;;***
22109 \f
22110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (20709
22111 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
22112 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22113
22114 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22115
22116 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22117 Construct a regexp interactively.
22118 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22119 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22120 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22121
22122 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22123 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22124
22125 \(fn)" t nil)
22126
22127 ;;;***
22128 \f
22129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (20871 33574 214287
22130 ;;;;;; 0))
22131 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22132
22133 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22134 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22135 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22136 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22137 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22138 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22139
22140 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22141
22142 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22143 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22144 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22145 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22146 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22147
22148 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22149 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22150 were operated on recently.
22151
22152 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22153
22154 ;;;***
22155 \f
22156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
22157 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22158
22159 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22160 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22161 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22162 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22163 ends.
22164
22165 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22166 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22167 to be deleted.
22168
22169 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22170
22171 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22172 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22173 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22174
22175 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22176 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22177 deleted.
22178
22179 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22180
22181 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22182 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22183 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22184
22185 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22186
22187 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22188 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22189
22190 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22191 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22192
22193 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22194 deleted.
22195
22196 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22197 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22198 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22199 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22200 even beep.)
22201
22202 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22203
22204 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22205 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22206
22207 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22208
22209 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22210 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22211
22212 \(fn)" t nil)
22213
22214 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22215 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22216 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22217 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22218 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22219 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22220 and point is at the lower right corner.
22221
22222 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22223
22224 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22225 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22226
22227 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22228 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22229
22230 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22231 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22232 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22233
22234 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22235
22236 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22237
22238 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22239 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22240 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22241 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22242 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22243
22244 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22245 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22246
22247 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22248
22249 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22250 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22251 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22252
22253 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22254
22255 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22256
22257 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22258
22259 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22260 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22261
22262 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22263 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22264 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22265
22266 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22267
22268 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22269 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22270 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22271
22272 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22273 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22274 rectangle which were empty.
22275
22276 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22277
22278 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22279 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22280
22281 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22282 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22283 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22284 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22285
22286 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22287
22288 ;;;***
22289 \f
22290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20884 7264
22291 ;;;;;; 912957 506000))
22292 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22293
22294 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22295 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22296 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22297 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22298 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22299
22300 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22301 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22302 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22303 auto-filling.
22304
22305 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22306
22307 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22308
22309 ;;;***
22310 \f
22311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20928 13222
22312 ;;;;;; 500272 0))
22313 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22314
22315 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22316 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22317
22318 \(fn)" nil nil)
22319
22320 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22321 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22322
22323 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22324 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22325
22326 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22327 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22328 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22329 \\ref macro.
22330
22331 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22332 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22333 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22334
22335 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22336 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22337 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22338
22339 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22340 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22341
22342 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22343 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22344
22345 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22346 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22347 on the menu bar.
22348
22349 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22350
22351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22352
22353 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22354 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22355 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22356
22357 \(fn)" nil nil)
22358
22359 ;;;***
22360 \f
22361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (20921
22362 ;;;;;; 39978 248467 0))
22363 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22364
22365 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22366 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22367 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22368 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22369 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22370 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22371
22372 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22373
22374 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22375
22376 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22377 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22378 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22379 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22380 `reftex-cite-format'.
22381
22382 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22383 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22384 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22385 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22386
22387 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22388
22389 ;;;***
22390 \f
22391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22392 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22393 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22394
22395 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22396 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22397 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22398 the current TeX document.
22399
22400 With no argument, this command toggles
22401 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22402 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22403
22404 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22405
22406 ;;;***
22407 \f
22408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22409 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22410 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22411
22412 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22413 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22414 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22415
22416 To insert new phrases, use
22417 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22418 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22419
22420 To index phrases use one of:
22421
22422 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22423 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22424 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22425 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22426 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22427
22428 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22429 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22430
22431 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22432
22433 Here are all local bindings.
22434
22435 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22436
22437 \(fn)" t nil)
22438
22439 ;;;***
22440 \f
22441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22442 ;;;;;; (20921 39978 248467 0))
22443 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22444
22445 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22446 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22447 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22448 of master file.
22449
22450 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22451
22452 ;;;***
22453 \f
22454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20895
22455 ;;;;;; 15912 444844 0))
22456 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22457 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22458 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22459 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22460 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22461
22462 ;;;***
22463 \f
22464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (20709
22465 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
22466 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22467
22468 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22469 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22470 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22471 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22472 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22473 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22474
22475 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22476 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22477
22478 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22479 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22480 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22481 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22482
22483 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22484
22485 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22486 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22487 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22488 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22489
22490 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22491
22492 ;;;***
22493 \f
22494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (20709 26818 907104
22495 ;;;;;; 0))
22496 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22497 (push (purecopy (quote (regi 1 8))) package--builtin-versions)
22498 ;;;***
22499 \f
22500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (20945 22315
22501 ;;;;;; 8369 0))
22502 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22503 (push (purecopy (quote (remember 2 0))) package--builtin-versions)
22504 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22505 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22506 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22507 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22508
22509 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22510
22511 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22512
22513 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22514 Call `remember' in another frame.
22515
22516 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22517
22518 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22519 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22520 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22521
22522 \(fn)" t nil)
22523
22524 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22525 Extract diary entries from the region.
22526
22527 \(fn)" nil nil)
22528
22529 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22530 Creates notes buffer and switches to it if called interactively.
22531
22532 If a notes buffer created by a previous invocation of this
22533 function already exist, it will be returned. Otherwise a new
22534 buffer will be created whose content will be read from file
22535 pointed by `remember-data-file'. If a buffer visiting this file
22536 already exist, that buffer will be used instead of creating a new
22537 one (see `find-file-noselect' function for more details).
22538
22539 Name of the created buffer is taken from `remember-notes-buffer-name'
22540 variable and if a buffer with that name already exist (but was not
22541 created by this function), it will be first killed.
22542 \\<remember-notes-mode-map>
22543 `remember-notes-mode' is active in the notes buffer which by default
22544 contains only one \\[save-and-bury-buffer] binding which saves and
22545 buries the buffer.
22546
22547 Function returns notes buffer. When called interactively,
22548 switches to it as well.
22549
22550 Notes buffer is meant for keeping random notes which you'd like to
22551 preserve across Emacs restarts. The notes will be stored in the
22552 `remember-data-file'.
22553
22554 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22555
22556 ;;;***
22557 \f
22558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
22559 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22560 (push (purecopy (quote (repeat 0 51))) package--builtin-versions)
22561 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22562 Repeat most recently executed command.
22563 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22564 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22565 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22566
22567 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22568 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22569 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22570 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22571
22572 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22573 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22574 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22575
22576 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22577
22578 ;;;***
22579 \f
22580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (20921 39978
22581 ;;;;;; 248467 0))
22582 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22583
22584 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22585 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22586
22587 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22588 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22589 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22590 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22591 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22592 and point is left after the salutation.
22593
22594 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22595 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22596 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22597 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22598 left after that text.
22599
22600 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22601 is non-nil.
22602
22603 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22604 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22605 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22606 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22607
22608 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22609
22610 ;;;***
22611 \f
22612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (20709 26818 907104
22613 ;;;;;; 0))
22614 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22615
22616 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22617 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22618 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22619 visibility of comments that precede it.
22620 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22621 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22622 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22623 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22624 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22625 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22626 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22627 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22628 the comment lines.
22629 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22630 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22631 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22632 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22633 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22634
22635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22636
22637 ;;;***
22638 \f
22639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
22640 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22641
22642 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22643 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22644 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22645 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22646 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22647
22648 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22649 reveals invisible text around point.
22650
22651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22652
22653 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22654 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22655 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22656 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22657 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22658 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22659
22660 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22661
22662 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22663 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22664 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22665
22666 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22667 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22668 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22669
22670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22671
22672 ;;;***
22673 \f
22674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (20709 26818 907104
22675 ;;;;;; 0))
22676 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22677
22678 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22679 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22680
22681 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22682
22683 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22684 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22685
22686 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22687
22688 ;;;***
22689 \f
22690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20903 10024 645978
22691 ;;;;;; 0))
22692 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22693
22694 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22695 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22696 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22697 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22698
22699 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22700
22701 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22702 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22703 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22704 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22705
22706 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22707 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22708
22709 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22710 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22711
22712 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22713 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22714 INPUT-ARGS.
22715
22716 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22717 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22718 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22719 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22720 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22721
22722 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22723 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22724 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22725 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22726
22727 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22728 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22729 variable.
22730
22731 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22732
22733 ;;;***
22734 \f
22735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20892 39729 858825
22736 ;;;;;; 0))
22737 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22738
22739 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22740 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22741
22742 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22743
22744 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22745
22746 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22747 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22748 Its name should end with a slash.")
22749
22750 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22751 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22752
22753 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22754 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22755 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22756
22757 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22758
22759 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22760 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22761 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22762 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22763 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22764 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22765 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22766
22767 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22768 sent by you under different user names.
22769 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22770
22771 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22772
22773 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22774
22775 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22776
22777 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22778 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22779 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22780 explicitly.")
22781
22782 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22783
22784 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22785 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22786 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22787 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22788 which normally happens once for each message,
22789 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22790 To make a change in this variable take effect
22791 for a message that you have already viewed,
22792 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22793
22794 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22795
22796 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22797 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22798 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22799 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22800
22801 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22802
22803 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22804 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22805
22806 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22807
22808 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22809 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22810 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22811
22812 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22813
22814 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22815 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22816 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22817 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22818 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22819 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22820
22821 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22822
22823 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22824 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22825
22826 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22827
22828 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22829 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22830
22831 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22832
22833 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22834 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22835
22836 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22837 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22838
22839 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22840
22841 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22842 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22843
22844 This is set to nil by default.")
22845
22846 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22847 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22848 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
22849 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
22850 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22851 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22852 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22853
22854 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22855 Read and edit incoming mail.
22856 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22857 file in RMAIL Mode.
22858 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22859
22860 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22861 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22862 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22863 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22864
22865 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22866
22867 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22868
22869 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22870 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22871 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22872 Instead, these commands are available:
22873
22874 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22875 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22876 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22877 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22878 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22879 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22880 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22881 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22882 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22883 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22884 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22885 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22886 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22887 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22888 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22889 till a deleted message is found.
22890 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22891 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22892 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22893 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22894 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22895 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22896 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22897 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22898 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22899 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22900 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22901 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
22902 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
22903 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22904 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22905 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22906 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22907 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22908 (label defaults to last one specified).
22909 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22910 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22911 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22912 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22913 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22914 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22915 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22916 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22917 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22918
22919 \(fn)" t nil)
22920
22921 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
22922 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22923
22924 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22925
22926 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
22927 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22928
22929 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22930
22931 ;;;***
22932 \f
22933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20709 26818
22934 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
22935 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22936 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
22937
22938 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
22939 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
22940 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
22941 case it writes Babyl.
22942
22943 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22944 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
22945 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
22946 `rmail-default-file'.
22947
22948 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
22949 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
22950 buffer, updates it accordingly.
22951
22952 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
22953 the header display is currently pruned.
22954
22955 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
22956 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
22957 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
22958 messages after output.
22959
22960 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
22961 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
22962 message (if writing a file directly).
22963
22964 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
22965 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
22966
22967 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
22968
22969 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
22970 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
22971 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
22972 i) the header is output as currently seen
22973 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
22974 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
22975
22976 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
22977 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
22978 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
22979
22980 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
22981
22982 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
22983 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22984 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
22985 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
22986 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
22987 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
22988 `rmail-default-body-file'.
22989
22990 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
22991 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
22992 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
22993
22994 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22995
22996 ;;;***
22997 \f
22998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (20709 26818
22999 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
23000 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23001
23002 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23003 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23004 Return a pattern.
23005
23006 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23007
23008 ;;;***
23009 \f
23010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (20813 33065
23011 ;;;;;; 721081 0))
23012 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23013
23014 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23015 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23016 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23017 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23018
23019 \(fn)" t nil)
23020
23021 ;;;***
23022 \f
23023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (20884 6711
23024 ;;;;;; 386198 0))
23025 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23026
23027 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23028 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23029
23030 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23031 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23032 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23033 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23034 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23035 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23036 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23037 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23038 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23039 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23040
23041 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23042 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23043 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23044 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23045 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23046 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23047 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23048 to use for finding the schema.
23049
23050 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23051
23052 ;;;***
23053 \f
23054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20709 26818 907104
23055 ;;;;;; 0))
23056 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23057
23058 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23059
23060 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23061 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23062 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23063 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23064 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23065 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23066 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23067 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23068 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23069 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23070 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23071 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23072 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23073 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23074 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23075 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23076 must be equal.
23077
23078 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23079
23080 ;;;***
23081 \f
23082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 62082
23083 ;;;;;; 997685 0))
23084 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23085
23086 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23087 Define a robin package.
23088
23089 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23090 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23091 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23092 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23093
23094 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23095 one replaces the old one.
23096
23097 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23098
23099 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23100 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23101
23102 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23103 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23104 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23105
23106 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23107
23108 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23109 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23110
23111 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23112
23113 ;;;***
23114 \f
23115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
23116 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23117
23118 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23119 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23120
23121 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23122
23123 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23124 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23125
23126 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23127
23128 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23129 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23130
23131 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23132
23133 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23134 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23135 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23136
23137 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23138 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23139 in ROT13.
23140
23141 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23142
23143 \(fn)" t nil)
23144
23145 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23146 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23147
23148 \(fn)" t nil)
23149
23150 ;;;***
23151 \f
23152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (20932 10282 564846
23153 ;;;;;; 0))
23154 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23155 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23156
23157 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23158 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23159 \\<rst-mode-map>
23160
23161 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23162 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23163 highlighting.
23164
23165 \\{rst-mode-map}
23166
23167 \(fn)" t nil)
23168
23169 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23170 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23171 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23172 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23173 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23174
23175 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23176 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23177 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23178
23179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23180
23181 ;;;***
23182 \f
23183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (20944
23184 ;;;;;; 1446 914400 0))
23185 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23186 (push (purecopy (quote (ruby-mode 1 2))) package--builtin-versions)
23187 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23188 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23189 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23190 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23191 nesting into account.
23192
23193 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23194
23195 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23196
23197 \(fn)" t nil)
23198
23199 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "Vagrant\\|Guard\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23200
23201 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23202
23203 ;;;***
23204 \f
23205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20791 9657 561026
23206 ;;;;;; 0))
23207 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23208 (push (purecopy (quote (ruler-mode 1 6))) package--builtin-versions)
23209 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23210 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23211 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23212
23213 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23214 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23215 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23216 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23217 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23218
23219 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23220
23221 ;;;***
23222 \f
23223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20709 26818 907104
23224 ;;;;;; 0))
23225 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23226
23227 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23228 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23229 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23230 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23231
23232 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23233
23234 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23235 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23236 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23237
23238 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23239 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23240 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23241
23242 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23243 notation.
23244
23245 STRING
23246 matches string STRING literally.
23247
23248 CHAR
23249 matches character CHAR literally.
23250
23251 `not-newline', `nonl'
23252 matches any character except a newline.
23253
23254 `anything'
23255 matches any character
23256
23257 `(any SET ...)'
23258 `(in SET ...)'
23259 `(char SET ...)'
23260 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23261 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23262 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23263
23264 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23265 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23266 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23267 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23268
23269 `(not (any SET ...))'
23270 matches any character not in SET ...
23271
23272 `line-start', `bol'
23273 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23274 in the text being matched
23275
23276 `line-end', `eol'
23277 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23278
23279 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23280 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23281 string being matched against.
23282
23283 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23284 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23285 string being matched against.
23286
23287 `buffer-start'
23288 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23289 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23290
23291 `buffer-end'
23292 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23293 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23294
23295 `point'
23296 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23297
23298 `word-start', `bow'
23299 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23300
23301 `word-end', `eow'
23302 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23303
23304 `word-boundary'
23305 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23306 word.
23307
23308 `(not word-boundary)'
23309 `not-word-boundary'
23310 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23311 word.
23312
23313 `symbol-start'
23314 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23315
23316 `symbol-end'
23317 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23318
23319 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23320 matches 0 through 9.
23321
23322 `control', `cntrl'
23323 matches ASCII control characters.
23324
23325 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23326 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23327
23328 `blank'
23329 matches space and tab only.
23330
23331 `graphic', `graph'
23332 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23333 space, and DEL.
23334
23335 `printing', `print'
23336 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23337 and DEL.
23338
23339 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23340 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23341 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23342
23343 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23344 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23345 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23346
23347 `ascii'
23348 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23349
23350 `nonascii'
23351 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23352
23353 `lower', `lower-case'
23354 matches anything lower-case.
23355
23356 `upper', `upper-case'
23357 matches anything upper-case.
23358
23359 `punctuation', `punct'
23360 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23361 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23362
23363 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23364 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23365
23366 `word', `wordchar'
23367 matches anything that has word syntax.
23368
23369 `not-wordchar'
23370 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23371
23372 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23373 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23374 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23375 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23376
23377 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23378 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23379 `word' (\\sw)
23380 `symbol' (\\s_)
23381 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23382 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23383 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23384 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23385 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23386 `escape' (\\s\\)
23387 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23388 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23389 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23390 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23391 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23392
23393 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23394 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23395
23396 `(category CATEGORY)'
23397 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23398 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23399
23400 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23401 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23402 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23403 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23404 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23405 `symbol' (\\c5)
23406 `digit' (\\c6)
23407 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23408 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23409 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23410 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23411 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23412 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23413 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23414 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23415 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23416 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23417 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23418 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23419 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23420 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23421 `ascii' (\\ca)
23422 `arabic' (\\cb)
23423 `chinese' (\\cc)
23424 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23425 `greek' (\\cg)
23426 `korean' (\\ch)
23427 `indian' (\\ci)
23428 `japanese' (\\cj)
23429 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23430 `latin' (\\cl)
23431 `lao' (\\co)
23432 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23433 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23434 `thai' (\\ct)
23435 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23436 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23437 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23438 `can-break' (\\c|)
23439
23440 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23441 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23442
23443 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23444 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23445 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23446 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23447 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23448
23449 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23450 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23451 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23452 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23453
23454 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23455 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23456 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23457 group number N.
23458
23459 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23460 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23461 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23462 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23463 regular expression.
23464
23465 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23466 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23467 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23468 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23469 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23470
23471 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23472 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23473
23474 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23475 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23476
23477 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23478 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23479 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23480
23481 `(* SEXP ...)'
23482 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23483 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23484
23485 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23486 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23487 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23488
23489 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23490 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23491 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23492
23493 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23494 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23495
23496 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23497 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23498
23499 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23500 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23501 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23502 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23503
23504 `(? SEXP ...)'
23505 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23506
23507 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23508 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23509
23510 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23511 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23512 matches N occurrences.
23513
23514 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23515 matches N or more occurrences.
23516
23517 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23518 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23519 matches N to M occurrences.
23520
23521 `(backref N)'
23522 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23523
23524 `(eval FORM)'
23525 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23526 `regexp-quote' it.
23527
23528 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23529 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23530
23531 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23532
23533 ;;;***
23534 \f
23535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (20709 26818
23536 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
23537 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23538 (push (purecopy (quote (sasl 1 0))) package--builtin-versions)
23539 ;;;***
23540 \f
23541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (20709 26818 907104
23542 ;;;;;; 0))
23543 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23544 (push (purecopy (quote (savehist 24))) package--builtin-versions)
23545 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23546 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23547 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23548 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23549 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23550 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23551
23552 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23553
23554 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23555 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23556 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23557 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23558 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23559
23560 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23561 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23562 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23563 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23564
23565 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23566 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23567 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23568
23569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23570
23571 ;;;***
23572 \f
23573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (20924 16196
23574 ;;;;;; 967284 0))
23575 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23576
23577 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23578 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23579 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23580
23581 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23582 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23583 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23584 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23585 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23586 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23587 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23588 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23589
23590 Commands:
23591 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23592 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23593 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23594 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23595 if that value is non-nil.
23596
23597 \(fn)" t nil)
23598
23599 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23600 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23601 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23602
23603 Commands:
23604 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23605 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23606 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23607 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23608 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23609 that variable's value is a string.
23610
23611 \(fn)" t nil)
23612
23613 ;;;***
23614 \f
23615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (20709 26818
23616 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
23617 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23618
23619 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23620 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23621 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23622
23623 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23624
23625 \(fn)" t nil)
23626
23627 ;;;***
23628 \f
23629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (20709 26818 907104
23630 ;;;;;; 0))
23631 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23632
23633 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23634 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23635 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23636 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23637 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23638 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23639
23640 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23641
23642 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23643 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23644 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23645 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23646 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23647
23648 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23649 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23650
23651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23652
23653 ;;;***
23654 \f
23655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (20709 26818
23656 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
23657 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23658
23659 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23660 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23661 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23662 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23663 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23664 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23665 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23666 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23667
23668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23669
23670 ;;;***
23671 \f
23672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20929 34089 117790
23673 ;;;;;; 0))
23674 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23675 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23676 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23677
23678 ;;;***
23679 \f
23680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (20908 27948
23681 ;;;;;; 216644 0))
23682 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23683 (push (purecopy (quote (semantic 2 2))) package--builtin-versions)
23684 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23685 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23686 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23687
23688 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23689 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23690 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23691 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23692 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23693 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23694 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23695 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23696 keybinding for tag names.
23697 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23698 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23699 of the symbol under point.
23700 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23701 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23702 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23703 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23704 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23705 syntax tokens.
23706 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23707
23708 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23709
23710 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23711 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23712 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23713 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23714 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23715 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23716
23717 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23718
23719 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23720 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23721 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23722 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23723 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23724
23725 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23726 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23727 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23728 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23729 Semantic mode.
23730
23731 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23732
23733 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23734
23735 ;;;***
23736 \f
23737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23738 ;;;;;; (20895 15912 444844 0))
23739 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23740
23741 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23742 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23743
23744 \(fn)" t nil)
23745
23746 ;;;***
23747 \f
23748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23749 ;;;;;; (20879 27694 495748 0))
23750 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23751
23752 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23753 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23754
23755 \(fn)" t nil)
23756
23757 ;;;***
23758 \f
23759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (20723 59703
23760 ;;;;;; 12265 0))
23761 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23762
23763 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23764 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23765
23766 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23767 king@grassland.com
23768 If `parens', they look like:
23769 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23770 If `angles', they look like:
23771 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23772
23773 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23774 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23775
23776 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23777
23778 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23779 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23780 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23781 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23782
23783 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23784 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23785 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23786 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23787
23788 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23789
23790 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23791 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23792 This is done when the message is initialized,
23793 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23794
23795 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23796
23797 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23798 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23799 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23800
23801 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23802
23803 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23804 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23805 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23806 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23807 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23808 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23809 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23810
23811 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23812
23813 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23814 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23815
23816 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23817
23818 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23819 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23820 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23821 be a Babyl file.")
23822
23823 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23824
23825 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23826 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23827 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23828 when you first send mail.")
23829
23830 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23831
23832 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23833 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23834 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23835 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23836 This file need not actually exist.")
23837
23838 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23839
23840 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23841 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23842
23843 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23844
23845 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23846 Alist of mail address aliases,
23847 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23848 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23849 can specify a different file name.)
23850 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23851 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23852
23853 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23854 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23855 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23856
23857 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23858
23859 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23860 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23861 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23862
23863 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23864
23865 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23866 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23867 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23868 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23869 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23870 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23871 in the cited portion of the message.
23872
23873 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23874 instead of no action.")
23875
23876 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23877
23878 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
23879 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23880 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23881 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23882 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23883
23884 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23885
23886 (defvar mail-signature t "\
23887 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23888 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23889 If a string, that string is inserted.
23890 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23891 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23892 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23893 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23894
23895 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
23896
23897 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
23898 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23899
23900 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
23901
23902 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23903 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
23904 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
23905
23906 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
23907 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
23908
23909 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
23910
23911 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23912 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23913 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
23914 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
23915
23916 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
23917
23918 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
23919 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
23920 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
23921
23922 \(fn)" nil nil)
23923
23924 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
23925
23926 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
23927
23928
23929 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
23930
23931 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
23932 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23933 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23934
23935 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23936 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23937
23938 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23939 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
23940 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
23941 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23942 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23943 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23944 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
23945 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23946 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23947 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23948 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
23949 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
23950 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23951 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23952
23953 \(fn)" t nil)
23954
23955 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23956 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23957 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23958 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23959
23960 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
23961
23962 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23963 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23964 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
23965 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23966 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23967 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23968
23969 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
23970 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23971 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23972
23973 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23974 User should not set this variable manually,
23975 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23976 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23977 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23978
23979 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
23980 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23981 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23982 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23983
23984 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23985 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23986
23987 \\<mail-mode-map>
23988 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23989
23990 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23991 to move to message header fields:
23992 \\{mail-mode-map}
23993
23994 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23995 when the message is initialized.
23996
23997 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23998 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23999
24000 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24001 is inserted.
24002
24003 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24004 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24005
24006 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24007 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24008 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24009 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24010 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24011 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24012 buffer without erasing the contents.
24013
24014 The second through fifth arguments,
24015 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24016 the initial contents of those header fields.
24017 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24018 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24019 original message being replied to, or else an action
24020 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24021 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24022 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24023 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24024 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24025 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24026
24027 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24028
24029 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24030 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24031
24032 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24033
24034 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24035 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24036
24037 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24038
24039 ;;;***
24040 \f
24041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
24042 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24043
24044 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24045
24046 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24047
24048 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24049
24050 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24051 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24052 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24053 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24054 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24055 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24056
24057 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24058 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24059
24060 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24061 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24062 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24063
24064 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24065 \\[server-start].
24066
24067 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24068
24069 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24070 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24071 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24072 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24073
24074 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24075
24076 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24077 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24078 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24079 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24080 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24081 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24082
24083 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24084
24085 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24086 Toggle Server mode.
24087 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24088 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24089 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24090
24091 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24092 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24093 `server-start' for details.
24094
24095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24096
24097 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24098 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24099 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24100
24101 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24102 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24103
24104 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24105
24106 ;;;***
24107 \f
24108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
24109 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24110
24111 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24112 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24113 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24114
24115 Key definitions:
24116 \\{ses-mode-map}
24117 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24118 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24119 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24120 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24121
24122 \(fn)" t nil)
24123
24124 ;;;***
24125 \f
24126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (20784
24127 ;;;;;; 36406 653593 0))
24128 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24129
24130 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24131 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24132 Makes > match <.
24133 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24134 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24135
24136 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24137 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24138 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24139
24140 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24141 in your init file.
24142
24143 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24144
24145 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24146 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24147 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24148
24149 \(fn)" t nil)
24150
24151 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24152 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24153 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24154 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24155 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24156 which this is based.
24157
24158 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24159
24160 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24161 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24162 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24163 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24164
24165 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24166 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24167 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24168
24169 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24170 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24171 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24172 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24173
24174 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24175 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24176 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24177 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24178
24179 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24180
24181 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24182 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24183 To work around that, do:
24184 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24185
24186 \\{html-mode-map}
24187
24188 \(fn)" t nil)
24189
24190 ;;;***
24191 \f
24192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (20850
24193 ;;;;;; 27430 515630 0))
24194 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24195 (push (purecopy (quote (sh-script 2 0 6))) package--builtin-versions)(put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24196
24197 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24198 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24199 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24200 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24201 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24202 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24203
24204 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24205 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24206 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24207 shell-specific features.
24208
24209 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24210 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24211 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24212 \\<sh-mode-map>
24213 \\[sh-case] case statement
24214 \\[sh-for] for loop
24215 \\[sh-function] function definition
24216 \\[sh-if] if statement
24217 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24218 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24219 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24220 \\[sh-select] select loop
24221 \\[sh-until] until loop
24222 \\[sh-while] while loop
24223
24224 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24225 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24226 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24227 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24228 would indent to the way it currently is.
24229 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24230 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24231
24232
24233 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24234 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24235 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24236 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24237 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24238 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24239
24240 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24241 unquoted < insert a here document.
24242
24243 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24244 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24245 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24246
24247 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24248 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24249
24250 \(fn)" t nil)
24251
24252 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24253
24254 ;;;***
24255 \f
24256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (20858 21542
24257 ;;;;;; 723007 0))
24258 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24259
24260 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24261 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24262
24263 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24264 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24265 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24266
24267 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24268 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24269 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24270 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24271 the earlier.
24272
24273 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24274
24275 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24276
24277 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24278 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24279 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24280
24281 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24282 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24283
24284 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24285 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24286 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24287 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24288 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24289 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24290 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24291 Emacs version).
24292
24293 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24294 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24295 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24296 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24297 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24298
24299 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24300 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24301
24302 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24303
24304 ;;;***
24305 \f
24306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20799 169 640767
24307 ;;;;;; 0))
24308 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24309
24310 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24311 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24312 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24313 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24314 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24315 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24316 sites in the cluster.
24317
24318 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24319
24320 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24321 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24322 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24323 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24324 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24325
24326 \(fn)" t nil)
24327
24328 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24329 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24330 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24331 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24332 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24333 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24334 `shadow-define-cluster').
24335
24336 \(fn)" t nil)
24337
24338 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24339 Set up file shadowing.
24340
24341 \(fn)" t nil)
24342
24343 ;;;***
24344 \f
24345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (20884 7264 912957 506000))
24346 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24347
24348 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24349 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24350 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24351 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24352 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24353 arguments.")
24354
24355 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24356
24357 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24358 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24359 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24360 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24361 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24362
24363 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24364 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24365 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24366 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24367 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24368 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24369 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24370 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24371 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24372 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24373 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24374
24375 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24376 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24377 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24378 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24379 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24380 `default-process-coding-system'.
24381
24382 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24383 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24384 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24385 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24386
24387 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24388
24389 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24390
24391 ;;;***
24392 \f
24393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (20944 31824 211965 0))
24394 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24395
24396 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24397 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24398 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24399 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24400
24401 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24402
24403 ;;;***
24404 \f
24405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20926 57896 715754
24406 ;;;;;; 0))
24407 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24408
24409 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24410
24411
24412 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24413
24414 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24415
24416
24417 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24418
24419 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24420
24421
24422 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24423
24424 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24425
24426
24427 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24428
24429 ;;;***
24430 \f
24431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (20709 26818
24432 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
24433 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24434
24435 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24436 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24437 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24438 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24439 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24440
24441 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24442
24443 \(fn)" t nil)
24444
24445 ;;;***
24446 \f
24447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20777 63161
24448 ;;;;;; 848428 0))
24449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24450
24451 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24452 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24453 \\{simula-mode-map}
24454 Variables controlling indentation style:
24455 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24456 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24457 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24458 `simula-indent-level'
24459 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24460 `simula-substatement-offset'
24461 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24462 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24463 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24464 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24465 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24466 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24467 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24468 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24469 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24470 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24471 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24472 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24473 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24474 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24475 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24476 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24477 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24478 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24479 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24480 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24481 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24482 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24483 or nil if they should not be changed.
24484 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24485 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24486 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24487 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24488
24489 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24490 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24491
24492 \(fn)" t nil)
24493
24494 ;;;***
24495 \f
24496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (20912 25000 802412
24497 ;;;;;; 0))
24498 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24499
24500 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24501 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24502
24503 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24504 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24505 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24506 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24507
24508 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24509
24510 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24511
24512 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24513 Insert SKELETON.
24514 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24515 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24516 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24517 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24518 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24519
24520 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24521 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24522
24523 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24524
24525 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24526 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24527
24528 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24529 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24530 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24531 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24532
24533 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24534 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24535 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24536 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24537
24538 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24539 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24540 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24541
24542 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24543 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24544
24545 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24546 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24547
24548 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24549 _ interesting point, interregion here
24550 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24551 interesting point set by _
24552 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24553 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24554 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24555 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24556 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24557 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24558 nil skipped
24559
24560 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24561 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24562
24563 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24564 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24565 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24566 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24567 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24568 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24569 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24570 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24571
24572 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24573 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24574 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24575 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24576 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24577 available:
24578
24579 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24580 then: insert previously read string once more
24581 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24582 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24583 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24584
24585 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24586 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24587
24588 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24589
24590 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24591 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24592
24593 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24594 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24595 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24596 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24597 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24598 such as backslash.
24599
24600 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24601 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24602 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24603
24604 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24605
24606 ;;;***
24607 \f
24608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (20709 26818
24609 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
24610 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24611
24612 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24613 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24614 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24615 buffer names.
24616
24617 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24618
24619 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24620 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24621 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24622 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24623 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24624 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24625
24626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24627
24628 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24629 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24630 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24631
24632 \(fn)" t nil)
24633
24634 ;;;***
24635 \f
24636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (20726 5184 974741
24637 ;;;;;; 509000))
24638 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24639
24640 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24641 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24642 A list of images is returned.
24643
24644 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24645
24646 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24647 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24648 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24649
24650 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24651
24652 ;;;***
24653 \f
24654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (20709 26818
24655 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
24656 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24657
24658 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24659
24660
24661 \(fn)" nil nil)
24662
24663 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24664 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24665
24666 \(fn)" t nil)
24667
24668 ;;;***
24669 \f
24670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (20709 26818 907104
24671 ;;;;;; 0))
24672 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24673
24674 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24675 Play the Snake game.
24676 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24677
24678 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24679
24680 Snake mode keybindings:
24681 \\<snake-mode-map>
24682 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24683 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24684 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24685 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24686 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24687 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24688 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24689
24690 \(fn)" t nil)
24691
24692 ;;;***
24693 \f
24694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (20891 18859
24695 ;;;;;; 893295 0))
24696 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24697
24698 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24699 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24700 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24701 Tab indents for C code.
24702 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24703 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24704 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24705 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24706 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24707
24708 \(fn)" t nil)
24709
24710 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24711 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24712 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24713 Tab indents for C code.
24714 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24715 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24716 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24717 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24718 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24719
24720 \(fn)" t nil)
24721
24722 ;;;***
24723 \f
24724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20709 26818 907104
24725 ;;;;;; 0))
24726 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24727
24728 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24729 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24730 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24731 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24732 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24733
24734 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24735
24736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24737
24738 ;;;***
24739 \f
24740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20709 26818
24741 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
24742 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24743
24744 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24745 Play Solitaire.
24746
24747 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24748 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24749 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24750 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24751 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24752 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24753 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24754 check after each move or undo.)
24755
24756 What is Solitaire?
24757
24758 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24759 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24760 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24761
24762 Le Solitaire
24763 ============
24764
24765 o o o
24766
24767 o o o
24768
24769 o o o o o o o
24770
24771 o o o . o o o
24772
24773 o o o o o o o
24774
24775 o o o
24776
24777 o o o
24778
24779 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24780 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24781 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24782 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24783
24784 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24785 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24786 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24787 this: o o .
24788
24789 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24790 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24791
24792 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24793
24794 o o o
24795
24796 . o o
24797
24798 o o . o o o o
24799
24800 o . o o o o o
24801
24802 o o o o o o o
24803
24804 o o o
24805
24806 o o o
24807
24808 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24809
24810 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24811
24812 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24813
24814 ;;;***
24815 \f
24816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (20896 36774 886399 0))
24817 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24818 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24819
24820 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24821 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24822
24823 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24824 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24825 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24826 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24827 contiguous.
24828
24829 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24830 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24831 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24832 the sort order.
24833
24834 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24835 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24836
24837 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24838 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24839 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24840 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24841 is called.
24842
24843 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24844 It should move point to the end of the record.
24845
24846 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24847 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24848 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24849 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24850 starts at the beginning of the record.
24851
24852 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24853 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24854 same as ENDRECFUN.
24855
24856 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
24857 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
24858 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
24859 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
24860 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
24861 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
24862 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
24863
24864 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24865
24866 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
24867 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24868 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24869 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24870 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24871 the sort order.
24872
24873 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24874
24875 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
24876 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24877 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24878 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24879 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24880 the sort order.
24881
24882 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24883
24884 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
24885 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24886 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24887 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24888 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24889 the sort order.
24890
24891 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24892 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24893
24894 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
24895 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24896 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24897 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24898 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24899 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24900 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24901 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24902 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24903
24904 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24905
24906 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
24907 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24908 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24909 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24910 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24911 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24912 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24913 the sort order.
24914
24915 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24916
24917 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
24918 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
24919 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
24920 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
24921
24922 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
24923 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
24924
24925 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
24926 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
24927 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
24928 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
24929 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
24930 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
24931 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
24932 found within a record, that record is ignored.
24933
24934 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
24935
24936 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24937 the sort order.
24938
24939 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24940 starting with the letter \"f\",
24941 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24942
24943 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24944
24945 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
24946 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24947 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24948 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24949 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24950 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24951 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24952 the sort order.
24953
24954 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24955 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24956 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24957 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24958 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24959
24960 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24961
24962 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
24963 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24964 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24965
24966 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24967
24968 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
24969 Delete duplicate lines in the region between BEG and END.
24970
24971 If REVERSE is nil, search and delete duplicates forward keeping the first
24972 occurrence of duplicate lines. If REVERSE is non-nil (when called
24973 interactively with C-u prefix), search and delete duplicates backward
24974 keeping the last occurrence of duplicate lines.
24975
24976 If ADJACENT is non-nil (when called interactively with two C-u prefixes),
24977 delete repeated lines only if they are adjacent. It works like the utility
24978 `uniq' and is useful when lines are already sorted in a large file since
24979 this is more efficient in performance and memory usage than when ADJACENT
24980 is nil that uses additional memory to remember previous lines.
24981
24982 If KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (when called interactively with three C-u prefixes),
24983 duplicate blank lines are preserved.
24984
24985 When called from Lisp and INTERACTIVE is omitted or nil, return the number
24986 of deleted duplicate lines, do not print it; if INTERACTIVE is t, the
24987 function behaves in all respects as if it had been called interactively.
24988
24989 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
24990
24991 ;;;***
24992 \f
24993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20901 54695 989166 0))
24994 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24995
24996 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
24997 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
24998 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
24999 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25000 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25001 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25002
25003 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25004
25005 ;;;***
25006 \f
25007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (20874
25008 ;;;;;; 65006 672942 217000))
25009 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25010
25011 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25012 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25013
25014 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25015 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25016 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25017
25018 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25019
25020 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25021 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25022 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25023 server.
25024
25025 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25026
25027 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25028 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25029 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25030
25031 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25032
25033 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25034 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25035 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25036 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25037 Agent is plugged.
25038
25039 \(fn)" t nil)
25040
25041 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25042 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25043 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25044 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25045
25046 \(fn)" t nil)
25047
25048 ;;;***
25049 \f
25050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (20892 39729 858825
25051 ;;;;;; 0))
25052 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25053
25054 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25055
25056 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25057 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25058 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25059 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25060 supported at a time.
25061 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25062 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25063
25064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25065
25066 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25067 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25068 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25069 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25070
25071 \(fn)" t nil)
25072
25073 ;;;***
25074 \f
25075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (20709 26818 907104
25076 ;;;;;; 0))
25077 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25078
25079 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25080 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25081
25082 \(fn)" t nil)
25083
25084 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25085 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25086
25087 \(fn)" nil nil)
25088
25089 ;;;***
25090 \f
25091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (20878 6823 881439
25092 ;;;;;; 0))
25093 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25094 (push (purecopy (quote (sql 3 2))) package--builtin-versions)
25095 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25096 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25097
25098 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25099 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25100 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25101 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25102 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25103 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25104 of the current highlighting list.
25105
25106 For example:
25107
25108 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25109 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25110
25111 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25112 `_t' as data types.
25113
25114 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25115
25116 (eval '(defun sql-help nil #("Show short help for the SQL modes.\n\nUse an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is\nusually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.\n\nUse the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:\n\n \\\\FREE\n\nOther non-free SQL implementations are also supported:\n\n \\\\NONFREE\n\nBut we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.\n\nYou can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the\ninterpreter for the current `sql-product'.\n\nOnce you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the\nbuffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt\nis generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions\nthat help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.\n\nIf you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a\nprocedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in\n`sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be\nanything. The name of the major mode is SQL.\n\nIn this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire\nbuffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are\nappended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." 0 1 (dynamic-docstring-function sql--make-help-docstring)) (interactive) (describe-function 'sql-help)))
25117
25118 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25119 Major mode to edit SQL.
25120
25121 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25122 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25123 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25124
25125 \\{sql-mode-map}
25126 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25127
25128 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25129 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25130 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25131 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25132 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25133 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25134
25135 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25136 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25137
25138 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25139 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25140 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25141
25142 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25143 (lambda ()
25144 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25145
25146 \(fn)" t nil)
25147
25148 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25149 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25150
25151 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25152 their settings.
25153
25154 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25155 is specified in the connection settings.
25156
25157 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25158
25159 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25160 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25161
25162 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25163 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25164
25165 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25166 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25167 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25168 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25169
25170 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25171
25172 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25173
25174 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25175 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25176
25177 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25178 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25179 `*SQL*'.
25180
25181 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25182 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25183 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25184 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25185
25186 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25187 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25188
25189 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25190 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25191 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25192 buffer.
25193
25194 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25195 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25196 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25197 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25198 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25199 `default-process-coding-system'.
25200
25201 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25202
25203 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25204
25205 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25206 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25207
25208 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25209 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25210 `*SQL*'.
25211
25212 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25213 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25214 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25215 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25216
25217 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25218 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25219
25220 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25221 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25222 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25223 buffer.
25224
25225 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25226 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25227 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25228 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25229 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25230 `default-process-coding-system'.
25231
25232 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25233
25234 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25235
25236 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25237 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25238
25239 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25240 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25241 `*SQL*'.
25242
25243 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25244 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25245
25246 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25247 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25248
25249 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25250 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25251 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25252 buffer.
25253
25254 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25255 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25256 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25257 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25258 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25259 `default-process-coding-system'.
25260
25261 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25262
25263 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25264
25265 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25266 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25267
25268 SQLite is free software.
25269
25270 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25271 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25272 `*SQL*'.
25273
25274 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25275 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25276 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25277 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25278
25279 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25280 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25281
25282 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25283 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25284 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25285 buffer.
25286
25287 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25288 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25289 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25290 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25291 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25292 `default-process-coding-system'.
25293
25294 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25295
25296 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25297
25298 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25299 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25300
25301 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25302
25303 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25304 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25305 `*SQL*'.
25306
25307 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25308 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25309 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25310 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25311
25312 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25313 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25314
25315 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25316 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25317 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25318 buffer.
25319
25320 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25321 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25322 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25323 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25324 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25325 `default-process-coding-system'.
25326
25327 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25328
25329 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25330
25331 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25332 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25333
25334 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25335 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25336 `*SQL*'.
25337
25338 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25339 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25340 defaults, if set.
25341
25342 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25343 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25344
25345 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25346 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25347 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25348 buffer.
25349
25350 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25351 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25352 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25353 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25354 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25355 `default-process-coding-system'.
25356
25357 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25358
25359 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25360
25361 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25362 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25363
25364 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25365 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25366 `*SQL*'.
25367
25368 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25369 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25370
25371 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25372 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25373
25374 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25375 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25376 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25377 buffer.
25378
25379 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25380 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25381 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25382 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25383 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25384 `default-process-coding-system'.
25385
25386 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25387
25388 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25389
25390 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25391 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25392
25393 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25394 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25395 `*SQL*'.
25396
25397 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25398 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25399 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25400 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25401
25402 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25403 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25404
25405 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25406 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25407 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25408 buffer.
25409
25410 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25411 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25412 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25413 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25414 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25415 `default-process-coding-system'.
25416
25417 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25418
25419 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25420
25421 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25422 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25423
25424 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25425 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25426 `*SQL*'.
25427
25428 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25429 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25430 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25431 `sql-postgres-options'.
25432
25433 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25434 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25435
25436 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25437 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25438 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25439 buffer.
25440
25441 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25442 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25443 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25444 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25445 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25446 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25447 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25448 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25449
25450 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25451 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25452
25453 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25454
25455 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25456
25457 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25458 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25459
25460 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25461 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25462 `*SQL*'.
25463
25464 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25465 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25466 defaults, if set.
25467
25468 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25469 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25470
25471 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25472 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25473 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25474 buffer.
25475
25476 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25477 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25478 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25479 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25480 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25481 `default-process-coding-system'.
25482
25483 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25484
25485 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25486
25487 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25488 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25489
25490 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25491 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25492 `*SQL*'.
25493
25494 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25495 automatic login.
25496
25497 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25498 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25499
25500 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25501 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25502 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25503 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25504
25505 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25506 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25507 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25508 buffer.
25509
25510 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25511 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25512 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25513 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25514 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25515 `default-process-coding-system'.
25516
25517 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25518
25519 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25520
25521 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25522 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25523
25524 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25525 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25526 `*SQL*'.
25527
25528 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25529 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25530 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25531 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25532 parameters.
25533
25534 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25535 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25536 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25537 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25538 an empty password.
25539
25540 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25541 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25542
25543 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25544 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25545 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25546 buffer.
25547
25548 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25549
25550 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25551
25552 ;;;***
25553 \f
25554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (20748 62911 684442
25555 ;;;;;; 0))
25556 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25557 (push (purecopy (quote (srecode 1 2))) package--builtin-versions)
25558 ;;;***
25559 \f
25560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25561 ;;;;;; (20813 33065 721081 0))
25562 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25563
25564 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25565 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25566
25567 \(fn)" t nil)
25568
25569 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25570
25571 ;;;***
25572 \f
25573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (20709 26818
25574 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
25575 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25576
25577 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25578 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25579 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25580 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25581 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25582 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25583 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25584 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25585 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25586 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25587 with any buffer
25588 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25589 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25590 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25591 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25592
25593 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25594
25595 ;;;***
25596 \f
25597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (20799 169 640767 0))
25598 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25599
25600 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25601 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25602 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25603 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25604 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25605 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25606
25607 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25608
25609 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25610
25611 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25612 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25613 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25614 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25615 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25616 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25617 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25618
25619 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25620
25621 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25622 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25623 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25624 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25625 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25626 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25627 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25628
25629 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25630
25631 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25632 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25633 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25634
25635 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25636
25637 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25638 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25639 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25640
25641 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25642
25643 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25644 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25645
25646 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25647
25648 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25649 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25650
25651 \(fn)" t nil)
25652
25653 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25654 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25655
25656 \(fn)" t nil)
25657
25658 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25659 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25660 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25661 chronologically by command name.
25662 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25663
25664 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25665
25666 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25667 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25668 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25669 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25670 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25671 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25672
25673 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25674
25675 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25676 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25677 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25678 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25679 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25680
25681 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25682 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25683 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25684 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25685 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25686
25687 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25688 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25689 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25690 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25691
25692 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25693
25694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25695
25696 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25697 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25698 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25699 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25700
25701 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25702
25703 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25704 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25705
25706 \(fn)" t nil)
25707
25708 ;;;***
25709 \f
25710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (20355 10021 546955
25711 ;;;;;; 0))
25712 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25713
25714 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25715 Studlify-case the region.
25716
25717 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25718
25719 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25720 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25721
25722 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25723
25724 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25725 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25726
25727 \(fn)" t nil)
25728
25729 ;;;***
25730 \f
25731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (20886 47777
25732 ;;;;;; 83668 440000))
25733 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25734
25735 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25736 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25737 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25738 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25739 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25740
25741 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25742 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25743 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25744 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25745
25746 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25747 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25748 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25749
25750 Nomenclature Subwords
25751 ===========================================================
25752 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25753 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25754 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25755
25756 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25757 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25758 as words.
25759
25760 \\{subword-mode-map}
25761
25762 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25763
25764 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25765 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25766 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25767 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25768 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25769 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25770
25771 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25772
25773 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25774 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25775 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25776 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25777 ARG is omitted or nil.
25778
25779 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25780 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25781 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25782
25783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25784
25785 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25786 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25787 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25788 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25789 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25790
25791 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25792 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
25793 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
25794
25795 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
25796 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
25797 edit them as words.
25798
25799 \\{superword-mode-map}
25800
25801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25802
25803 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25804 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25805 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25806 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25807 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25808 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25809
25810 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25811
25812 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25813 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25814 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
25815 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25816 ARG is omitted or nil.
25817
25818 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25819 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
25820 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
25821
25822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25823
25824 ;;;***
25825 \f
25826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (20709 26818
25827 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
25828 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25829
25830 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25831 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25832 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25833 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25834 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25835 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25836 original message but it does require a few things:
25837
25838 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25839
25840 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25841 reply buffer.
25842
25843 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25844 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25845 original message.
25846
25847 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25848
25849 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25850
25851 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25852 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25853 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25854
25855 \(fn)" nil nil)
25856
25857 ;;;***
25858 \f
25859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20709 26818 907104
25860 ;;;;;; 0))
25861 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25862
25863 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25864
25865 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
25866 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25867 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25868 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25869 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25870 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25871
25872 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25873
25874 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25875 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
25876 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
25877 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25878 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25879
25880 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25881 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25882 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25883
25884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25885
25886 ;;;***
25887 \f
25888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (20928 13222 500272 0))
25889 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25890
25891 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25892 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25893 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
25894 buffer.
25895
25896 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25897 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25898 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25899
25900 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25901
25902 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
25903 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25904 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25905 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25906 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
25907 buffer.
25908
25909 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25910 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25911 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25912
25913 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25914
25915 ;;;***
25916 \f
25917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20709 26818 907104
25918 ;;;;;; 0))
25919 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25920
25921 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25922 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25923 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25924
25925 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
25926
25927 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25928 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25929
25930 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
25931
25932 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25933 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25934
25935 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
25936
25937 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25938 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25939
25940 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
25941
25942 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
25943 Insert an editable text table.
25944 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25945 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25946 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25947 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25948 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25949 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25950 delimiting them.
25951
25952 Examples:
25953
25954 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25955
25956 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25957 location of point.
25958
25959 -!-
25960
25961 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25962 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25963 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25964 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25965 first cell.
25966
25967 +-----+-----+-----+
25968 |-!- | | |
25969 +-----+-----+-----+
25970
25971 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25972
25973 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25974 width, which results as
25975
25976 +--------------+-----+-----+
25977 |-!- | | |
25978 +--------------+-----+-----+
25979
25980 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25981 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25982
25983 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25984 | | |-!- |
25985 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25986
25987 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25988 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25989 width information to `table-insert'.
25990
25991 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25992
25993 instead of
25994
25995 Cell width(s): 5
25996
25997 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25998 work all together.
25999
26000 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26001 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26002
26003 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26004 |-!- | | |
26005 | | | |
26006 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26007
26008 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26009
26010 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26011 |-!- | | |
26012 | | | |
26013 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26014 | | | |
26015 | | | |
26016 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26017
26018 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26019
26020 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26021 | | | |
26022 | | | |
26023 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26024 | | | |
26025 | | | |
26026 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26027 -!-
26028
26029 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26030 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26031 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26032
26033 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26034 | | | |
26035 | | | |
26036 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26037 | | | |
26038 | | | |
26039 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26040 |-!- | | |
26041 | | | |
26042 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26043
26044 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26045 results.
26046
26047 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26048 | | | |
26049 | | | |
26050 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26051 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26052 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26053 | | |expected results.-!- |
26054 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26055 | | | |
26056 | | | |
26057 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26058
26059 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26060
26061 \\{table-cell-map}
26062
26063 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26064
26065 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26066 Insert N table row(s).
26067 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26068 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26069 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26070 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26071
26072 \(fn N)" t nil)
26073
26074 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26075 Insert N table column(s).
26076 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26077 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26078 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26079 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26080
26081 \(fn N)" t nil)
26082
26083 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26084 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26085 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26086
26087 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26088
26089 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26090 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26091 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26092 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26093 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26094 all the table specific features.
26095
26096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26097
26098 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26099
26100
26101 \(fn)" t nil)
26102
26103 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26104 Recognize all tables within region.
26105 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26106 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26107 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26108 specific features.
26109
26110 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26111
26112 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26113
26114
26115 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26116
26117 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26118 Recognize a table at point.
26119 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26120 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26121 the table specific features.
26122
26123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26124
26125 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26126
26127
26128 \(fn)" t nil)
26129
26130 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26131 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26132 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26133 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26134 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26135 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26136 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26137
26138 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26139
26140 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26141
26142
26143 \(fn)" t nil)
26144
26145 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26146 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26147 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26148 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26149 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26150 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26151 specified.
26152
26153 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26154
26155 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26156 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26157 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26158 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26159 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26160 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26161 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26162 table structure.
26163
26164 \(fn N)" t nil)
26165
26166 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26167 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26168 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26169 table's rectangle structure.
26170
26171 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26172
26173 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26174 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26175 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26176 table's rectangle structure.
26177
26178 \(fn N)" t nil)
26179
26180 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26181 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26182 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26183 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26184 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26185
26186 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26187
26188 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26189 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26190 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26191
26192 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26193 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26194 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26195 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26196 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26197 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26198 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26199
26200 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26201 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26202 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26203 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26204 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26205 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26206 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26207
26208 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26209 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26210 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26211 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26212 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26213 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26214 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26215 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26216
26217 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26218
26219 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26220 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26221 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26222 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26223
26224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26225
26226 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26227 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26228 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26229
26230 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26231
26232 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26233 Split current cell vertically.
26234 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26235
26236 \(fn)" t nil)
26237
26238 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26239 Split current cell horizontally.
26240 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26241
26242 \(fn)" t nil)
26243
26244 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26245 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26246 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26247
26248 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26249
26250 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26251 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26252 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26253 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26254
26255 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26256
26257 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26258 Justify cell contents.
26259 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26260 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26261 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26262 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26263
26264 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26265
26266 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26267 Justify cells of a row.
26268 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26269 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26270
26271 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26272
26273 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26274 Justify cells of a column.
26275 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26276 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26277
26278 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26279
26280 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26281 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26282 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26283 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26284 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26285 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26286 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26287 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26288 run-time.
26289
26290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26291
26292 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26293 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26294 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26295 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26296 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26297 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26298 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26299 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26300 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26301 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26302 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26303
26304 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26305
26306 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26307 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26308 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26309 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26310 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26311 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26312 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26313 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26314 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26315 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26316 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26317 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26318 untouched.
26319
26320 References used for this implementation:
26321
26322 HTML:
26323 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26324
26325 LaTeX:
26326 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26327
26328 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26329 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26330 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26331
26332 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26333
26334 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26335 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26336 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26337 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26338 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26339 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26340 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26341 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26342 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26343 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26344 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26345 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26346 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26347 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26348 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26349 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26350 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26351
26352 Example:
26353
26354 (progn
26355 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26356 (table-forward-cell 15)
26357 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26358 (table-forward-cell 16)
26359 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26360 (table-forward-cell 1)
26361 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26362
26363 (progn
26364 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26365 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26366 (table-forward-cell 1)
26367 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26368
26369 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26370
26371 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26372 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26373 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26374 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26375 consists from cells of same height.
26376
26377 \(fn N)" t nil)
26378
26379 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26380 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26381 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26382 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26383 column must consists from cells of same width.
26384
26385 \(fn N)" t nil)
26386
26387 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26388 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26389 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26390 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26391 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26392 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26393 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26394 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26395 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26396 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26397 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26398 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26399 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26400 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26401 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26402
26403
26404 Example 1:
26405
26406 1, 2, 3, 4
26407 5, 6, 7, 8
26408 , 9, 10
26409
26410 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26411 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26412 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26413 specified as 5.
26414
26415 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26416 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26417 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26418 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26419 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26420 | | 9 | 10 | |
26421 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26422
26423 Note:
26424
26425 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26426 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26427 of each row is optional.
26428
26429
26430 Example 2:
26431
26432 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26433 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26434 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26435 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26436 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26437
26438 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26439 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26440
26441 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26442 expression and raw delimiter regular
26443 expression, it parses the specified text
26444 area and extracts cell items from
26445 non-table text and then forms a table out
26446 of them.
26447
26448 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26449 creates a single cell table. The text in
26450 the specified region is placed in that
26451 cell.-*-
26452
26453 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26454 like this.
26455
26456 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26457 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26458 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26459 | |
26460 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26461 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26462 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26463 | area and extracts cell items from |
26464 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26465 | of them. |
26466 | |
26467 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26468 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26469 | the specified region is placed in that |
26470 | cell. |
26471 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26472
26473 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26474 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26475 independently.
26476
26477 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26478 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26479 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26480 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26481 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26482 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26483 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26484 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26485 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26486 | |of them. |
26487 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26488 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26489 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26490 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26491 | |cell. |
26492 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26493
26494 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26495 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26496 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26497
26498 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26499
26500 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26501 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26502 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26503 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26504 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26505
26506 \(fn)" t nil)
26507
26508 ;;;***
26509 \f
26510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
26511 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26512
26513 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26514 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26515
26516 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26517
26518 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26519 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26520
26521 \(fn)" t nil)
26522
26523 ;;;***
26524 \f
26525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20932 10282 564846
26526 ;;;;;; 0))
26527 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26528
26529 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26530 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26531 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26532 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26533 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26534 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26535 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26536
26537 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26538 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26539 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26540 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26541
26542 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26543 \\{tar-mode-map}
26544
26545 \(fn)" t nil)
26546
26547 ;;;***
26548 \f
26549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (20903 10024 645978
26550 ;;;;;; 0))
26551 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26552
26553 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26554 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26555 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26556 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26557 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26558 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26559
26560 Variables controlling indentation style:
26561 `tcl-indent-level'
26562 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26563 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26564 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26565
26566 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26567 documentation for details):
26568 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26569 Controls action of TAB key.
26570 `tcl-auto-newline'
26571 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26572 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26573 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26574 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26575 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26576
26577 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26578 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26579 already exist.
26580
26581 \(fn)" t nil)
26582
26583 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26584 Run inferior Tcl process.
26585 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26586 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26587
26588 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26589
26590 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26591 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26592 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26593
26594 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26595
26596 ;;;***
26597 \f
26598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20709 26818 907104
26599 ;;;;;; 0))
26600 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26601
26602 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26603 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26604 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26605 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26606
26607 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26608 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26609 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26610 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26611 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26612
26613 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26614
26615 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26616 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26617 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26618 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26619
26620 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26621
26622 ;;;***
26623 \f
26624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (20921 39978 248467 0))
26625 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26626
26627 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26628 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26629 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26630 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26631 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26632 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26633
26634 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26635
26636 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26637 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26638 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26639 commands to use in that buffer.
26640
26641 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26642
26643 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26644
26645 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26646 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26647
26648 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26649
26650 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26651 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26652 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26653 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26654 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26655 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26656 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26657 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26658 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26659 use in that buffer.
26660 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26661
26662 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26663
26664 ;;;***
26665 \f
26666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (20878
26667 ;;;;;; 6823 881439 0))
26668 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26669
26670 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26671 Start coverage on function under point.
26672
26673 \(fn)" t nil)
26674
26675 ;;;***
26676 \f
26677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20874 65006 672942
26678 ;;;;;; 217000))
26679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26680 (push (purecopy (quote (tetris 2 1))) package--builtin-versions)
26681 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26682 Play the Tetris game.
26683 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26684 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26685 as to form complete rows.
26686
26687 tetris-mode keybindings:
26688 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26689 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26690 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26691 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26692 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26693 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26694 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26695 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26696 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26697
26698 \(fn)" t nil)
26699
26700 ;;;***
26701 \f
26702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (20774 53405
26703 ;;;;;; 754743 8000))
26704 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26705
26706 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26707 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26708
26709 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26710
26711 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26712 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26713 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26714 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26715 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26716
26717 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26718
26719 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26720 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26721 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26722 if it matches the first line of the file,
26723 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26724
26725 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26726
26727 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26728 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26729 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26730 if the variable is non-nil.")
26731
26732 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26733
26734 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26735 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26736
26737 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26738
26739 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26740 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26741 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26742 See the documentation of that variable.")
26743
26744 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26745
26746 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26747 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26748 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26749 See the documentation of that variable.")
26750
26751 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26752
26753 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26754 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26755 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26756 See the documentation of that variable.")
26757
26758 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26759
26760 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26761 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26762 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26763 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26764 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26765
26766 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26767
26768 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26769 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26770 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26771 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26772
26773 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26774
26775 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26776 User defined LaTeX block names.
26777 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26778
26779 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26780
26781 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26782 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26783 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26784 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26785
26786 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26787
26788 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26789 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26790 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26791 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26792
26793 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26794
26795 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26796 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26797 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26798 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26799
26800 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26801 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26802 for example,
26803
26804 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26805 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26806
26807 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26808 use.")
26809
26810 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26811
26812 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26813 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26814 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26815 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26816 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26817
26818 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26819
26820 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26821
26822 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26823 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26824 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26825
26826 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26827
26828 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26829 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26830 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26831 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26832 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26833
26834 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26835
26836 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26837 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26838
26839 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26840
26841 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26842 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26843
26844 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26845
26846 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26847 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26848 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26849 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26850 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26851 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26852 says which mode to use.
26853
26854 \(fn)" t nil)
26855
26856 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26857
26858 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26859
26860 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26861
26862 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26863 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26864 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26865 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26866 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26867
26868 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26869 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26870 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26871 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26872 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26873 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26874 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26875
26876 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26877 mismatched $'s or braces.
26878
26879 Special commands:
26880 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26881
26882 Mode variables:
26883 tex-run-command
26884 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26885 tex-directory
26886 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26887 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26888 tex-dvi-print-command
26889 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26890 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26891 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26892 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26893 tex-dvi-view-command
26894 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26895 tex-show-queue-command
26896 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26897 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26898
26899 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26900 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26901 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26902
26903 \(fn)" t nil)
26904
26905 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26906 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26907 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26908 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26909 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26910
26911 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26912 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26913 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26914 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26915 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26916 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26917 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26918
26919 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26920 mismatched $'s or braces.
26921
26922 Special commands:
26923 \\{latex-mode-map}
26924
26925 Mode variables:
26926 latex-run-command
26927 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26928 tex-directory
26929 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26930 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26931 tex-dvi-print-command
26932 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26933 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26934 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26935 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26936 tex-dvi-view-command
26937 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26938 tex-show-queue-command
26939 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26940 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26941
26942 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26943 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26944 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26945
26946 \(fn)" t nil)
26947
26948 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26949 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26950 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26951 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26952 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26953
26954 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26955 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26956 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26957 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26958 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26959 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26960 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26961
26962 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26963 mismatched $'s or braces.
26964
26965 Special commands:
26966 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26967
26968 Mode variables:
26969 slitex-run-command
26970 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26971 tex-directory
26972 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26973 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26974 tex-dvi-print-command
26975 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26976 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26977 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26978 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26979 tex-dvi-view-command
26980 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26981 tex-show-queue-command
26982 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26983 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26984
26985 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26986 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26987 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26988 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26989
26990 \(fn)" t nil)
26991
26992 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
26993
26994
26995 \(fn)" nil nil)
26996
26997 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26998 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26999
27000 \(fn)" t nil)
27001
27002 ;;;***
27003 \f
27004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20709 26818
27005 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
27006 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27007
27008 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27009 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27010 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27011 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27012
27013 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27014 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27015 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27016
27017 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27018
27019 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27020 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27021 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27022 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27023 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27024
27025 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27026
27027 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27028 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27029 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27030 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27031
27032 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27033 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27034 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27035 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27036
27037 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27038 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27039
27040 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27041
27042 ;;;***
27043 \f
27044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20709 26818
27045 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
27046 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27047
27048 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27049 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27050
27051 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27052
27053 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27054 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27055
27056 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27057
27058 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27059 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27060
27061 It has these extra commands:
27062 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27063
27064 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27065 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27066 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27067 modified version of TeX input format.
27068
27069 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27070 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27071 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27072 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27073
27074 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27075 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27076 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27077 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27078 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27079 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27080 in the Texinfo file.
27081
27082 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27083 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27084 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27085 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27086 move forward past the closing brace.
27087
27088 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27089 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27090
27091 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27092 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27093 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27094
27095 Here are the functions:
27096
27097 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27098 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27099 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27100
27101 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27102 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27103 texinfo-master-menu
27104
27105 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27106
27107 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27108 which menu descriptions are indented.
27109
27110 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27111 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27112 in the region.
27113
27114 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27115 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27116 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27117 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27118
27119 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27120 be the first node in the file.
27121
27122 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27123 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27124
27125 \(fn)" t nil)
27126
27127 ;;;***
27128 \f
27129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (20709
27130 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
27131 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27132
27133 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27134 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27135 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27136 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27137
27138 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27139
27140 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27141 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27142
27143 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27144
27145 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27146 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27147
27148 \(fn)" t nil)
27149
27150 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27151
27152
27153 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27154
27155 ;;;***
27156 \f
27157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20874 62962 290468
27158 ;;;;;; 0))
27159 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27160
27161 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27162 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27163 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27164 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27165 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27166 `line', and `page'.
27167
27168 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27169
27170 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27171 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27172 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27173 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27174 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27175 `line', and `page'.
27176
27177 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27178 valid THING.
27179
27180 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27181 positions of the thing found.
27182
27183 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27184
27185 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27186 Return the THING at point.
27187 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27188 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27189 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27190 `line', `number', and `page'.
27191
27192 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27193 strip text properties from the return value.
27194
27195 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27196 a symbol as a valid THING.
27197
27198 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27199
27200 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27201 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27202
27203 \(fn)" nil nil)
27204
27205 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27206 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27207
27208 \(fn)" nil nil)
27209
27210 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27211 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27212
27213 \(fn)" nil nil)
27214
27215 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27216 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27217
27218 \(fn)" nil nil)
27219
27220 ;;;***
27221 \f
27222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27223 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27224
27225 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27226 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27227
27228 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27229
27230 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27231 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27232 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27233 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27234
27235 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27236
27237 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27238 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27239
27240 \(fn)" t nil)
27241
27242 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27243 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27244
27245 \(fn)" t nil)
27246
27247 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27248
27249 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27250 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27251
27252 \(fn)" t nil)
27253
27254 ;;;***
27255 \f
27256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20826
27257 ;;;;;; 45095 436233 0))
27258 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27259
27260 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27261 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27262 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27263
27264 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27265
27266 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27267 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27268
27269 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27270
27271 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27272 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27273 The returned string has no composition information.
27274
27275 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27276
27277 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27278 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27279
27280 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27281
27282 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27283 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27284
27285 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27286
27287 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27288 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27289 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27290 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27291
27292 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27293
27294 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27295 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27296 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27297 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27298
27299 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27300
27301 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27302 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27303 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27304
27305 \(fn)" t nil)
27306
27307 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27308 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27309 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27310
27311 \(fn)" t nil)
27312
27313 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27314
27315
27316 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27317
27318 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27319
27320
27321 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27322
27323 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27324
27325
27326 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27327
27328 ;;;***
27329 \f
27330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (20791 9657
27331 ;;;;;; 561026 0))
27332 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27333 (push (purecopy (quote (tildify 4 5))) package--builtin-versions)
27334 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27335 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27336 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27337 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27338 parameters.
27339 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27340
27341 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27342
27343 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27344 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27345 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27346 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27347 parameters.
27348 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27349
27350 \(fn)" t nil)
27351
27352 ;;;***
27353 \f
27354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27355 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27356
27357 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27358 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27359
27360 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27361 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27362
27363 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27364 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27365 This display updates automatically every minute.
27366 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27367 are displayed as well.
27368 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27369
27370 \(fn)" t nil)
27371
27372 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27373 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27374 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27375 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27376 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27377 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27378
27379 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27380
27381 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27382 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27383 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27384 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27385 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27386
27387 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27388 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27389 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27390 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27391 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27392
27393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27394
27395 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27396 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27397 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27398 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27399
27400 \(fn)" t nil)
27401
27402 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27403 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27404 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27405 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27406
27407 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27408
27409 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27410 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27411
27412 \(fn)" t nil)
27413
27414 ;;;***
27415 \f
27416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (20709
27417 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
27418 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27419
27420 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27421 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27422 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27423
27424 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27425 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27426 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27427 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27428 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27429 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27430
27431 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27432 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27433
27434 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27435
27436 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27437 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27438
27439 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27440
27441 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27442 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27443
27444 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27445
27446 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27447 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27448 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27449
27450 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27451
27452 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27453
27454 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27455 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27456 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27457
27458 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27459
27460 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27461 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27462
27463 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27464
27465 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27466 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27467 DATE should be a date-time string.
27468
27469 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27470
27471 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27472 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27473 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27474
27475 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27476
27477 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27478 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27479
27480 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27481
27482 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27483 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27484
27485 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27486
27487 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27488 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27489 TIME should be a time value.
27490 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27491
27492 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27493
27494 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27495 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27496 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27497
27498 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27499
27500 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27501 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27502 The valid format specifiers are:
27503 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27504 %d is the number of days.
27505 %h is the number of hours.
27506 %m is the number of minutes.
27507 %s is the number of seconds.
27508 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27509 %% is a literal \"%\".
27510
27511 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27512 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27513
27514 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27515 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27516 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27517
27518 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27519 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27520 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27521
27522 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27523
27524 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27525
27526 ;;;***
27527 \f
27528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (20709 26818 907104
27529 ;;;;;; 0))
27530 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27531 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27532 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27533 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27534 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27535 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27536 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27537 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27538 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27539
27540 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27541 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27542 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27543 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27544 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27545 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27546 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27547 look like one of the following:
27548 Time-stamp: <>
27549 Time-stamp: \" \"
27550 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27551 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27552 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27553 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27554 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27555 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27556 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27557 the template.
27558
27559 \(fn)" t nil)
27560
27561 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27562 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27563 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27564
27565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27566
27567 ;;;***
27568 \f
27569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (20799
27570 ;;;;;; 169 640767 0))
27571 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27572 (push (purecopy (quote (timeclock 2 6 1))) package--builtin-versions)
27573 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27574 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27575 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27576 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27577 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27578 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27579 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27580 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27581 display (non-nil means on).
27582
27583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27584
27585 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27586 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27587 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27588 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27589 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27590 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27591 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27592 this function is called within a day.
27593
27594 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27595 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27596 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27597 discover the name of the project.
27598
27599 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27600
27601 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27602 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27603 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27604 begun during the last time segment.
27605
27606 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27607 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27608 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27609 discover the reason.
27610
27611 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27612
27613 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27614 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27615 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27616 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27617 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27618
27619 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27620
27621 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27622 Change to working on a different project.
27623 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27624 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27625 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27626 working on.
27627
27628 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27629
27630 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27631 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27632 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27633
27634 \(fn)" nil nil)
27635
27636 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27637 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27638 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27639
27640 \(fn)" t nil)
27641
27642 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27643 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27644 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27645 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27646 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27647 \"relative to today\".
27648
27649 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27650
27651 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27652 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27653 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27654 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27655
27656 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27657
27658 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27659 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27660 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27661 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27662 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27663 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27664
27665 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27666
27667 ;;;***
27668 \f
27669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27670 ;;;;;; (20929 34089 117790 0))
27671 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27672
27673 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27674 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27675 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27676 the generated Quail package is saved.
27677
27678 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27679
27680 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27681 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27682 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27683 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27684 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27685 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27686 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27687
27688 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27689
27690 ;;;***
27691 \f
27692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (20764 51137 83502 0))
27693 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27694 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27695 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27696
27697 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27698 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27699 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27700 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27701 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27702
27703 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27704
27705 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27706 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27707 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27708 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27709 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27710
27711 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27712
27713 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27714 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27715 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27716 in the menu in two ways:
27717 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27718 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27719 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27720
27721 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27722 keymap or an alist of alists.
27723 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27724 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27725
27726 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27727
27728 ;;;***
27729 \f
27730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20944
27731 ;;;;;; 31824 211965 0))
27732 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27733
27734 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27735 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27736
27737 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27738 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27739 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27740 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27741 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27742 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27743 file was last visited.
27744
27745 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27746 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27747 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27748 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27749 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27750 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27751 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27752 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27753 for the first item.
27754
27755 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27756 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27757 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27758 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27759 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27760 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27761 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27762 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27763
27764 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27765 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27766 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27767 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27768 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27769
27770 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27771 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27772
27773 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE)" t nil)
27774
27775 ;;;***
27776 \f
27777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20709 26818 907104
27778 ;;;;;; 0))
27779 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27780
27781 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27782 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27783 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27784
27785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27786
27787 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27788 Add an item to the tool bar.
27789 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27790 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27791 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27792 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27793
27794 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27795 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27796 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27797 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27798
27799 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27800 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27801
27802 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27803
27804 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27805 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27806 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27807 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27808 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27809 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27810
27811 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27812 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27813 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27814 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27815
27816 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27817
27818 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27819 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27820 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27821 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27822 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27823 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27824 properties to add to the binding.
27825
27826 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27827
27828 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27829 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27830
27831 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27832
27833 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27834 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27835 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27836 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27837 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27838 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27839 properties to add to the binding.
27840
27841 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27842 holds a keymap.
27843
27844 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27845
27846 ;;;***
27847 \f
27848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (20884 7264
27849 ;;;;;; 412929 442000))
27850 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27851 (push (purecopy (quote (tpu-edt 4 5))) package--builtin-versions)
27852 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27853 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27854 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27855 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27856 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27857 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27858
27859 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
27860
27861 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
27862 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
27863 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
27864 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
27865 if ARG is omitted or nil.
27866
27867 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27868
27869 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
27870
27871 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
27872 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27873
27874 \(fn)" t nil)
27875
27876 ;;;***
27877 \f
27878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" (20709
27879 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
27880 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
27881
27882 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
27883 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
27884
27885 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
27886 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
27887 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
27888 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
27889 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
27890
27891 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
27892 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
27893 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
27894 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
27895 you might go about doing that in your init file.
27896
27897 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
27898 (tpu-edt)
27899
27900 Known Problems:
27901
27902 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
27903 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
27904 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
27905 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
27906 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
27907 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
27908
27909 \(fn)" t nil)
27910
27911 ;;;***
27912 \f
27913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (20709 26818 907104
27914 ;;;;;; 0))
27915 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27916
27917 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
27918 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27919 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27920 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27921 to a tcp server on another machine.
27922
27923 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27924
27925 ;;;***
27926 \f
27927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (20903 10024
27928 ;;;;;; 645978 0))
27929 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27930
27931 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27932 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27933
27934 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
27935
27936 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
27937 Helper function to get internal values.
27938 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
27939
27940 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
27941
27942 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
27943 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27944 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27945 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27946 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27947 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27948 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27949 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27950
27951 To untrace a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
27952
27953 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
27954
27955 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
27956 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27957 Like `trace-function-foreground' but without popping up the trace BUFFER or
27958 changing the window configuration.
27959
27960 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
27961
27962 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
27963
27964 ;;;***
27965 \f
27966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (20854 24486 190633
27967 ;;;;;; 0))
27968 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27969
27970 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
27971 Whether Tramp is enabled.
27972 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
27973
27974 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
27975
27976 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
27977 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
27978
27979 It can have the following values:
27980
27981 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
27982 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
27983 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
27984
27985 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
27986
27987 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/|:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/|]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/|:]+\\|[^/|]+]\\):") "\
27988 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27989 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27990 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
27991
27992 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
27993
27994 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27995 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27996 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27997 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27998
27999 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/|:]+://" "\
28000 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28001 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28002
28003 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28004 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28005 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28006 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28007 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28008 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28009 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28010 files which are not really Tramp files.
28011
28012 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28013 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28014 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28015 updated after changing this variable.
28016
28017 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28018
28019 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28020 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28021 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28022 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28023
28024 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28025
28026 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28027 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28028 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28029 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28030
28031 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
28032 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28033 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28034
28035 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28036 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28037 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28038
28039 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28040 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28041 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28042 updated after changing this variable.
28043
28044 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28045
28046 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28047 Alist of completion handler functions.
28048 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28049 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28050 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28051
28052 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28053 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28054 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28055 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28056
28057 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28058 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28059 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28060 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28061
28062 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28063 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28064 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28065
28066 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28067
28068 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28069 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28070 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28071
28072 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28073 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28074
28075 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28076
28077 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28078
28079
28080 \(fn)" nil nil)
28081
28082 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28083 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28084
28085 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28086
28087 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28088 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28089
28090 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28091
28092 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28093 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28094
28095 \(fn)" t nil)
28096
28097 ;;;***
28098 \f
28099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (20709 26818
28100 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
28101 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28102
28103 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28104
28105
28106 \(fn)" nil nil)
28107
28108 ;;;***
28109 \f
28110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20760 54070 584283
28111 ;;;;;; 0))
28112 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28113
28114 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28115 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28116 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28117 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28118 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28119 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28120 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28121 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28122
28123 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28124 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28125 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28126
28127 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28128 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28129 resumed later.
28130
28131 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28132
28133 ;;;***
28134 \f
28135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20355 10021
28136 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
28137 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28138
28139 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28140
28141
28142 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28143
28144 ;;;***
28145 \f
28146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (20763
28147 ;;;;;; 30266 231060 0))
28148 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28149 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28150 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28151 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28152
28153 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28154 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28155 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28156 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28157 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28158 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28159 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28160
28161 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28162
28163 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28164 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28165 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28166 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28167
28168 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28169
28170 \(fn)" t nil)
28171
28172 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28173 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28174 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28175 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28176 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28177 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28178 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28179
28180 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28181 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28182
28183 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28184 \\___/\\
28185 / \\
28186 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28187
28188 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28189
28190 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28191
28192 ;;;***
28193 \f
28194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (20884 7264 912957
28195 ;;;;;; 506000))
28196 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28197
28198 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28199 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28200 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28201 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28202 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28203 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28204
28205 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28206
28207 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28208 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28209 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28210
28211 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28212 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28213 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28214 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28215 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28216 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28217 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28218
28219 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28220 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28221
28222 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28223 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28224 reset the keystroke counter.
28225
28226 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28227 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28228 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28229 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28230
28231 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28232 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28233 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28234 `type-break-schedule' command.
28235
28236 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28237 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28238 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28239 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28240 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28241 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28242 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28243 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28244 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28245
28246 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28247 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28248 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28249 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28250 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28251
28252 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28253 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28254 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28255 approximate good values for this.
28256
28257 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28258 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28259
28260 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28261 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28262 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28263 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28264 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28265 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28266
28267 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28268 a typing break occur. They include:
28269
28270 `type-break-query-mode'
28271 `type-break-query-function'
28272 `type-break-query-interval'
28273
28274 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28275
28276 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28277 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28278 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28279 problems.
28280
28281 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28282
28283 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28284 Take a typing break.
28285
28286 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28287 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28288
28289 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28290 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28291
28292 \(fn)" t nil)
28293
28294 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28295 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28296 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28297 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28298
28299 \(fn)" t nil)
28300
28301 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28302 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28303
28304 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28305 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28306 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28307 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28308 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28309 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28310 average typing speed.)
28311
28312 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28313 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28314 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28315 the computed maximum threshold.
28316
28317 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28318 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28319 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28320 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28321 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28322
28323 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28324
28325 ;;;***
28326 \f
28327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28328 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28329
28330 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28331 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28332 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28333 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28334 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28335
28336 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28337
28338 ;;;***
28339 \f
28340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28341 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
28342 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28343
28344 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28345 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28346
28347 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28348
28349 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28350 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28351
28352 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28353
28354 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28355 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28356
28357 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28358
28359 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28360 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28361
28362 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28363
28364 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28365 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28366
28367 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28368
28369 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28370 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28371
28372 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28373
28374 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28375 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28376
28377 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28378
28379 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28380 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28381
28382 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28383
28384 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28385 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28386
28387 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28388
28389 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28390 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28391
28392 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28393
28394 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28395 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28396
28397 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28398
28399 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28400 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28401
28402 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28403
28404 ;;;***
28405 \f
28406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (20709
28407 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
28408 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28409
28410 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28411 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28412 Works by overstriking underscores.
28413 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28414 which specify the range to operate on.
28415
28416 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28417
28418 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28419 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28420 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28421 which specify the range to operate on.
28422
28423 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28424
28425 ;;;***
28426 \f
28427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (20895 15912 444844
28428 ;;;;;; 0))
28429 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28430
28431 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28432 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28433 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28434 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28435 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28436 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28437
28438 \(fn)" nil nil)
28439
28440 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28441 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28442 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28443
28444 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28445
28446 ;;;***
28447 \f
28448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20709 26818
28449 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
28450 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28451
28452 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28453 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28454 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28455 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28456
28457 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28458
28459 ;;;***
28460 \f
28461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (20893 60586 188550 0))
28462 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28463
28464 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28465 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28466 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28467 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28468 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28469
28470 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28471 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28472 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28473 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28474 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28475 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28476
28477 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28478 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28479 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28480
28481 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28482 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28483 the callback is not called).
28484
28485 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28486 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28487 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28488 take effect.
28489
28490 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28491 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28492 the server.
28493 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28494 URL-encoded before it's used.
28495
28496 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28497
28498 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28499 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28500 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28501 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28502 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28503
28504 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28505
28506 ;;;***
28507 \f
28508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20709 26818 907104
28509 ;;;;;; 0))
28510 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28511
28512 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28513 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28514 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28515
28516 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28517 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28518 `url-generic-parse-url'
28519 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28520 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28521 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28522 realm
28523 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28524 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28525 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28526 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28527 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28528 what type of auth to use
28529 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28530 if one cannot be found in the cache
28531
28532 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28533
28534 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28535 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28536
28537 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28538 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28539 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28540 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28541 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28542 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28543 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28544 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28545
28546 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28547
28548 ;;;***
28549 \f
28550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20751 39094
28551 ;;;;;; 700824 0))
28552 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28553
28554 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28555 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28556
28557 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28558
28559 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28560 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28561 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28562
28563 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28564
28565 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28566 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28567
28568 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28569
28570 ;;;***
28571 \f
28572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20709 26818 907104
28573 ;;;;;; 0))
28574 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28575
28576 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28577
28578
28579 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28580
28581 ;;;***
28582 \f
28583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (20891 18859 893295
28584 ;;;;;; 0))
28585 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28586
28587 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28588 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28589 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28590
28591 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28592
28593 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28594 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28595 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28596 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28597
28598 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28599 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28600 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28601 though.
28602
28603 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28604
28605 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28606 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28607 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28608
28609 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28610
28611 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28612
28613
28614 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28615
28616 ;;;***
28617 \f
28618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20709 26818 907104
28619 ;;;;;; 0))
28620 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28621
28622 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28623 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28624
28625 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28626
28627 ;;;***
28628 \f
28629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (20709 26818 907104
28630 ;;;;;; 0))
28631 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28632
28633 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28634 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28635
28636 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28637
28638 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28639 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28640 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28641 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28642 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28643
28644 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28645
28646 ;;;***
28647 \f
28648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (20892
28649 ;;;;;; 39729 858825 0))
28650 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28651
28652 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28653 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28654 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28655 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28656 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28657 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28658
28659 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28660
28661 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28662 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28663 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28664 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28665 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28666
28667 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28668
28669 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28670 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28671 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28672 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28673
28674 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28675
28676 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28677 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28678 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28679 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28680 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28681 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28682 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28683 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28684 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28685 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28686
28687 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28688
28689 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28690 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28691 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28692 accessible.
28693
28694 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28695
28696 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28697
28698
28699 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28700
28701 ;;;***
28702 \f
28703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (20766 59628 334727
28704 ;;;;;; 618000))
28705 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28706 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28707
28708 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28709 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28710 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28711 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28712 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28713
28714 ;;;***
28715 \f
28716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20709 26818 907104
28717 ;;;;;; 0))
28718 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28719
28720 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28721
28722
28723 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28724
28725 ;;;***
28726 \f
28727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20709 26818 907104
28728 ;;;;;; 0))
28729 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28730
28731 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28732 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28733 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28734 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28735 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28736
28737 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28738
28739 ;;;***
28740 \f
28741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (20709 26818
28742 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
28743 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28744
28745 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28746
28747
28748 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28749
28750 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28751 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28752
28753 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28754
28755 ;;;***
28756 \f
28757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (20709 26818 907104
28758 ;;;;;; 0))
28759 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28760
28761 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28762 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28763
28764 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28765
28766 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28767 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28768
28769 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28770
28771 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28772
28773
28774 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28775
28776 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28777
28778 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28779
28780 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28781
28782 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28783 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28784
28785 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28786
28787 ;;;***
28788 \f
28789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (20884 7264 912957
28790 ;;;;;; 506000))
28791 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28792
28793 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28794
28795
28796 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28797
28798 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28799
28800
28801 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28802
28803 ;;;***
28804 \f
28805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (20709 26818 907104
28806 ;;;;;; 0))
28807 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28808
28809 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28810
28811
28812 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28813
28814 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28815
28816
28817 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28818
28819 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28820
28821
28822 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28823
28824 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28825
28826
28827 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28828
28829 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28830
28831
28832 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28833
28834 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28835
28836
28837 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28838
28839 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28840
28841
28842 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28843
28844 ;;;***
28845 \f
28846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (20709 26818
28847 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
28848 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28849
28850 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28851 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28852
28853 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28854
28855 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28856 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28857 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28858
28859 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
28860 USER is the user name (string or nil).
28861 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
28862 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
28863 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
28864 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
28865 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
28866 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
28867 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
28868 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
28869 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
28870 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
28871 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
28872 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
28873
28874 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
28875 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
28876 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
28877
28878 Here is an example. The URL
28879
28880 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
28881
28882 parses to
28883
28884 TYPE = \"foo\"
28885 USER = \"bob\"
28886 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
28887 HOST = \"example.com\"
28888 PORTSPEC = 42
28889 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
28890 TARGET = \"nose\"
28891 ATTRIBUTES = nil
28892 FULLNESS = t
28893
28894 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28895
28896 ;;;***
28897 \f
28898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (20709 26818
28899 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
28900 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28901
28902 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
28903 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28904
28905 \(fn)" t nil)
28906
28907 ;;;***
28908 \f
28909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (20709 26818
28910 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
28911 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
28912
28913 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
28914 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28915 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
28916 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
28917 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
28918 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
28919
28920 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28921
28922 ;;;***
28923 \f
28924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (20709 26818 907104
28925 ;;;;;; 0))
28926 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28927
28928 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28929 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28930 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28931
28932 If t, all messages will be logged.
28933 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28934 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28935
28936 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
28937
28938 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
28939
28940
28941 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28942
28943 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
28944
28945
28946 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28947
28948 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
28949 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28950 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28951 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28952 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28953 & ==> &amp;
28954 < ==> &lt;
28955 > ==> &gt;
28956 \" ==> &quot;
28957
28958 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28959
28960 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
28961 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28962 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28963
28964 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28965
28966 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
28967 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28968 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28969
28970 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28971
28972 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
28973 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28974
28975 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28976
28977 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
28978 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28979
28980 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28981
28982 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
28983 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28984
28985 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28986
28987 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
28988
28989
28990 \(fn N)" nil nil)
28991
28992 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
28993
28994
28995 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28996
28997 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
28998
28999
29000 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29001
29002 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29003
29004 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29005 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29006
29007 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29008
29009 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29010 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29011
29012 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29013
29014 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29015
29016
29017 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29018
29019 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29020 Build a query-string.
29021
29022 Given a QUERY in the form:
29023 '((key1 val1)
29024 (key2 val2)
29025 (key3 val1 val2)
29026 (key4)
29027 (key5 \"\"))
29028
29029 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29030
29031 This will return a string
29032 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29033 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29034 be used.
29035
29036 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29037
29038 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29039 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29040
29041 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29042
29043 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29044 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29045 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29046 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29047 forbidden in URL encoding.
29048
29049 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29050
29051 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29052 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29053 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29054 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29055 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29056 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29057
29058 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29059 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29060 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29061 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29062
29063 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29064
29065 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29066 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29067 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29068 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29069 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29070 should return it unchanged.
29071
29072 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29073
29074 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29075 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29076 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29077 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29078
29079 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29080
29081 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29082 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29083 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29084
29085 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29086
29087 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29088 View the current document's URL.
29089 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29090 the minibuffer.
29091
29092 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29093
29094 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29095
29096 ;;;***
29097 \f
29098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (20709 26818 907104
29099 ;;;;;; 0))
29100 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29101
29102 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29103 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29104 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29105 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29106 to refrain from editing the file
29107 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29108 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29109 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29110 in any way you like.
29111
29112 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29113
29114 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29115 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29116 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29117 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29118 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29119
29120 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29121 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29122
29123 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29124
29125 ;;;***
29126 \f
29127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20709 26818
29128 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29129 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29130
29131 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29132
29133
29134 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29135
29136 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29137
29138
29139 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29140
29141 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29142
29143
29144 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29145
29146 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29147
29148
29149 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29150
29151 ;;;***
29152 \f
29153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
29154 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29155
29156 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29157 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29158
29159 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29160
29161 ;;;***
29162 \f
29163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (20709 26818
29164 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29165 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29166
29167 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29168 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29169 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29170 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29171
29172 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29173
29174 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29175 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29176 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29177
29178 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29179
29180 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29181 Uudecode region between START and END.
29182 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29183
29184 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29185
29186 ;;;***
29187 \f
29188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (20919 46844 767888 0))
29189 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29190
29191 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29192 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29193 See `run-hooks'.")
29194
29195 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29196
29197 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29198 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29199 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29200
29201 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29202
29203 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29204 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29205 See `run-hooks'.")
29206
29207 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29208
29209 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29210 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29211 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29212 same state. If not, signal an error.
29213
29214 For merging-based version control systems:
29215 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29216 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29217 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29218 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29219 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29220 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29221
29222 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29223 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29224 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29225 the file(s) for editing.
29226 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29227 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29228 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29229 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29230 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29231 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29232
29233 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29234
29235 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29236 Register into a version control system.
29237 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29238 Otherwise register the current file.
29239 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29240 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29241
29242 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29243 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29244 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29245 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29246 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29247 first backend that could register the file is used.
29248
29249 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29250
29251 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29252 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29253
29254 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29255
29256 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29257 Display diffs between file revisions.
29258 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29259 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29260 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29261
29262 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29263 saving the buffer.
29264
29265 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29266
29267 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29268 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29269 repository history using ediff.
29270
29271 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29272
29273 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29274 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29275 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29276 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29277 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29278
29279 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29280 saving the buffer.
29281
29282 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29283
29284 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29285 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29286 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29287 fileset with the working revision.
29288 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29289 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29290
29291 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29292 saving the buffer.
29293
29294 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29295
29296 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29297 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29298 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29299 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29300
29301 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29302
29303 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29304 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29305 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29306 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29307
29308 \(fn)" t nil)
29309
29310 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29311 Perform a version control merge operation.
29312 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29313 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29314 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29315 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29316
29317 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29318 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29319 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29320 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29321 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29322 changes from the current branch.
29323
29324 \(fn)" t nil)
29325
29326 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29327
29328 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29329 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29330 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29331 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29332 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29333 checked out in that new branch.
29334
29335 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29336
29337 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29338 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29339 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29340 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29341 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29342 allowed and simply skipped).
29343
29344 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29345
29346 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29347 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29348 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29349 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29350 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29351
29352 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29353 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29354
29355 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29356
29357 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29358 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29359 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29360 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29361 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29362
29363 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29364
29365 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29366 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29367 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
29368
29369 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29370
29371 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29372 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29373 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29374
29375 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29376
29377 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29378 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29379 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29380 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29381
29382 \(fn)" t nil)
29383
29384 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29385 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29386 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29387 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29388
29389 \(fn)" t nil)
29390
29391 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29392
29393 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29394 Update the current fileset or branch.
29395 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29396 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29397 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29398 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29399
29400 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29401 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29402 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29403 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29404 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29405
29406 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29407
29408 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29409
29410 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29411 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29412 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29413 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29414 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29415 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29416 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29417
29418 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29419
29420 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29421 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29422 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29423 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29424 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29425 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29426 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29427 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29428 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29429
29430 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29431
29432 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29433 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29434 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29435 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29436
29437 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29438
29439 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29440 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29441 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29442 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29443
29444 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29445
29446 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29447 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29448 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29449 directory.
29450
29451 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29452
29453 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29454 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29455 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29456
29457 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29458 log entries should be gathered.
29459
29460 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29461
29462 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29463 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29464
29465 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29466
29467 ;;;***
29468 \f
29469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (20709 26818
29470 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29471 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29472
29473 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29474 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29475
29476 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29477 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29478 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29479 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29480 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29481 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29482
29483 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29484 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29485 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29486 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29487 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29488 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29489 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29490 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29491
29492 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29493
29494 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29495
29496 Customization variables:
29497
29498 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29499 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29500 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29501 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29502
29503 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29504
29505 ;;;***
29506 \f
29507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (20900 33838 319219
29508 ;;;;;; 0))
29509 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29510 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29511 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29512 (progn
29513 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29514 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29515
29516 ;;;***
29517 \f
29518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20900 33838 319219
29519 ;;;;;; 0))
29520 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29521
29522 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29523 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29524
29525 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29526 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29527 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29528 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29529 (progn
29530 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29531 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29532
29533 ;;;***
29534 \f
29535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (20921 39978 248467
29536 ;;;;;; 0))
29537 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29538 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29539 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29540 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29541 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29542 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29543 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29544
29545 ;;;***
29546 \f
29547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20900 33838 319219
29548 ;;;;;; 0))
29549 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29550
29551 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29552 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29553 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29554 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29555 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29556
29557 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29558 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29559 The file lines appear later.
29560
29561 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29562 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29563
29564 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29565
29566 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29567
29568 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29569
29570 ;;;***
29571 \f
29572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (20924
29573 ;;;;;; 16196 967284 0))
29574 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29575
29576 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29577 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29578 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29579 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29580 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29581 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29582 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29583 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29584 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29585 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29586 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29587 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29588 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29589 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29590 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29591
29592 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29593
29594 ;;;***
29595 \f
29596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20900 33838 319219
29597 ;;;;;; 0))
29598 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29599 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29600 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29601 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29602 (progn
29603 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29604 (vc-git-registered file))))
29605
29606 ;;;***
29607 \f
29608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (20900 33838 319219 0))
29609 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29610 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29611 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29612 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29613 (progn
29614 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29615 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29616
29617 ;;;***
29618 \f
29619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (20900 33838 319219
29620 ;;;;;; 0))
29621 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29622
29623 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29624 Name of the monotone directory.")
29625
29626 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29627 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29628 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29629 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29630 (progn
29631 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29632 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29633
29634 ;;;***
29635 \f
29636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (20900 33838 319219
29637 ;;;;;; 0))
29638 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29639
29640 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29641 Where to look for RCS master files.
29642 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29643
29644 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29645
29646 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29647
29648 ;;;***
29649 \f
29650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (20900 33838 319219
29651 ;;;;;; 0))
29652 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29653
29654 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29655 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29656 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29657
29658 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29659
29660 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29661
29662 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29663 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29664 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29665 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29666
29667 ;;;***
29668 \f
29669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (20900 33838 319219
29670 ;;;;;; 0))
29671 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29672 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29673 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29674 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29675 "_svn")
29676 (t ".svn"))))
29677 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29678 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29679 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29680
29681 ;;;***
29682 \f
29683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (20893
29684 ;;;;;; 60586 188550 0))
29685 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29686 (push (purecopy (quote (vera-mode 2 28))) package--builtin-versions) (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29687
29688 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29689 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29690
29691 Usage:
29692 ------
29693
29694 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29695 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29696 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29697 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29698
29699 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29700 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29701 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29702 completions.
29703
29704 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29705 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29706
29707 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29708 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29709
29710 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29711 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29712 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29713
29714 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29715
29716
29717 Maintenance:
29718 ------------
29719
29720 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29721 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29722
29723 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29724
29725 Official distribution is at
29726 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29727
29728
29729 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29730 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29731
29732 Key bindings:
29733 -------------
29734
29735 \\{vera-mode-map}
29736
29737 \(fn)" t nil)
29738
29739 ;;;***
29740 \f
29741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29742 ;;;;;; (20885 2819 449152 0))
29743 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29744
29745 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29746 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29747 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29748 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29749 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29750
29751 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29752
29753 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29754 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29755
29756 Supports highlighting.
29757
29758 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29759 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29760
29761 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29762
29763 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29764 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29765 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29766 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29767 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29768 on the left side of your screen.
29769 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29770 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29771 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29772 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29773 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29774 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29775 function keyword.
29776 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29777 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29778 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29779 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29780 if (a)
29781 begin
29782 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29783 Indentation for case statements.
29784 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29785 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29786 mark after an end.
29787 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29788 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29789 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29790 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29791 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29792 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29793 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29794 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29795 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29796 if (a)
29797 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29798 otherwise you get:
29799 if (a)
29800 begin
29801 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29802 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29803 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29804 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29805 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29806 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29807 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29808 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29809 comments in tight quarters.
29810 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29811 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29812
29813 Variables controlling other actions:
29814
29815 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29816 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29817 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29818
29819 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29820
29821 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29822
29823 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29824 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29825 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29826
29827 Some other functions are:
29828
29829 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29830 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29831 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29832 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29833 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29834
29835 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29836 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29837 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29838 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29839
29840 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29841 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29842 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29843 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29844 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29845 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29846 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29847 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29848 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29849 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
29850 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-class] Insert an UVM Class block.
29851 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29852 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29853 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29854 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29855 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29856 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29857 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29858 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29859 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29860 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29861 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29862 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29863 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29864 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29865 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29866 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29867 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29868 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29869 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29870
29871 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29872 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29873
29874 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29875
29876 \(fn)" t nil)
29877
29878 ;;;***
29879 \f
29880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (20892
29881 ;;;;;; 39729 858825 0))
29882 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29883
29884 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29885 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29886
29887 Usage:
29888 ------
29889
29890 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29891 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29892 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29893 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29894 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29895 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29896 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29897 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29898 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
29899
29900 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29901 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29902 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29903 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29904
29905 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29906 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29907 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29908 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29909 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29910
29911 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29912 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29913
29914
29915 HEADER INSERTION:
29916 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29917 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29918 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29919
29920
29921 STUTTERING:
29922 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29923 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29924 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29925 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29926
29927 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29928 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29929 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29930 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29931 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29932
29933
29934 WORD COMPLETION:
29935 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29936 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29937 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29938 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29939
29940 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29941 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29942 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29943 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29944 beginning with \"std\").
29945
29946 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29947 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29948 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29949 stop.
29950
29951
29952 COMMENTS:
29953 `--' puts a single comment.
29954 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29955 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29956 with a comment in between.
29957 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29958 out following lines.
29959 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29960 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
29961 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
29962 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
29963
29964 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29965 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29966 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29967 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29968 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29969 non-nil.
29970
29971 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29972 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29973 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29974 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29975 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29976 multi-line comments.
29977
29978
29979 INDENTATION:
29980 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29981 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29982 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29983 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
29984 the entire region.
29985
29986 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29987 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29988 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29989 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29990
29991 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29992 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29993 and vice versa.
29994
29995 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29996 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29997
29998 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
29999 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30000 line.
30001
30002
30003 ALIGNMENT:
30004 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30005 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30006 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30007 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30008 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30009 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30010 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30011 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30012
30013 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30014 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30015 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30016 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30017 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30018 is non-nil.
30019
30020 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30021 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30022 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30023
30024 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30025 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30026
30027
30028 CODE FILLING:
30029 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30030 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30031 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30032 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30033 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30034 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30035
30036
30037 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30038 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30039 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30040 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30041 command:
30042
30043 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30044
30045
30046 PORT TRANSLATION:
30047 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30048 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30049 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30050 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30051 internal signal initializations (menu).
30052
30053 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30054 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30055 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30056
30057 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30058 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30059 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30060 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30061 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30062 in subsequent paste operations.)
30063
30064 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30065 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30066 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30067
30068
30069 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30070 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30071 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30072 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30073 association list with formals).
30074
30075
30076 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30077 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30078 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30079 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30080 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30081 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30082 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30083 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30084 `vhdl-testbench'.
30085
30086
30087 KEY BINDINGS:
30088 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30089
30090
30091 VHDL MENU:
30092 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30093
30094
30095 FILE BROWSER:
30096 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30097 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30098 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30099
30100 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30101 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30102
30103
30104 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30105 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30106 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30107 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30108
30109 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30110 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30111 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30112
30113 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30114 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30115 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30116 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30117
30118 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30119 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30120 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30121 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30122 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30123
30124 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30125 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30126 required by secondary units.
30127
30128
30129 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30130 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30131 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30132 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30133 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30134 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30135 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30136 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30137 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30138 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30139 inputs to this component -> input port created
30140 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30141 outputs from this component -> output port created
30142 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30143 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30144
30145 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30146 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30147 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30148 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30149 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30150
30151 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30152 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30153
30154 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30155 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30156 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30157 component instantiation is also supported (option
30158 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30159
30160 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30161 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30162 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30163 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30164 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30165 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30166 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30167 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30168 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30169 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30170 generating the configuration.
30171
30172 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30173 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30174 configurations in speedbar.
30175
30176 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30177
30178
30179 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30180 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30181 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30182 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30183 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30184 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30185 information. New compilers can be added.
30186
30187 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30188 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30189
30190
30191 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30192 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30193 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30194 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30195 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30196
30197 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30198 command:
30199
30200 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30201 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30202 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30203
30204 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30205 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30206 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30207 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30208 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30209 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30210 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30211 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30212 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30213
30214 Limitations:
30215 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30216 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30217 not (yet) supported.
30218 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30219 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30220 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30221
30222
30223 PROJECTS:
30224 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30225 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30226 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30227 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30228 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30229 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30230 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30231 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30232
30233 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30234 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30235 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30236 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30237 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30238 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30239 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30240 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30241 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30242 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30243 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30244
30245
30246 SPECIAL MENUES:
30247 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30248 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30249 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30250 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30251 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30252 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30253 current directory for VHDL source files.
30254
30255
30256 VHDL STANDARDS:
30257 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30258 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30259
30260
30261 KEYWORD CASE:
30262 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30263 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30264 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30265 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30266 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30267 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30268 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30269 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30270
30271
30272 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30273 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30274 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30275 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30276 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30277 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30278 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30279
30280 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30281 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30282 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30283 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30284 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30285 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30286
30287 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30288 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30289 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30290 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30291 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30292 visually.
30293
30294 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30295 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30296 highlighted if written in lower case.
30297
30298 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30299 highlighted using a different background color if option
30300 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30301
30302 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30303 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30304 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30305 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30306 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30307
30308
30309 USER MODELS:
30310 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30311 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30312 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30313
30314
30315 HIDE/SHOW:
30316 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30317 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30318 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30319 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30320 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30321
30322
30323 CODE UPDATING:
30324 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30325 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30326 Limitations:
30327 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30328 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30329 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30330 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30331 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30332 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30333 (used to obtain the port names).
30334 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30335 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30336 sensitivity lists.
30337
30338
30339 CODE FIXING:
30340 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30341 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30342
30343
30344 PRINTING:
30345 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30346 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30347 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30348 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30349 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30350 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30351 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30352 printers.
30353
30354
30355 OPTIONS:
30356 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30357 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30358 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30359 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30360 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30361
30362 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30363 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30364 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30365 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30366 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30367 INSTALL file).
30368
30369 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30370 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30371
30372
30373 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30374 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30375 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30376 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30377
30378 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30379
30380
30381 HINTS:
30382 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30383 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30384
30385 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30386
30387 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30388
30389 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30390
30391
30392 RELEASE NOTES:
30393 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30394
30395
30396 Maintenance:
30397 ------------
30398
30399 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30400 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30401
30402 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30403
30404 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30405 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30406 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30407 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30408
30409 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30410 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30411 where the latest version can be found.
30412
30413
30414 Known problems:
30415 ---------------
30416
30417 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30418 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30419 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30420 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30421
30422
30423 The VHDL Mode Authors
30424 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30425
30426 Key bindings:
30427 -------------
30428
30429 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30430
30431 \(fn)" t nil)
30432
30433 ;;;***
30434 \f
30435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20929 34089 117790
30436 ;;;;;; 0))
30437 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30438
30439 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30440 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30441 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30442 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30443
30444 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30445 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30446 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30447 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30448 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30449
30450 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30451 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30452
30453 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30454
30455 * Limitations and unsupported features
30456 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30457 not supported.
30458 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30459 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30460
30461 * Modifications
30462 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30463 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30464 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30465 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30466 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30467 for undoing a repeated change command.
30468 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30469 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30470 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30471
30472 * Extensions
30473 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30474 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30475 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30476 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30477 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30478 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30479 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30480 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30481
30482 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30483
30484 \(fn)" t nil)
30485
30486 ;;;***
30487 \f
30488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (20826
30489 ;;;;;; 45095 436233 0))
30490 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30491
30492 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30493 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30494
30495 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30496
30497 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30498 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30499 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30500 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30501
30502 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30503
30504 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30505 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30506
30507 \(fn)" t nil)
30508
30509 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30510 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30511 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30512 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30513
30514 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30515
30516 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30517 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30518
30519 \(fn)" t nil)
30520
30521 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30522
30523
30524 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30525
30526 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30527
30528
30529 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30530
30531 ;;;***
30532 \f
30533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (20762 9398 526093 0))
30534 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30535
30536 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30537 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30538 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30539
30540 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30541
30542 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30543 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30544 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30545 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30546
30547 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30548
30549 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30550 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30551
30552 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30553
30554 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30555 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30556 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30557 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30558 moving around in the buffer.
30559 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30560 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30561
30562 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30563
30564 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30565
30566 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30567 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30568 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30569 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30570
30571 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30572 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30573 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30574 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30575 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30576
30577 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30578
30579 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30580
30581 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30582 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30583 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30584 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30585 buffer.
30586
30587 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30588 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30589 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30590 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30591 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30592
30593 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30594
30595 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30596
30597 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30598 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30599 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30600 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30601 moving around in the buffer.
30602 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30603 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30604
30605 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30606
30607 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30608 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30609 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30610
30611 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30612 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30613 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30614 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30615
30616 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30617 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30618 own View-like bindings.
30619
30620 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30621
30622 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30623 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30624 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30625 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30626 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30627 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30628 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30629
30630 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30631
30632 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30633
30634 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30635 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30636 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30637
30638 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30639 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30640 own View-like bindings.
30641
30642 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30643
30644 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30645 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30646 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30647 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30648 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30649 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30650 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30651
30652 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30653
30654 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30655
30656 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30657 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30658 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30659
30660 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30661 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30662 own View-like bindings.
30663
30664 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30665
30666 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30667 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30668 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30669 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30670 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30671
30672 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30673 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30674 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30675 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30676
30677 \\<view-mode-map>
30678
30679 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30680 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30681 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30682 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30683 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30684 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30685 to a repeat count of one.
30686
30687 H, h, ? This message.
30688 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30689 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30690 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30691 > move to the end of buffer.
30692 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30693 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30694 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30695 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30696 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30697 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30698 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30699 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30700 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30701 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30702 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30703 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30704 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30705 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30706 Use this to view a changing file.
30707 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30708 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30709 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30710 . set the mark.
30711 x exchanges point and mark.
30712 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30713 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30714 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30715 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30716 ' go to position saved in character register.
30717 s do forward incremental search.
30718 r do reverse incremental search.
30719 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30720 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30721 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30722 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30723 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30724 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30725 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30726 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30727 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30728 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30729 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30730 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30731 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30732 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30733 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30734 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30735 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30736
30737 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30738 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30739 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30740 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30741 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30742 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30743 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30744 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30745 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30746
30747 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30748
30749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30750
30751 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30752 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30753 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30754 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30755 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30756 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30757 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30758 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30759 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30760
30761 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30762
30763 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30764
30765 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30766 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30767 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30768 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30769 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30770 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30771
30772 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30773 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30774 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30775
30776 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30777
30778 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30779
30780 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30781
30782 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30783 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30784
30785 \(fn)" t nil)
30786
30787 ;;;***
30788 \f
30789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20929 34089 117790
30790 ;;;;;; 0))
30791 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30792
30793 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30794 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30795
30796 \(fn)" nil nil)
30797
30798 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30799 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30800
30801 \(fn)" t nil)
30802
30803 ;;;***
30804 \f
30805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (20799 169 640767
30806 ;;;;;; 0))
30807 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30808 (push (purecopy (quote (viper 3 14 1))) package--builtin-versions)
30809 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30810 Toggle Viper on/off.
30811 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30812
30813 \(fn)" t nil)
30814
30815 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30816 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30817
30818 \(fn)" t nil)
30819
30820 ;;;***
30821 \f
30822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (20709
30823 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
30824 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30825
30826 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30827 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30828 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30829 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30830 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30831 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30832 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30833 the beginning of the warning.")
30834
30835 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30836 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30837 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30838 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30839 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30840 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30841 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30842 also call that function before the next warning.")
30843
30844 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30845 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30846
30847 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30848 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30849 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30850 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30851
30852 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30853 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30854 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30855 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30856 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30857 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30858
30859 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30860 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30861 Default is :warning.
30862
30863 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30864 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30865 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30866 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30867 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30868 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30869
30870 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30871 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30872 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30873
30874 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30875
30876 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30877 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30878
30879 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30880
30881 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30882 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30883 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30884 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30885
30886 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30887 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30888 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30889 can be whatever you like.)
30890
30891 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30892 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30893
30894 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30895 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30896 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30897 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30898 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30899
30900 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30901
30902 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30903 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30904 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30905 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30906 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30907
30908 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30909
30910 ;;;***
30911 \f
30912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (20900 33838 319219 0))
30913 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30914 (push (purecopy (quote (wdired 2 0))) package--builtin-versions)
30915 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30916 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
30917 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30918 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
30919 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
30920 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
30921 directories to reflect your edits.
30922
30923 See `wdired-mode'.
30924
30925 \(fn)" t nil)
30926
30927 ;;;***
30928 \f
30929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20927 49244 970422
30930 ;;;;;; 0))
30931 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30932
30933 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30934 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30935
30936 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30937 hotlist.
30938
30939 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30940 <nwv@acm.org>.
30941
30942 \(fn)" t nil)
30943
30944 ;;;***
30945 \f
30946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (20895
30947 ;;;;;; 15912 444844 0))
30948 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30949 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30950 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30951
30952 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
30953
30954 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30955 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30956 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30957 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30958 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30959 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30960
30961 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
30962
30963 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
30964 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
30965 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
30966 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
30967 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30968
30969 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
30970 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
30971 in certain major modes.
30972
30973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30974
30975 ;;;***
30976 \f
30977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20874 65007 172950
30978 ;;;;;; 7000))
30979 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30980 (push (purecopy (quote (whitespace 13 2 2))) package--builtin-versions)
30981 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30982 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
30983 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
30984 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
30985 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30986
30987 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30988 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30989
30990 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30991
30992 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30993 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
30994 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
30995 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
30996 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30997
30998 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
30999 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31000 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31001 use `whitespace-mode'.
31002
31003 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31004
31005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31006
31007 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31008 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31009 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31010 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31011 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31012 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31013
31014 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31015
31016 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31017 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31018 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31019 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31020 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31021
31022 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31023 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31024
31025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31026
31027 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31028 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31029 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31030 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31031 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31032 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31033
31034 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31035
31036 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31037 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31038 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31039 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31040 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31041
31042 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31043 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31044 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31045 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31046
31047 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31048
31049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31050
31051 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31052 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31053
31054 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31055 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31056
31057 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31058 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31059
31060 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31061
31062 CHAR MEANING
31063 (VIA FACES)
31064 f toggle face visualization
31065 t toggle TAB visualization
31066 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31067 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31068 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31069 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31070 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31071 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31072 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31073 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31074 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31075 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31076 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31077 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31078 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31079 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31080 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31081
31082 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31083 T toggle TAB visualization
31084 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31085 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31086
31087 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31088 ? display brief help
31089
31090 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31091 The valid symbols are:
31092
31093 face toggle face visualization
31094 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31095 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31096 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31097 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31098 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31099 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31100 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31101 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31102 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31103 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31104 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31105 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31106 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31107 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31108 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31109 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31110
31111 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31112 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31113 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31114
31115 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31116
31117 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31118
31119 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31120
31121 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31122 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31123
31124 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31125 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31126
31127 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31128 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31129
31130 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31131
31132 CHAR MEANING
31133 (VIA FACES)
31134 f toggle face visualization
31135 t toggle TAB visualization
31136 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31137 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31138 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31139 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31140 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31141 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31142 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31143 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31144 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31145 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31146 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31147 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31148 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31149 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31150 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31151
31152 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31153 T toggle TAB visualization
31154 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31155 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31156
31157 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31158 ? display brief help
31159
31160 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31161 The valid symbols are:
31162
31163 face toggle face visualization
31164 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31165 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31166 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31167 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31168 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31169 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31170 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31171 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31172 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31173 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31174 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31175 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31176 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31177 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31178 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31179 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31180
31181 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31182 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31183 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31184
31185 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31186
31187 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31188
31189 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31190
31191 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31192 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31193
31194 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31195 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31196 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31197 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31198 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31199
31200 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31201
31202 The problems cleaned up are:
31203
31204 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31205 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31206 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31207 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31208
31209 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31210 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31211 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31212 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31213 SPACEs.
31214 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31215 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31216 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31217 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31218
31219 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31220 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31221 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31222 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31223 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31224 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31225 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31226 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31227
31228 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31229 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31230 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31231
31232 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31233 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31234 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31235 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31236 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31237 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31238 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31239 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31240
31241 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31242 documentation.
31243
31244 \(fn)" t nil)
31245
31246 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31247 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31248
31249 The problems cleaned up are:
31250
31251 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31252 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31253 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31254 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31255 SPACEs.
31256 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31257 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31258 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31259 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31260
31261 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31262 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31263 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31264 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31265 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31266 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31267 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31268 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31269
31270 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31271 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31272 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31273
31274 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31275 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31276 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31277 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31278 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31279 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31280 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31281 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31282
31283 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31284 documentation.
31285
31286 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31287
31288 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31289 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31290
31291 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31292 non-nil.
31293
31294 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31295 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31296 `whitespace-style' to have:
31297
31298 empty
31299 trailing
31300 indentation
31301 space-before-tab
31302 space-after-tab
31303
31304 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31305 whitespace problems in buffer.
31306
31307 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31308
31309 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31310 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31311 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31312 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31313 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31314 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31315 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31316
31317 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31318 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31319 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31320 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31321 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31322 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31323 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31324
31325 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31326 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31327 cleaning up these problems.
31328
31329 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31330
31331 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31332 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31333
31334 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31335 non-nil.
31336
31337 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31338 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31339 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31340
31341 empty
31342 indentation
31343 space-before-tab
31344 trailing
31345 space-after-tab
31346
31347 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31348 whitespace problems in buffer.
31349
31350 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31351
31352 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31353 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31354 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31355 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31356 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31357 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31358 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31359
31360 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31361 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31362 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31363 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31364 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31365 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31366 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31367
31368 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31369 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31370 cleaning up these problems.
31371
31372 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31373
31374 ;;;***
31375 \f
31376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20709 26818 907104
31377 ;;;;;; 0))
31378 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31379
31380 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31381 Browse the widget under point.
31382
31383 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31384
31385 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31386 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31387
31388 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31389
31390 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31391 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31392
31393 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31394
31395 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31396 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31397 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31398 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31399 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31400
31401 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31402
31403 ;;;***
31404 \f
31405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20945 22315 8369
31406 ;;;;;; 0))
31407 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31408
31409 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31410 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31411
31412 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31413
31414 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31415 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31416 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31417
31418 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31419
31420 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31421 Create widget of TYPE.
31422 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31423
31424 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31425
31426 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31427 Delete WIDGET.
31428
31429 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31430
31431 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31432 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31433
31434 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31435
31436 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31437 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31438 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31439 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31440
31441 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31442 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31443
31444 \(fn)" nil nil)
31445
31446 ;;;***
31447 \f
31448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (20709 26818 907104
31449 ;;;;;; 0))
31450 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31451
31452 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31453 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31454 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31455 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31456 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31457 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31458 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31459
31460 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31461
31462 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31463 Select the window above the current one.
31464 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31465 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31466 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31467 negative ARG) of the current window.
31468 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31469
31470 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31471
31472 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31473 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31474 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31475 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31476 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31477 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31478 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31479
31480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31481
31482 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31483 Select the window below the current one.
31484 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31485 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31486 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31487 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31488 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31489
31490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31491
31492 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31493 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31494 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31495 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31496
31497 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31498
31499 ;;;***
31500 \f
31501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (20849 6570 598687 0))
31502 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31503
31504 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31505 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31506 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31507 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31508 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31509 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31510
31511 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31512
31513 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31514 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31515 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31516 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31517 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31518 \\{winner-mode-map}
31519
31520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31521
31522 ;;;***
31523 \f
31524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
31525 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31526 (push (purecopy (quote (woman 0 551))) package--builtin-versions)
31527 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31528 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31529 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31530 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31531 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31532
31533 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31534
31535 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31536 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31537 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31538 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31539 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31540 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31541 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31542 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31543
31544 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31545 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31546
31547 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31548
31549 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31550 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31551
31552 \(fn)" t nil)
31553
31554 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31555 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31556 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31557 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31558 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31559 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31560 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31561 `woman' command for further details.
31562
31563 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31564
31565 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31566 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31567
31568 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31569
31570 ;;;***
31571 \f
31572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" (20709 26818
31573 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
31574 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31575 (push (purecopy (quote (ws-mode 0 7))) package--builtin-versions)
31576 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31577 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31578
31579 BUGS:
31580 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31581 are not implemented
31582 - Options for search and replace
31583 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31584 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31585
31586 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31587 Emacs-like.
31588
31589 The key bindings are:
31590
31591 C-a backward-word
31592 C-b fill-paragraph
31593 C-c scroll-up-line
31594 C-d forward-char
31595 C-e previous-line
31596 C-f forward-word
31597 C-g delete-char
31598 C-h backward-char
31599 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31600 C-j help-for-help
31601 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31602 C-l ws-repeat-search
31603 C-n open-line
31604 C-p quoted-insert
31605 C-r scroll-down-line
31606 C-s backward-char
31607 C-t kill-word
31608 C-u keyboard-quit
31609 C-v overwrite-mode
31610 C-w scroll-down
31611 C-x next-line
31612 C-y kill-complete-line
31613 C-z scroll-up
31614
31615 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31616 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31617 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31618 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31619 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31620 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31621 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31622 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31623 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31624 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31625 C-k b ws-begin-block
31626 C-k c ws-copy-block
31627 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31628 C-k f find-file
31629 C-k h ws-show-markers
31630 C-k i ws-indent-block
31631 C-k k ws-end-block
31632 C-k p ws-print-block
31633 C-k q kill-emacs
31634 C-k r insert-file
31635 C-k s save-some-buffers
31636 C-k t ws-mark-word
31637 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31638 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31639 C-k v ws-move-block
31640 C-k w ws-write-block
31641 C-k x kill-emacs
31642 C-k y ws-delete-block
31643
31644 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31645 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31646 C-o j justify-current-line
31647 C-o k kill-buffer
31648 C-o l list-buffers
31649 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31650 C-o r set-fill-column
31651 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31652 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31653 C-o wh split-window-right
31654 C-o wo other-window
31655 C-o wv split-window-below
31656
31657 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31658 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31659 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31660 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31661 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31662 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31663 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31664 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31665 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31666 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31667 C-q a ws-query-replace
31668 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31669 C-q c end-of-buffer
31670 C-q d end-of-line
31671 C-q f ws-search
31672 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31673 C-q l ws-undo
31674 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31675 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31676 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31677 C-q w ws-last-error
31678 C-q y ws-kill-eol
31679 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31680
31681 \(fn)" t nil)
31682
31683 ;;;***
31684 \f
31685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (20766 6456 368550 0))
31686 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31687
31688 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31689 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31690 Return the top node with all its children.
31691 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31692
31693 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31694 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31695 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31696
31697 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31698
31699 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31700 namespace to URIs instead.
31701
31702 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31703 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31704
31705 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31706
31707 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31708
31709 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31710
31711 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31712 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31713 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31714 not contain well-formed XML.
31715
31716 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31717 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31718 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31719 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31720 element of the list.
31721 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31722 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31723 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31724
31725 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31726
31727 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31728 namespace to URIs instead.
31729
31730 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31731 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31732
31733 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31734
31735 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31736
31737 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31738
31739 ;;;***
31740 \f
31741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (20884 6711 386198
31742 ;;;;;; 0))
31743 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31744
31745 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31746 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31747 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31748 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31749 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31750 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31751 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31752 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31753 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31754 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31755
31756 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31757
31758 ;;;***
31759 \f
31760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20797 44848 327754
31761 ;;;;;; 0))
31762 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31763
31764 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31765 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31766 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31767 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31768 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31769 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31770
31771 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31772
31773 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31774 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31775 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31776 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31777 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31778
31779 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31780 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31781 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31782 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31783 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31784 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31785
31786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31787
31788 ;;;***
31789 \f
31790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
31791 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31792
31793 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31794 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31795
31796 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31797
31798 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31799 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31800
31801 \(fn)" nil nil)
31802
31803 ;;;***
31804 \f
31805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
31806 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31807
31808 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31809 Zone out, completely.
31810
31811 \(fn)" t nil)
31812
31813 ;;;***
31814 \f
31815 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31816 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31817 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31818 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31819 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31820 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31821 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31822 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31823 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31824 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31825 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-ascii.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docbook.el" "org/org-docview.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-exp.el" "org/org-faces.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-freemind.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-html.el" "org/org-icalendar.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "org/org-latex.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "org/org-lparse.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mobile.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-odt.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-publish.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-special-blocks.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-taskjuggler.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "org/org-xoxo.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32019 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el"
32020 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32021 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (20945 22525 596830 318000))
32022
32023 ;;;***
32024 \f
32025 (provide 'loaddefs)
32026 ;; Local Variables:
32027 ;; version-control: never
32028 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32029 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32030 ;; coding: utf-8
32031 ;; End:
32032 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here